Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit M99-0196 - GROUP HEALTH COOPERATIVEM99 -0196 12400 E. Marginal Wy. S. Group Health Cooperative City of Tukwila � Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 Permit No: M99 -0196 Type: B -MECH Category: NRES Address: 12400 EAST MARGINAL WY S Location: Parcel #: 734060 -0480 Contractor License No: SELLEC *372ND TENANT GROUP HEALTH COOPERATIVE Phone: 12400 EAST MARGINAL WY 5, TUKWILA, WA 98124 OWNER GROUP HEALTH COOPERATIVE Phone: (206)448 -4699 JIM DOUMA PROPERTY MGMT, 521 WALL ST, SEATTLE WA 98121 CONTACT CRAIG BRASETH Phone: 206 - 901 - 4327 228 9 AV NORTH, SEATTLE, WA 98109 CONTRACTOR SELLEN CONSTR CO INC Phone: 206 -682 -7770 PO BOX 9970, SEATTLE, WA 98109 * kk*** * *•k ** * **** *•k * **** *•k *•k* k*************• k * * * * ** * * * *•k * * * ******* ** Permit Description: EXISTING CHILLER PLANT UPGRADES. UMC Edition: 1997 Valuation: Total Permit Fee:. *•k* * *** * * * *** 9 Permit Center Authorized Signature Date I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct, All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local, laws regulating construction or the performance of'work. I am authorized to sign for and obtain this b, jerm Signature:, t Print Name:___ MECHANICAL PERMIT (206) 431 -3670 Status: ISSUED Issued: 12/07/1999 Expires: 06/04/2000 600,000.00 120.94 *********************• k• k***** ****•k*•k * * * * *** * *•k * *•k ** *•k** Date: 3 ? 719 Title: lc�� Y ►�Lil �.C___ This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. C. Address: 12400 EAST MARGINAL. WY S Permit No: M99-0196 Suite: Tenant: GROUP HEALTH COOPERATIVE Status: ISSUED Type: B•MECH Applied: 10/13/1999 Parcel It: 734060-0480 Issued: 12/07/1999 *Ak*kAkAk*AAkkk*******.VAA*4.*04**1(**14**kkAAA****1.*Ak* Permit Conditions: 1. Electrical permits shall be obtained through the Washington State Division of Labor and Industries and all electrical work will be inspected by that agency (248-6630). 2. No changes will be made to the plans unless approved by the Engineer and the Tukwila Building Division. 3. All permits, inspection records.. and approved plans shall be available at the job site prior to the start of any con- struction. These documents are to be maintained and avail- able until: final inspection approval is granted. 4. All construction to be done in conformance with approved plans ,and requirements of the Uniform Building Code (1997 Edition) as amended, Uniform Mechanical Code (1997 Edition), and Washington State Energy Code (1997 Edition). 5. Validity of Permit. The issuance of a permit or approval of plans, specifications, and computations shall not be con- strued to be a permit for, or an approval of any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code shall be valid. G. Manufacturers installation instructions required on site for the building inspectors review. CITY OF TUKWILA Project Name/Tenant: 6 OL/J 1/ iA Co ,- k t [ / C//Yiee- #11Cwf7 T 4125r -1 City State /Zip: w / - Tk.1wi/ LA 8/2 Vale of Mechanical Fsuipment: RI 4;OC cxz Tax Parcel Number: WM `7-3 0 bc5 -- 0 80 Site Address : /2 yA 2«.s. ' ,MA,, ' , • Property Owner: Grcc,E 154e(---4 ^ �o er / Ve- „-....• • • .�I .0 ! .• 40 . b0C. Phone: ( ) tz cam ) '733) a Z9 Street Address: , [ /2 .1/4x, a- -.SF /' 9 I1er�� ' . •- ?v /� / /.c-, City State/Zip: 4.u1 9$/`f/' Fax It: ( ) Contract r: 7 . /� a4- 75::., C ram; ...T� �.. ) L�r�' 23SS Phone: ) � 2, c rS sib— ya. _Ts' Street Address: zZ a .4 An-. A10-7 . --5e4_17 7h /c City City State /Zip: Fax II: ( ) Contact Person: .�o�/i / /K •• h� z City / State C L q612-1 Phone: J ) (zo(...) .S2/ — 92 -5":5" a x #: ( ) Street Address: City State /Zip: R[11L'Ql . � • , ' OR AUTHORIZED AGE T: ....... Signature, " ... „-....• • • .�I .0 ! .• 40 . b0C. Date: G 0.1 ,. q'C ? j Print nan; 1!"" � l ∎ � " G � � Phone: ( ) L�r�' 23SS Fax #: (1„ 6). 24 2° Address: QL( La . s - -� City / State C L q612-1 CITY OF'.._.CWILA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Mechanical Permit Application Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or facsimile. MECHANICAL PFRMIT'REVIEWAND APPROVAL REQuESTEP, (TO BE FILLED OUT BY APPLICANT) Description of work to be done (please be specific): Current copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If not available at the time of application, a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Building Owner /Authorized Agent: If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal, I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS Af'PLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. Date application accepted: I O I3 9/7/99 Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 114.4 of the Uniform Mechanical Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. Date a plication expires: ... Applica 'o aken b : (initials) i ,,/ Submittal Requirements Floor plan and system layout ✓ Roof plan required to identify individual equipment and the location of each installation (Uniform Mechanical Code 504 ,/ Details and elevations (for roof mounted equipment) and proposed screening / Heat Loss Calculations or Washington State Energy Code Form #H -15 H.V.A.C. over 2,000 CFM (approximately 5 ton and larger) must be provided with smoke detection shut - off and will be routed to the Fire Prevention division for additional comments (Uniform Mechanical Code 1009). ✓ Specifications must be provided to show that replacement equipment complies with the efficiency ratings and other applicable requirements of the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. ✓ Structural engineer's analysis is required for new and the replacement of existing roof equipment weighing 400 pounds and greater (Uniform Building Code 1632.1). Structural documentation shall be stamped by a Washington State licensed Structural Engineer. 9/11/99 nrlrcpnu.rloc Mechanical Permits COMMERCIAL: Two complete sets of drawings and attachments required with application submittal ;NOTE: Water heaters and vents are included in the Uniform Mechanical Code - please include any water heaters or vents being installed or replaced. RESIDENTIAL: Two complete sets of attachments required with application submittal Submittal Requirements New Single Family Residence 1 Heat loss calculations with specifications or Form H -6. Change -out or replacement of existing mechanical equipment Narrative of work to be done, including modification to duct work. Installation of Gas Fireplace Narrative with specification of equipment and chimney type. If using existing chimney, provide a letter by a certified chimney sweep stating that the chimney is In safe condition. NOTE: Water heaters and vents are included in the Uniform Mechanical Code — please include any water heaters or vents being installed or replaced. /*A*.Ahh*a+o*++4a*+* N+hh»a+A+�*++*++���*�»��+*�+*^*++ A CIlY O[� TUKNILA N ^ A ����~^ (�V���n T � x ^�� 8�+k*+*+A++A*++A**++AAxa ` / ++AA****k**,*+�*+»^A-40r*+++ ^+^ ++»I,A++4xir^ lPANGMIT •Numh~r V980O2O0 Amuuht: 120.94 1.1!/07/99 14::12 Pepwit Not 1499-0196 Type: 8'~M[CH MECHANICAL YE8M[T Perce('No: 7:J4060-048° 31tn Addrm95: 1240O EASl MARGINAL NY S Total [eee: 120.94 L 1�0 �4 T t l ALL P t 12V [hio yuvm�n ` � a m n: 94 ^ Balance: .00 �: kr.c-t,uht Code 0007345~880 000;322.100 0ascriptiun PLAN CHECK ' NUWKEG NECHoNlCAL - MUNkEG AmuuUt 24,19 9o~75 9400 1 7 i08:971/ ;9 Projeyy��r,, /Type a�� of In ec ion: f' p /�/f c { 71 � Address: Date ca led:f //// ( -- f< - 6 17 Special instructions: �/� //` �%� _Date wanted// �.� J b 20 - 45 p.m. Request ry Phone: INSPECTION NO. Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Corrections required prior to approval. ti PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 • !j Inspector: ~'" .2� I Date: D $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: CO MENTS: L � Al / 4 Type of Inspection: f-r,il�- 5�It942 r /d0/./, �r�44 c- ' f, r „ 7i" %ex. C.-.4 01 ✓,fd1 r,� ., t./ta., ..n ■ -B 7 " C,s' ' rf Z.l 4 ( } ,>4 / I17#) A..e "- (.70 C# /.•--- i.1Z-.4,./ 1.,,,, e a 1(-, ri, f. h / f e' eI Date wanted:: a.m. Requester: l _ rev l� �'.y 41 (4 y . )4,i�`� ii- .- 1r•1.4.,. `7 nom • y5 ci 4/ 1/ c A6.., a /if,, � h � Project: L � Type of Inspection: Address: , 1 ,if ) ,t 4/ Date called: ` � (r ,(z) Special i P /;-30 .. (^..,. S ( Date wanted:: a.m. Requester: , Phone: . 7.G) i „ '2.- - / ? (., INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 / \ nspector: Date: PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes, KCorrections required prior to approval. i /AL $47.00 REINSPECTION �E REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: P .'e : I air / T pe of Inspection: ie A d . 4/1/ /,yD.tecalled: Special instructions: 4 / Date wa h ^ fro Requester Phone: p 27 e i f INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 Approved per applicable codes. PERMIT NO. `(206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. $47.00 REINSPECTI •' FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: 1 f• Proei in ltayth e of Inspectiop: -iv 110C Address: r taq-oo E 1\-1a( ind W Date cal . (:)/D--0 ICU Special instructions: Dateonn 1 / OD P Request) c 1 0 z c h Phone: „ „ tv r:41,.. • 4,114, — 01 INS ECTION NO, INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 PERMIT NO. (206)431-3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: _ LI $47.00 REINSPE 'ON FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: • ;77:77 /77 4 ' i t' , • ''' YCrirv-r7775.17"""57 70 ; ,t • C Po.Akr\ Address 1 Z-4 Mr"1/211 l"-) Suite # Project Name Retain.current.in$pection schedule $2_ Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: VVOAC.9 Lekb-V 4. tor, Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre-Fire: Permits: Authorized Signature Fire Department Needs shift inspection TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM S Permit Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Thomas I? Keefe, Fire Chief No. M -o (#0 (CA W) ob Date CINALAPP.FRM Rev. 2/19/98 T.F.D. Form P.P. 85 Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila,, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206-575-4404 • Fax: 206•575-4439 •': :;: • „ „ . • . ' • • • , , , ,• MECHANICAL CDI MECHANICAL ENGINEERS l'a' ti9r.0"0111V,:, %lie frig STRUCTURAL SWENSON SAY FAGET SEPTEMBER 22, 1999 PERMIT SET ELECTRICAL SPARLING RECEIVED CITY OF TUKW LA OCT 1 3 1999 PERMIT CENTER MECHANICAL IN ENGINEERS •"'' L L " ROC CHILLER PLANT • ot, a It iwoVAJWinaorf WS:V.Mlaii Ltra.:.41..Viit.V=14iallAS.:AffaiStiattrk MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 2 REFERENCE INFORMATION ON OWNER SELECTED CHILLER CH-1 SECTION 3 • ROTARY SCREW CHILLER WITH EVAPORATIVE COOLING REFERENCE INFORMATION ON OWNER SELECTED CHILLER CH-2 SECTION 4 • CENTRIFUGAL WATER CHILLER PAGE i GROUP HEALTH PERMIT SET r48 L • ■411Mt SEPTEMBER 22, 1999 RUC CHILLER PLANT GROUP HEALTH 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS • GROUP HEALTH SHUTDOWN /INTERRUPTION REQUEST FORM • EQUIPMENT START -UP FORMS 15060 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15075 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 15082 EQUIPMENT INSULATION 15083 PIPE INSULATION 15100 VALVES 15122 METERS AND GAGES 15170 MOTORS 15171 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 15185 HYDRONIC PUMPS 15241 MECHANICAL VIBRATION CONTROLS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 15411 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 15415 HEAT TRACE 15420 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 15430 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 15510 HYDRONIC PIPING 15625 WATER CHILLERS 15710 HEAT EXCHANGERS 15782 ROOFTOP MAKE -UP AIR UNITS 15815 METAL DUCTS 15820 DUCT ACCESSORIES 15853 POWER VENTILATORS 15858 DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES 15975 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) SYSTEMS • DDC POINTS SUMMARY LIST 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING SEPTEMBER 22, 1999 PERMIT SET MECNAHIOAL 1.2 SUMMARY Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. A. This Section includes the following basic mechanical materials and methods to com- plement other Division 15 Sections. 1. Submittals. 2. Submittals on Basic Materials. 3. Substitutions. 4. Record Documents. 5. Maintenance Manuals. 6. Warranties. 7. Equipment Start-Up Requirements. 8. Owner - Selected Water Chiller Instructions. 9. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 10. Concrete base construction requirements. 11. Escutcheons. 12. Dielectric fittings. 13. Flexible connectors. 14. Mechanical sleeve seals. 15. Nonshrink grout for equipment installations. 16. Field- fabricated metal equipment supports. 17. Installation requirements common to equipment specification sections. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 -1 September 22, 1999 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS CDi Mechanical Engineers Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 18. Rough -ins. 19. Mechanical demolition. 20. Mechanical Installations. 21. Cutting and patching. 22. Touchup painting and finishing. B. Pipe and pipe fitting materials are specified in Division 15 piping system sections. A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawl spaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors, or subject to outdoor ambi- ent temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants, but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. A. Work shall comply with requirements of NFPA; applicable State of Washington, King County, and City of Tukwila Codes; State of Washington Department of Health Rules and Regulations; Uniform Mechanical, Building and Plumbing Codes, and Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA). 15050 - 2 September 22, 1999 Li (.} Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 1.5 EXAMINATION OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND SITE A. Should these specifications or references made therein fail to specify adequately and item of equipment or material required for proper completion of the work in accordance with present day practice, this deficiency shall not relieve Contractor from furnishing and installing same. Call such omissions to attention of Engineer and use such equip- ment or material as approved by Engineer. 1.6 DRAWINGS A. Mechanical drawings do not attempt to show complete details of building construction which affect mechanical installation. Mechanical drawings in part are diagrammatic and do not intend to show all offsets and fittings. Locations of pipes, valves, traps, ductwork, etc., shall be followed as closely as conditions will permit. Study mechani- cal, structural, and electrical drawings and confer with various trades involved so there is not conflict with work of other trades and so Owner secures best arrangement of work consistent with use of space. B. Verify exact distances between points shown of drawings by actual measurement at site, as no extra will be allowed for differences between actual measurements and scaled measurements. C. Changes in design, configuration, or location of equipment, piping, or ductwork, advis- able in the opinion of Contractor, shall be submitted to Engineer for approval before proceeding with work, with written assurance from other trades that such changes will not interfere with their installation, nor cause any extra of their part. Such changes shall be made at no additional cost to Owner. D. Check location of all work of all trades and avoid interferences. E. Locate wall, floor and ceiling fire ratings from drawings for appropriate hourly rating of fire dampers shown on mechanical drawings. 1.7 PERMITS AND CODES Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods A. Give necessary notices, obtain Mechanical/Energy permits, and pay fees and other costs, including utility connections or extensions, in connection with this work. B. File necessary plans, prepare documents, and obtain necessary approval of governmen- tal departments having jurisdiction and required certificates of inspection for work, and deliver same to Engineer. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 C. Contractor is not relieved from furnishing and installing work shown or specified which may be beyond requirements of ordinances, laws, regulations, and codes. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Procedures: 1. Sequentially number the transmittal forms. Resubmittals to have original number with an alphabetic suffix. 2. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number(s), and specification Section number, as appropriate. 3. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordi- nation of information, is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. 4. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and deliver 7 copies to Engineer at business address. Coordinate submission of related items. 5. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations, which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. 6. Provide space for Contractor and Engineer review stamps. 7. Revise and resubmit submittals as required, identify all changes made since pre- vious submittal. 8. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. 9. Contractor to provide submittals to Engineer a minimum of 15 working days prior to their requirement by the Contractor. 10. Engineer and Consultants to review submittals within 10 working days of receipt of a complete submittal. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 4 September 22, 1999 i Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 11. Provide submittals arranged with numerical index and tabs in 3 -ring notebook containing the total volume of material. All submittals shall be complete for a particular system (e.g.: fire protection, DDC controls, plumbing, etc.), partial submittals are not acceptable. Reference submittals, including title and location of project, Engineer, Contractor, submission date, and specification paragraph number to indicate clearly the location, service, equipment identification numbers as shown on drawings, and function of each particular item. Where manufactur- ers' catalogs, pamphlets, or data sheets are submitted in lieu of prepared shop drawings, such submissions shall indicate specifically the item for which approval is required in red ink, and submissions showing general information only are not acceptable. 12. Thoroughly review all shop and detail drawings, prior to submittal, to assure co- ordination with other parts of the Work. Failure to comply will be cause for re- jection. Submittals shall bear the Contractor's approval stamp and initials of the reviewer. 13. Components or materials which require shop drawings and which arrive at the jobsite prior to approval of shop drawings shall be considered as not being made for this project and shall be subject to rejection and removal from the premises. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit in the form of one reproducible transparency and seven opaque reproduc- tions. 2. After review, reproduce and distribute in accordance with Article on Procedures above and for Record Documents. 3. Quality: Prepare shop drawings accurately to scale sufficiently large to indicate all pertinent features of the products and the method of fabrication, connection, erection, or assembly with respect to the Work. 4. All drawings shall be drawn on sheets each 22- inches wide by 36- inches long in overall dimension or on small sheets that are multiples of 8 -1/2- inches by 11- inches. 5. Detail major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building compo- nents. Show space requirements for installation and access. Indicate if sequence and coordination of installations are important to efficient flow of the Work. In- clude the following: CDi Mechanical. Engineers a. Planned piping layout, including valve and specialty locations and valve - stem movement. 15050 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. c. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, accessories, and spe- cialties, including space for disassembly required for periodic maintenance. d. Equipment and accessory service connections and support details. e. Other systems installed in same space as mechanical systems. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g. Fire -rated wall penetrations. h. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. i. Scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into building during construction. j. Floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. C. Product Data: 1. Submit the number of copies, which the Contractor requires, plus two copies, which will be retained by the Engineer. 2. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project. 3. After review, distribute in accordance with Article on Procedures above and pro- vide copies for Record Documents. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: CDi Mechanical Engineers a. When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturer's printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data. b. Identify conflicts between manufacturer's instructions and Contract Docu- ments. E. Manufacturer's Certificates: a. When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturer's certificate to Engineer for review, in quantities specified for Product Data. 15050 - 6 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS CDi Mechanical Engineers b. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropri- ate. c. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. 1.9 SUBMITTALS ON BASIC MATERIALS A. Product Data: For dielectric fittings, flexible connectors, mechanical sleeve seals, and identification materials and devices. B. Equipment Start -up Check List: Submit proposed form for approval prior to Equipment Start-up. Submit completed check list. C. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation for metal supports and anchorage for mechanical materials and equipment. D. Submittals not in conformance to above paragraphs will be returned unreviewed. A. General: If a bidder or Contractor desires approval of some material or product other than that specified, it may submit a written request for approval of the substitute item in accordance with the following requirements: 1. All such requests must be made on the Substitution Request Form, see attached at end of section. 2. No request for approval will be considered unless submitted in accordance with this section. 3. Final decision as to whether an item is an equal or satisfactory substitution rests solely with the Owner. 4. Any cost savings incurred as part of the substitution will be credited entirely to the Owner. 15050 - 7 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 B. Substitution Requests: Every substitution request must state whether the item offered is an equal or better substitution. Alternative or substitute material or product must be ac- companied by its reference in the Contract Documents and complete catalog, technical and other information. If applicable, include samples showing comparison or physical and other pertinent characteristics as required to establish equivalence of acceptability for the proposed application. Where specific test results are required by the Contract Documents, the comparison data for the proposed item shall be based upon the same test methods as those specified, or they shall be correlated to clearly demonstrate com- parability. The same guarantee described for the specified product is required for the substitution. C. During Bid Period: Submit substitution requests for approval of alternative materials or products as specified. All requests must be received by Engineer no later than seven (7) days prior to scheduled time for receipt of bid or proposal in order to receive considera- tion. Bidders will be informed by addendum of additional materials and products ap- proved for use. No other form of approval will be given during the bid period and bid- ders shall not rely upon any approval not incorporated into the documents in this matter. D. After Receipt of Bid or Proposal: Substitution requests for approval of substitute mate- rials will not be considered, except if one or more of the following conditions exists. With its request, the Contractor shall indicate which condition it believes applies. 1. Unavailability: A substitution is required because the specified item is not avail- able, due to factors beyond the control of the Contractor. 2. Unsuitability: Subsequent information or changes disclose inability of the speci- fied item to perform as intended. 3. Regulatory Requirements: Final interpretation of Code, regulatory requirements, safety requirements, or insurance requirements necessitate a change due to inabil- ity of the specified item to conform. 4. Warranty: Manufacturer or fabricator cannot certify or warrant performance of specified item as required. 5. Owner's Benefit: In the judgement of the Contractor, acceptance of the proposed substitution is clearly in the Owner's best interest because of cost, quality, or other consideration. In requesting a substitution under this clause, the Contractor shall furnish substantiation of any such reason. 6. "or approved equal" or "other acceptable ": Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, accompanied by the term "or approved equal" or "other ac- ceptable" or similar language. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 8 September 22, 1999 i Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 E. Redesign and Coordination: In making request for approval of alternative or substitute materials, the Bidder /Contractor must represent that it has personally investigated the proposed product and, in its opinion, it is equivalent or superior in all respects to that specified. Also, Contractor will coordinate all trades including changes thereto as may be required, that it waves all claims for additional costs which subsequently become ap- parent as a consequence of the substitution and that will bear all costs related hereto, in- cluding costs of Engineer services for redesign if deemed necessary. F. Substitutions will not be considered if: they are indicated or implied on shop drawings or other project data submittals, without proper notice shown on attached form. G. In all cases in this specification where an article is followed by the words "or equal ", the Engineer is the sole judge of the quality of the proposed substitution. H. Where several materials are specified by name for one use, select for use any of those so specified. I. Whenever item or class of material is specified exclusively by detail specification, trade name, manufacturer's name or by catalog reference, use only such item, unless written approval is given for substitution prior to bid. Submit written requests in accordance with general requirements. J. Make no substitutions for materials, articles or process required under contract unless written approval is obtained. K. No substitutions will be allowed where more than three manufacturers are listed. If only one manufacturer is noted, prior approval (in writing) is required and full substan- tiating data with reason required for review. 1.11 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line prints of Con- tract Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies from the work as originally shown. Mark drawings to show conditions fully and accu- rately. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to meas- ure and record at a later date. Submit record drawings within 60 days of Substantial completion. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but which was not shown on Contract Drawings or shop drawings. 3. Keep accurate measurements of underground services and utilities, referenced to the building or other permanent construction. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 9 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 4. Note changes of directions and locations, by dimensions and elevations, as utili- ties are actually installed. 5. Show location of construction - concealed internal utilities and appurtenances ref- erenced to visible and accessible features of the structure. 6. Record accurate locations of piping, valves, traps, dampers, ductwork, equipment, and the like. 7. Indicate field changes of dimension and detail. 8. Erase conditions not constructed or "X -out" and appropriately annotate "not con- structed", whichever condition most clearly conveys the actual "as constructed" condition. 9. Addenda items. 10. Show and date revisions to drawings with a "cloud" drawn around the revision. 11. Organize record drawing sheets in manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover of each set. 12. Signed off permits including: plumbing, electrical, and construction. B. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda, and one copy of other written construction documents, such as modification proposals and RFI's issued in printed form during construction. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual work performed in comparison with the text of the specification and modifications. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection of options and similar information on elements that are concealed or cannot otherwise by readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related record drawing informa- tion and product data. 1. Where actual work differs from work shown in the project manual, mark the rec- ord copy to show the actual work. 2. Include a copy of each addendum and modification to the contract. 3. In addition to the types of information required on all record documents, record the following types of information: a. Proprietary name and model number of actual products furnished, for each product, material, and item of equipment specified and used. b. Name of the supplier and installer for each product for which neither a product data submittal nor a maintenance data submittal was specified. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 10 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 4. Upon completion of the work, submit record specifications to Owner's Represen- tative. C. In addition to the requirements specified above, indicate the following installed condi- tions: 1. Ductwork mains and branches, size and location, locations of dampers and other control devices. 2. Mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers, expansion compensators, tanks, etc.). Valve location diagrams, complete with valve tag chart. Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping. 3. Record drawings shall incorporate all work completed by accepted change orders and revised by RFTs; RFI or change order reference number on drawings is not acceptable. 4. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 5. Approved substitutions, contract modifications, and actual equipment and materi- als installed. 6. Contract modifications, actual equipment and materials installed. 7. Record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. 1.12 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide four (4) copies of operation manual describing operation and maintenance of Mechanical installations. Manuals shall be hard cover, 3 -post binder, and indexed by systems. Pages shall be same size, with exception of allowable foldout pages for con- trol and flow diagrams. Submit material to Engineer for approval prior to binding. Cover shall be inscribed with name of project, Owner, description of contents, Engi- neer, General Contractor, Mechanical Contractor, and date. B. These manuals shall contain all the information needed to operate and maintain all sys- tems and equipment provided in the project. It shall be presented and arranged logically for efficient use by the Owner's operation personnel. As a minimum, the information provided shall include the following: 1. Equipment manufacturer, make, model number, size, etc. 2. Supplier's name, address, phone and reference order numbers. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 11 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 3. Equipment nameplate data of major items. 4. Dimensional and performance data for specific unit provided. Extraneous catalog data must be eliminated. 5. Complete parts list including recording information, recommended spares and an- ticipated useful life. 6. Fan and pump curves. 7. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, per- formance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 8. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start -up, break -in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shut- down, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 9. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshoot- ing; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 10. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.13 WARRANTIES A. The Contractor shall warrantee and guarantee the following: 1. The mechanical (HVAC and Plumbing) system's performance shall be guaranteed per the construction documents. 2. All equipment, materials, and workmanship shall be guaranteed against any de- fects for a period of one (1) year from final acceptance or beneficial use, which- ever occurs first. a. The Contractor shall furnish a written guarantee to replace all defective work and materials, furnished under this specification, at no cost to the Owner, for at least one (1) year from the date of beneficial use or substantial completion (which ever comes first). b. If the Contractor is notified in writing that the installation is incomplete or unacceptable, then the warranty start date has not been established. 3. Year 2000 Warranty: The Contractor and all licensors represent and warrant that all product(s) are Year 2000 Compliant (Y2K Compliant). Each Y2K complaint product shall function accurately and: CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 12 September 22, 1999 1 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 a. Without interruption before, during and after January 1, 2000 without any change in operations associated with the advent of the new century. b. Without error process date information before, during and after January 1, 2000 (including but not limited to accepting date input, providing date out- put and performing calculations on or related to dates or portions of dates). c. Provide and accept two -digit year -date data in a way that resolves the ambi- guity as to century in a disclosed, defined and predetermined manner; for all date related output and results, in any form, including an indication of cen- tury in each instance; treat the year 2000 as a leap year. 4. Manufacturers' extended product warranties are desirable and shall be extended to the Client whenever available (or alternate costs for extended warranties offered for Client acceptance). 5. That all equipment and material will produce the results per the design docu- ments. 6. The mechanical system's air and water balance shall also be warranted for one (1) year as defined above. However, during the first year any minor comfort re- balance, or general re- balance required due to seasonal changes, shall be provided as required/requested at no cost. B. The Owner reserves the right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep equipment in operating condition without voiding the guarantees nor relieving responsibility during the guarantee period. C. The warranty shall not include standard maintenance items nor repairs or replacement of equipment damaged as a result of misuse, abuse, or lack of proper maintenance. 1.14 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ASME A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices. B. Equipment Selection: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics, physical dimen- sions, capacities, and ratings may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting mechanical and electrical services, circuit breakers, conduit, motors, bases, and equipment spaces are increased. Additional costs shall be approved in advance by appropriate Contract Modification for these increases. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies of equipment are specified, equipment must meet design and commissioning requirements. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 -13 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 1.15 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Section 15050 A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory - applied end caps. Maintain end caps through ship- ping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Protect stored pipes and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not ex- ceed structural capacity of floor, if stored inside. C. Protect flanges, fittings, and piping specialties from moisture and dirt. D. Protect mechanical equipment from moisture, dirt and damage by the construction proc- ess. Elevate above grade. When stored inside, do not exceed structural capacity of the floor. 1.16 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate mechanical equipment installation with other building components. B. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during prog- ress of construction to allow for mechanical installations. C. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for minimum disruption of the building cooling, in particular, the computer support area. Maximum length of shutdown of computer area cooling is 2 hours. Coordinate all shutdowns of building systems with the Owner and/or Owner's Representative. Group Health's "Shutdown/Interruption" form must be completed and submitted a minimum of 5 working days prior to shutdown. A copy of this form is attached to the end of this section. E. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service com- panies, and controlling agencies. F. Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering and painting, if devices are applied to surfaces. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 -14 September 22, 1999 t Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 1.17 EQUIPMENT START -UP A. In addition to normal contractor start and test plus specified system acceptance testing, this project will have a limited commissioning program performed as part of the testing and balancing work. 1. As a pre- commissioning task, this contractor shall submit for approval their own pre -start plus start-up and test forms for the following mechanical equipment: All new and existing chilled water pumps, all existing condenser water pumps, all existing cooling towers, new chillers, new make -up air unit and exhaust fans EF -1 and EF -1A. a. These forms must be completed in detail prior to and as a part of all equip- ment start-up. b. Manufacturer's start-up forms may also be used so long as the information indicated in the sample forms is provided as a minimum. I c. Sample forms are attached to the end of this section. Another reference for sample forms is the NEBB document titled "Procedural Standards for Building Systems Commissioning ". 2. The pre - approval of these pre -start and start-up and test forms along with their attention to detail is critical. 3. The Owner's representative shall witness all equipment start-up. Give 10 working days notification prior to all start-up and testing. 4. Submit completed pre -start, start-up and test forms to the general contractor. In- clude copies in the O &M manuals. 5. The Owner selected chillers require specified acceptance testing. This contractor shall provide any required labor, material and supporting project management services required to schedule and complete the associated tasks. 6. This work is to be completed independently of work specified in Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ". 1 . CDi Mechanical Engineers Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Section 15050 15050 15 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 1.18 OWNER SELECTED WATER CHILLERS A. The subcontractor shall purchase and install the Owner selected Rotary Screw Chiller (CH -1) not including the chemical treatment option, and the Centrifugal Water Chiller (CH -2). Submittal data and equipment specifications for these pieces of equipment can be found at the end of the specification. The pre - selection of this equipment shall not relieve the subcontractor of any performance or warranty problems. The purchase order value, for the chiller equipment is as follows: 1. Rotary Screw Water Chiller CH -1: $165,654. 2. Centrifugal Water Chiller CH -2: $76,423. The chiller equipment supplier shall be Washington Air Reps, Bellevue Office; contact is Ron Marson (425- 562 - 1150). B. The Contractor shall treat this equipment assignment the same as they had originally selected the equipment as a part of their bid package. C. The reason for pre- purchase by the owner is direct control of the selected manufacturer, the equipment's quality, the equipment's energy efficiency, and the equipment's op- tions. Due to the rush nature of this project, early selection of this equipment was also required to protect job site delivery dates and completion schedules while the design was being completed. D. The Contractor's bid shall include the cost of all assigned equipment. Via assignment of this equipment, the Contractor shall take full responsibility for the purchase, delivery, installation, performance and warranty of this equipment. Any qualifications or excep- tions of responsibility of this equipment by the Contractor shall be provided in writing as an attachment to the project bid form. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers of- fering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Dielectric Unions: CDi Mechanical Engineers a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. 15050 -16 September 22, 1999 t -r ' Y I I I Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant b. Eclipse, Inc.; Rockford - Eclipse Div. c. Epco Sales Inc. d. Hart Industries International, Inc. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. 2. Dielectric Flanges: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Co. c. Epco Sales Inc. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 3. Dielectric Couplings: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Lochinvar Corp. 4. Dielectric Nipples: a. Grinnell Corp.; Grinnell Supply Sales Co. b. Perfection Corp. c. Victaulic Co. of America. 5. Metal, Flexible Connectors: a. Flexicraft Industries. b. Flex -Weld, Inc. c. Grinnell Corp.; Grinnell Supply Sales Co. d. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. e. McWane, Inc.; Tyler Pipe; Gustin -Bacon Div. f. Mercer Rubber Co. CDi Mechanical Engineers Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Section 15050 15050 -17 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 g. Metraflex Co. h. Uniflex, Inc. 6. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Metraflex Co. c. Thunderline/Link -Seal. 2.2 PIPE AND PIPE 1.11 I1NGS A. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for pipe and fitting materials and join- ing methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B 1.20.1 for factory - threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS B. Pipe - Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos -free, 1/8 -inch maximum thickness, unless thickness or specific material is indicated. A. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. CDi Mechanical Engineers Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods a. Full -Face Type: For flat -face, Class 125, cast -iron and cast - bronze flanges. b. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast -iron and steel flanges. C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32. 1. Alloy Sn95 or Alloy Sn94: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent silver, with 0.10 percent lead content. 2. Alloy E: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent copper, with 0.10 percent maximum lead content. 15050 18 September 22, 1999 I I Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8. 1. BCuP Series: Copper - phosphorus alloys. 2. BAg1: Silver alloy. F. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. G. Flanged, Ductile -Iron Pipe Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: AWWA C110, rubber gasket, car- bon -steel bolts and nuts. H. Couplings: Iron -body sleeve assembly, fabricated to match OD of plain -end, pressure pipes. 1. Sleeve: ASTM A 126, Class B, gray iron. 2. Followers: ASTM A 47 malleable iron or ASTM A 536 ductile iron. 3. Gaskets: Rubber. 4. Bolts and Nuts: AWWA C111. 5. Finish: Enamel paint. 2.4 DIELECTRIC F111INGS A. General: Assembly or fitting with insulating material isolating joined dissimilar metals, to prevent galvanic action and stop corrosion. B. Description: Combination of copper alloy and ferrous; threaded, solder, plain, and weld -neck end types and matching piping system materials. C. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. D. Dielectric Unions: Factory- fabricated, union assembly, for 250 -psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. E. Dielectric Flanges: Factory - fabricated, companion - flange assembly, for 150- or 300 - psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized -steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermo- plastic lining; threaded ends; and 300 -psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 19 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplas- tic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300 -psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 2.5 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. General: Fabricated from materials suitable for system fluid and that will provide flexi- ble pipe connections. Include 125 -psig minimum working- pressure rating, unless higher working pressure is indicated, and ends according to the following: 1. 2 -Inch NPS and Smaller: Threaded. 2. 2 -1/2 -Inch NPS and Larger: Flanged. B. Bronze -Hose, Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, bronze, inner tubing covered with bronze wire braid. Include copper -tube ends or bronze flanged ends, braze welded to hose. C. Stainless - Steel- Hose /Steel Pipe, Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, stainless steel, inner tubing covered with stainless -steel wire braid. Include steel nipples or flanges, welded to hose. 2.6 MECHANICAL SI .FRVE SEALS A. Description: Modular design, with interlocking rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. Include connecting bolts and pressure plates. 2.7 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Sleeves: The following materials are for wall, floor, slab, and roof penetrations: 1. Non - Metallic: Cast in place sleeve with water stop and removable end caps. Made to be compatible with Mechanical sleeve seals. 2. Steel Sheet Metal: 0.0239 -inch minimum thickness, galvanized, round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. 3. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. 4. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 20 September 22, 1999 I 1 i Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 5. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast -iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. a. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. B. Escutcheons: Manufactured wall, ceiling, and floor plates; deep - pattern type if required to conceal protruding fittings and sleeves. 1. ID: Closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping. 2. OD: Completely cover opening. 3. Cast Brass: One piece, with set screw. a. Finish: Rough brass. b. Finish: Polished chrome- plate. 4. Cast -Iron Floor Plate: One -piece casting. 2.8 GROUT A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C 1107, Grade B. 1. Characteristics: Post - hardening, volume - adjusting,, dry, hydraulic - cement grout, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exte- rior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psig, 28 -day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install piping as described below, unless piping Sections specify otherwise. Individual Division 15 piping Sections specify unique piping installation requirements. B. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indi- cate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and ar- rangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated, unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 21 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 C. Install piping at indicated slope. D. Install components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pres- sure. E. Install piping in concealed interior and exterior locations, except in equipment rooms and service areas. F. Install piping free of sags and bends. G. Install exposed interior and exterior piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited, unless otherwise indicated. H. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other building elements. I. Install piping to allow application of insulation plus 1 -inch clearance around insulation. J. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing. K. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. L. Install couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions. M. Install pipe escutcheons for pipe penetrations of concrete and masonry walls, wall board partitions, and suspended ceilings according to the following: 1. Chrome - Plated Piping: Cast brass, one piece, with set screw, and polished chrome - plated finish. Use split- casting escutcheons if required, for existing pip- ing. 2. Uninsulated Piping Wall Escutcheons: Cast brass or stamped steel, with set screw. 3. Uninsulated Piping Floor Plates in Utility Areas: Cast -iron floor plates. 4. Insulated Piping: Cast brass or stamped steel; with concealed hinge, spring clips, and chrome- plated finish. 5. Piping in Utility Areas: Cast brass or stamped steel, with set -screw or spring clips. N. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum -board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 22 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment ar- eas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast -iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 2. Build sleeves into new walls and slabs as work progresses. 3. Install sleeves large enough to provide 1/4 -inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than 6 -inch NPS. b. Steel, Sheet -Metal Sleeves: For pipes 6 -inch NPS and larger, penetrating gypsum -board partitions. c. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane water- proofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast -iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. 1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout. 4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using elastomeric joint sealants. 5. Use Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use 0, neutral -curing silicone sealant, unless otherwise indicated. O. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeve for 1 -inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. 2. Install cast -iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches in diameter and larger. 3. Assemble and install mechanical sleeve seals according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tighten bolts that cause rubber sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. P. Underground, Exterior -Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Install cast -iron "wall pipes" or non- metallic sleeve may be used in conjunction with mechanical sleeve seals for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeve for 1 -inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 23 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 Q. 1. Assemble and install mechanical sleeve seals according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tighten bolts that cause rubber sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. R. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing - in requirements. S. Piping Joint Construction: Join pipe and fittings as follows and as specifically required in individual piping specification Sections: 1. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. 2, Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. 3. Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Soldering Manual," Chapter "The Soldering of Pipe and Tube "; or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." 4. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," Chap- ter "Pipe and Tube." 6. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, "Recommended Practices and Procedures for Welding Low Carbon Steel Pipe," using qualified processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article. CDi Mechanical Engineers a. Note internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint. b. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads, unless dry seal threading is specified. c. Align threads at point of assembly. d. Tighten joint with wrench. Apply wrench to valve end into which pipe is being threaded. e. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. 15050 - 24 September 22, 1999 i 5. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B 1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 7. Flanged Joints: Align flange surfaces parallel. Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically po- sitioned. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly using torque wrench. T. Piping Connections: Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping 2 -inch NPS and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at fi- nal connection to each piece of equipment with 2 -inch NPS or smaller threaded pipe connection. 2. Install flanges, in piping 2 -1/2 -inch NPS and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment with flanged pipe connection. 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping mate- rials of dissimilar metals. 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. Portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Refer conflicts to Engineer. C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. D. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replace- ment of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. E. Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope. F. Install flexible connectors on equipment side of shutoff valves, horizontally and parallel to equipment shafts if possible. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 25 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 3.3 PAINTING AND FINISHING A. Apply paint to exposed piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Interior, Ferrous Supports: Use semigloss, acrylic - enamel finish. Include finish coat over enamel undercoat and primer. 2. Exterior, Ferrous Piping: Use semigloss, acrylic - enamel finish. Include two fin- ish coats over rust- inhibitive metal primer. 3. Exterior, Ferrous Supports: Use semigloss, acrylic - enamel finish. Include two finish coats over rust- inhibitive metal primer. B. Do not paint piping specialties with factory- applied finish. C. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory- painted finishes with mate- rials and procedures to match original factory finish. 3.4 CONCRETE BASES A. Coordinate size of concrete bases. Bases shall be not less than 12 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. Follow supported equipment manufacturer's setting templates for anchor bolt and tie locations. 3.5 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel." 3.6 DEMOLITION A. Disconnect, demolish, and remove Work specified in Division 15 Sections. B. If pipe or equipment to remain is damaged or disturbed, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal capacity and quality. C. Accessible Work: Remove indicated exposed pipe in its entirety. D. Work Abandoned in Place: Cut and remove underground pipe a minimum of 2 inches beyond face of adjacent construction. Cap and patch surface to match existing finish. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 26 September 22, 1999 ti . 1 Group Health #4862 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 E. Removal: Remove indicated equipment from Project site. F. Temporary Disconnection: Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make opera- tional equipment indicated for relocation. 3.7 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical sys- tems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during prog- ress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materi- als, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 7. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to ar- rangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Engineer. 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpen- dicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 - 27 September 22, 1999 CDi Mechanical Engineers Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location. 11. Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. Notify General Contractor on the number, location and size of access panels or doors. A, General: Perform cutting and patching as required during cutting and patching opera- tions, protect adjacent installations. B. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to: 1. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill -timed Work. 2. Remove and replace defective Work. 3. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. 5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures. 6. Upon written instructions from the Engineer, uncover and restore Work to provide for Engineer observation of concealed Work. C. Cut, remove and legally dispose off -site of selected mechanical equipment, compo- nents, and materials, including but not limited to removal of mechanical piping, heating units, plumbing fixtures and trim, and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new Work. D. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. E. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces neces- sary for mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades in- volved. 15050 - 28 September 22, 1999 i 1 12. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right -of -way priority to ,systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 3.8 CUTTING AND PATCHING I t • i Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant F. Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. 3.9 GROUTING Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Section 15050 A. Install nonmetallic, nonshrink, grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. Mix grout according to manufac- turer's written instructions. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placing of grout. E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. F. Place grout on concrete bases to provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G. Place grout around anchors. H. Cure placed grout according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers 15050 29 September. 22, 1999 of Puget Sound Project Name FPN Date To: C] Manager- Plant Operations, Central Hospital Copies of this request also sent to: El Manager- Plant Operations, Eastside Hospital We request your permission to proceed with the work described below which will impact existing facility operations. We would like to proceed on the expected start date or within 5 working days following GHC approval noted below. Your Input concerning commencement and duration of work is needed immediately. Facility Name: Expected Start Date/Time. Work Period/Duration: Areas of Facility effected: Description of Work. System Shut Downs: Electrical: Lighting Wall Outlets Plumbing: Water Waste /Vent HVAC: Heating Exhaust Adverse Environmental Conditions: Noise Dust Allowable occupation: Normal occupation, no interruption expected Some occupation, work schedule attached No occupation, areas must be totally vacated per attached schedule Preparations required by occupants: Work being performed by: GHC Construction Services Contractor Contact Contact Phone Phone AREA BELOW RESERVED FOR ENGINEERING Engineer Assigned: Occupants Notified: via via via Shutdown /Interruption Request Date: via via via Equipment Fire Sprinklers Air Conditioning Fumes Approved by Date Item # Check List Items Unit # 1 Casing /cabinet condition good 2 Unit labeled per drawings 3 Any sign of leaks 4 Doors & gaskets okay 5 Attached duct properly sealed 6 Attached duct canvas isolation 7 Pipe connection propoerly supported 8 Condensate trap 9 Protective shrouds for belts 10 Proper voltage & phase connected 11 Electrical disconnect switch 12 - Fusing okay 13 - Labeling okay 14 All electrical connections tight 15 Control system interlocks functional 16 Safeties installed 17 Code smoke detector installed 18 -Test confirmed by others 19 All dampers stroke fully 20 - Dampers close tightly 21 Control sensors installed 22 - Secured properly 23 -In proper location 24 Filters Installed 25 - Construction filters removed 26 - Filter gauge installed & tested 27 - Proper type as specified 28 -Clean & tight fitting 29 Cooling coil clean & good condition 30 Heating coil clean & good condition 31 Condenser coil clean & good condition 32 Supply fan looks okay . 33 - Motor /fan alignment okay 34 -Belt tension & condition okay 35 -Fan & area clean 36 - Shipping blocks removed 37 - Fan /motor rotation correct 38 - Acceptable noise & vibration 39 -Vanes stroke fully & smoothly 40 -VSD Installed & wired 41 Return /Relief fan looks okay 42 - Motor /fan alignment okay 43 -Belt tension & condition okay 44 -Fan & area clean 45 - Shipping blocks removed 46 - Fan /motor rotation correct 47 - Acceptable noise & vibration Air Handler Pre -Start Check List Job /Project Title: Location: Contractor: Inspected By: Date: 1 Note: Check in box provided if okay. Enter comment number if deficient and document comments by number at the bottom of this form. Enter n/a if not applicable AHU Check List Page 1 Item # Check List Items Unit # 48 -Vanes stroke fully & smoothly 49 50 -VSD Installed & wired Intake hood/louver okay 51 Exh /Relief hood/louver okay 52 Curb flashed & okay 53 Adequate service access 54 55 56 57 58 59 ' Job/Project Title: `Location: Contractor: Inspected By: Date: Air Handler Pre -Start Check List number at the bottom of this form. Enter n/a if not applicable Note: Check In box provided if okay. Enter comment number if deficient and document comments by 6 7 8 9 10 Comments By Number AHU Check List Page 2 1 1 Item # Check List Items Unit # 1 General condition good 2 Unit labeled per drawi gs 3 No leaks 4 Su • • I thermometer installed 5 - Reading correctly 6 - Easily visible 7 Return thermometer Installed 8 - Reading correctly 9 - Easily visible 10 Pressure • au • e installed 11 - Reading correctly 12 - Easily visible 13 Test plug Installed as specified 14 - Supply side 15 - Return side 16 Pro • er voltage & • hase connected 17 Electrical disconnect switch 18 - Fusing okay 19 - Labelin • oka 20 No unusual noise or vibration 21 All electrical connections tight 22 Control system Interlocks functional 23 Safeties or flow switch installed 24 Pump rotation correct 25 Strainers in place & clean 26 Piping generally okay 27 - Piping properly insulated 28 -Pro • erl Isolated from • um • 29 - Secured properly 30 Pum • bod insulated ifs • ecified --- 31 Pump isolation okay Isolation valves installed 32 33 -In proper location 34 - Stroke fully open and close 35 -Seal tight in closed position 36 Water treatment in place & operating 37 Ade•uate service access -�- 38 _ - 39 40 41 Pump Pre -Start Check List Job /Project Title: Location: Contractor: Inspected By: Date: Note: Check in box provided if okay. Enter comment number if deficient and document comments by number at the bottom of this form. Enter n/a if not applicable Pump Check List Page 1 I Item Check List Items Unit /« 1 1 Comments By Number 1 . 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 0 I Job /Project Title: Location: Contractor: Ins . ected B : Date: PumDPre -Start Check List Note: Check in box provided if okay. Enter comment number if deficient and document comments by number at the bottom of this form. Enter n/a if not applicable Pump Check List Page 2 i s i { t t B i I Item # Check List Items Comment #, I.D., Or Value Fan function (i.e. exh., supply, etc...) Fan ID or Number (per drawing) 01 Fan scheduled cfm Fan scheduled external static pressure 5 Fan Manufacturer 6 Fan model number 7 Fan serial number 8 Fan Motor Manufacturer 9 -Motor nameplate H.P. 10 -Motor name • late RPM 11 -Motor serial number 12 -Motor model number 13 -Motor type (i.e. enclosed, weather proof, explosion, etc...) 14 -Motor frame t • e 15 -Motor name plate voltage 16 -Motor name plate electrical phase 17 Fan rotation checked & correct 18 - Measured fan RPM 19 Fan & Motor Full Load Field Measurements 20 -Line voltage phase -to- phase: L -1 to L -2 21 -Line voltage phase -to- •hase: L -1 to L -3 22 -Line volta • e • hase -to- •hase: L -2 to L -3 23 -Amps for each phase: L -1 24 -Amps for each phase: L -2 25 -Amps for each phase: L -3 26 -Line volta • e imbalance within 2% 27 1l 1i! uLi]! l' It S! r: z•• 1: ��. r •3c�:cKa:r•��r:�ur� 28 - Measured power factor 29 Drive pulley size (inches diameter) 30 - number of belts 31 -belt type and model number 32 Fan • ulle size inches diameter Fan Start -Up & Check List Job /Project Title: Location: Contractor: Inspected By: Date: 1 Note: Use n/a for not applicable and n/o for not obtainable or available. 1 2 3 4 5 Comments By Number Item # Check List Items Comment #, I.D., Or Value 1 Pump function (i.e. HW, Chd. W., Cond. W., etc...) 2 Pump ID or Number (per drawing) 3 Pump scheduled gpm 4 Pump scheduled dynamic head (psi) 5 Pump Manufacturer 6 Pump model number _ 7 Pump serial number 8 Pump Motor Manufacturer 9 -Motor nameplate H.P. 10 -Motor nameplate RPM 11 -Motor serial number 12 -Motor model number 13 -Motor type (i.e. enclosed, weather proof, explosion, etc...) 14 -Motor frame type 15 -Motor name plate voltage 16 -Motor name • late electrical •hase 17 Pump /Motor rotation checked & correct 19 Pump Motor Full Load Field Measurements 20 -Line voltage phase -to- phase: L -1 to L -2 21 -Line voltage phase -to- phase: L -1 to L -3 22 -Line voltage phase -to- phase: L -2 to L -3 23 -Am • s for each • hase: L -1 24 -Am • s for each • hase: L -2 25 -Amps for each phase: L -3 26 -Line voltage imbalance within 2% 2% 27 - Running amperage does not exceed nameplate FLA 28 - Measured • ower factor 29 Pump Impeller Size 30 Measured running suction pressure 31 Measured running discharge pressure 32 Measured GPM Job /Project Title: Location: Contractor: Inspected By: Date: Pump Start -Up & Check List Note: Use n/a for not applicable and n/o for not obtainable or available. 1 2 3 4 5 Comments By Number 0 i 9 Group Health #4862 Hangers and Supports ROC Chiller Plant Section 15060 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Sections on fire- suppression piping for fire- suppression pipe hangers. 2. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints" for vibration isolation and equipment seismic restraint devices. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes hangers and supports for mechanical system piping and equip- ment and seismic restraint of piping. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for the Valve and Fittings Industry. B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP -90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design channel support systems, and/or heavy -duty steel trapezes for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. B. Comply with SMACNA "Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Sys- tem", 2 Edition, February 1998. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of pipe hanger, channel support system component, and thermal- hanger shield insert indicated. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15060 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Hangers and Supports ROC Chiller Plant Section 15060 B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer for multiple piping supports and trapeze hangers. Include design calculations and indicate size and characteristics of components and fabrication details. If SMACNA Seismic Manual de- tails are used, submit all pertinent documentation. C. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and operators. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." B. Engineering Responsibility: Design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for each multiple pipe support, trapeze, and seismic restraint by a qualified professional engineer. 1. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experi- enced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering serv- ices are defined as those performed for installations of hangers and supports that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Pipe Hangers: a. AAA Technology and Specialties Co., Inc. b. B -Line Systems, Inc. c. Carpenter & Patterson, Inc. d. Empire Tool & Manufacturing Co., Inc. e. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc. f. Grinnell Corp. g. GS Metals Corp. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15060 - 2 September 22, 1999 1 1 1 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 Hangers and Supports ROC Chiller Plant Section 15060 h. Michigan Hanger Co., Inc. i. National Pipe Hanger Corp. j. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. k. PHS Industries, Inc. 1. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. 2. Channel Support Systems: a. B -Line Systems, Inc. b. Grinnell Corp.; Power -Strut Unit. c. GS Metals Corp. d. Michigan Hanger Co., Inc.; O -Strut Div. e. National Pipe Hanger Corp. f. Thomas & Betts Corp. g. Unistrut Corp. h. Wesanco, Inc. 3. Thermal- Hanger Shield Inserts: a. Carpenter & Patterson, Inc. b. Michigan Hanger Co., Inc. c. PHS Industries, Inc. d. Pipe Shields, Inc. e. Rilco Manufacturing Co., Inc. f. Value Engineered Products, Inc. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components: MSS SP -58, factory- fabricated components. Refer to "Hanger and Support Applications" Article in Part 3 for where to use specific hanger and support types. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15060 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Hangers and Supports ROC Chiller Plant Section 15060 1. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: For piping and equipment that will not have field - applied finish. 2. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attach- ments are in direct contact with copper tubing. B. Channel Support Systems: MFMA -2, factory- fabricated components for field assem- bly. 1. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indi- cated. 2. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attach- ments are in direct contact with copper tubing. C. Thermal- Hanger Shield Inserts: 100 -psi minimum compressive - strength insulation, en- cased in sheet metal shield. 1. Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type I cellular glass or water-repellent - treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with vapor barrier. 2. For Trapeze or Clamped System: Insert and shield cover entire circumference of pipe. 3. For Clevis or Band Hanger: Insert and shield cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. 4. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Mechanical- Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull -out and shear capaci- ties appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. B. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars, black and galva- nized. C. Grout: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, factory -mixed and - packaged, nonshrink and nonme- tallic, dry, hydraulic- cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both interior and exterior applications. 2. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 3. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength, CDi Mechanical Engineers 15060 - 4 September 22, 1999 1 1 Group Health #4862 Hangers and Supports ROC Chiller Plant Section 15060 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A. Specific hanger requirements are specified in Sections specifying equipment and sys- tems. B. Comply with MSS SP -69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not speci- fied in piping system Specification Sections. C. Horizontal - Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 24, if little or no insulation is required. 3. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to al- low off- center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 4. Adjustable Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 5. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30, from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 6. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 20, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and con- traction might occur. 7. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42, if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but ver- tical adjustment is not necessary. D. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Malleable -Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15060 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Hangers and Supports ROC Chiller Plant Section 15060 E. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to sus- pend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 3. Welded -Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 7501b. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 15001b. c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb. F. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping sys- tem Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 2. Thermal- Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe, 360- degree insert of high- density, 100 -psi minimum compressive - strength, water - repellent- treated calcium silicate or cellular -glass pipe insulation, same thickness as adjoining in- sulation with vapor barrier and encased in 360 - degree sheet metal shield. G. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Spring- Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. 2. Variable -Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit vari- ability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. 3. Variable -Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15060 - 6 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Hangers and Supports ROC Chiller Plant Section 15060 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Pipe Hanger and Support Installation: Comply with MSS SP -69 and MSS SP -89. In- stall hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Channel Support System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field - assembled channel systems. 1. Field assemble and install according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Heavy -Duty Steel Trapeze Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of hori- zontal piping and support together on field- fabricated, heavy -duty trapezes. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D -1.1. D. Pipe Seismic Restraint: Install pipe seismic restraint in accordance with SMACNA "Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Engineers ". 1. Use Seismic Hazard Level A. E. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP -69. Install addi- tional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, and expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts be- fore concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. F. Install mechanical- anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. G. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of pip- ing systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate ac- tion of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. I. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15060 - 7 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Hangers and Supports Section 15060 ROC Chiller Plant J. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," is not exceeded. K. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal- hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9. 2. Install MSS SP -58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal- hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3 -1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. c. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. 4. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood inserts. 5. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal- Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insula- tion. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or to sup- port equipment above floor as shown on drawings. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15060 - 8 September 22, 1999 11 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.4 METAL FABRICATION A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy -duty steel trapezes and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field -weld connections that cannot be shop - welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: �.,.. 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and cor- rosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. 3.6 PAINTING A. Touching Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC -PA 1 requirements for touching up field - painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing- repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers Hangers and Supports Section 15060 15060 - 9 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes mechanical identification materials and devices. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For identification materials and devices. Mechanical Identification Section 15075 B. Valve Schedules: For each piping system. Reproduce on standard -size bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation as shown on tag, room or space location of valve, and variations for identification. Mark valves intended for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. Besides mounted copies, furnish copies for maintenance manuals specified in Section 15050. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ASME A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems" for let- tering size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices. 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 IDENTIFYING DEVICES AND LABELS A. General: Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 15 Sec- tions. If more than single type is specified for listed applications, selection is Installer's option. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15075 - 1 September 22, 1999 CDi Mechanical Engineers Mechanical Identification Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Section 15075 B. Equipment Nameplates: Metal permanently fastened to equipment with data engraved or stamped. 1. Data: Manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, capacity, oper- ating and power characteristics, and essential data. 2. Location: Accessible and visible. C. Pressure - Sensitive Pipe Markers: Manufacturer's standard preprinted, color- coded, pressure- sensitive, vinyl type with permanent adhesive. D. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches: Full -band pipe markers, ex- tending 360 degrees around pipe at each location. E. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches and Larger: Either full -band or strip -type pipe markers, at least 3 times letter height and of length required for label. F. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard preprinted captions as selected by Engineer. G. Lettering: Use piping system terms indicated and abbreviate only as necessary for each application length. 1. Arrows: Either integrally with piping system service lettering, to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit, on each pipe marker to indicate direction of flow. H. Plastic Tape: Manufacturer's standard color- coded, pressure- sensitive, self - adhesive, vinyl tape, at least 3 mils thick. 1. Width: 1 -1/2 inches on pipes with OD, including insulation, less than 6 inches; 2- 1/2 inches for larger pipes. 2. Color: Comply with ASME A13.1, unless otherwise indicated. I. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4 -inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2 -inch sequenced numbers. Include 5/32 -inch hole for fastener. 1. Material: 3/32 -inch- thick plastic laminate with 2 black surfaces and a white in- ner layer. 2. Size: 1 -1/2- inches diameter, unless otherwise indicated. J. Valve Tag Fasteners: Brass, wire -link or beaded chain; or brass S- hooks. K. Valve Schedule Frames: Glazed display frame for removable mounting on masonry walls for each page of valve schedule. Include screws. 15075 - 2 September 22, 1999 z t Group Health #4862 Mechanical Identification ROC Chiller Plant Section 15075 1. Frame: Extruded aluminum. 2. Glazing: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Glazing quality B, 2.5 -mm, single - thickness glass. L. Engraved Plastic - Laminate Signs: ASTM D 709, Type I, cellulose, paper -base, pheno- lic- resin - laminate engraving stock; Grade ES -2, black surface, black phenolic core, with white melamine subcore, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate in sizes required for message. Provide holes for mechanical fastening. 1. Engraving: Engraver's standard letter style, of sizes and with terms to match equipment identification. 2. Thickness: 1/8 inch, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Fasteners: Self- tapping, stainless -steel screws or contact -type, permanent adhe- sive. M. Plastic Equipment Markers: Manufacturer's standard laminated plastic, in the following color codes: 1. Green: Cooling equipment and components. 2. Yellow: Heating equipment and components. 3. Brown: Energy reclamation equipment and components. 4. Blue: Equipment and components that do not meet criteria above. 5. Hazardous Equipment: Use colors and designs recommended by ASME A13.1. 6. Terminology: Match schedules as closely as possible. Include the following: a. Name. b. Equipment service. c. Design capacity. d. Other design parameters such as pressure drop, entering and leaving condi- tions, and speed. 7. Size: 2 -1/2 by 4 inches for control devices, dampers, and valves; 4 -1/2 by 6 inches for equipment. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15075 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Mechanical Identification ROC Chiller Plant Section 15075 N. Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, and other designations used in mechanical identification with corresponding designations indicated. Use numbers, letters, and terms indicated for proper identification, operation, and maintenance of me- chanical systems and equipment. 1. Multiple Systems: Identify individual system number and service if multiple systems of same name are indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING PIPING SYSTEMS A. Install pipe markers on each system. Include arrows showing normal direction of flow. B. Marker Type: Plastic markers, with application systems. Install on pipe insulation segment where required for hot, noninsulated pipes. C. Fasten markers on pipes and insulated pipes smaller than 6 inches OD by one of fol- lowing methods: 1. Snap -on application of pretensioned, semirigid plastic pipe marker. 2. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap. 3. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe or insulation. 4. Taped to pipe or insulation with color -coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 3/4 inch wide, lapped a minimum of 1 -1/2 inches at both ends of pipe marker, and covering full circumference of pipe. D. Fasten markers on pipes and insulated pipes 6 inches in diameter and larger by one of following methods: 1. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe or insulation. 2. Taped to pipe or insulation with color -coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 1- 1/2 inches wide, lapped a minimum of 3 inches at both ends of pipe marker, and covering full circumference of pipe. 3. Strapped to pipe or insulation with manufacturer's standard stainless -steel bands. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15075 - 4 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Mechanical Identification ROC Chiller Plant Section 15075 E. Locate pipe markers and color bands where piping is exposed in finished spaces; ma- chine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior nonconcealed locations according to the following: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Mark each pipe at branch, where flow pattern is not obvious. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, or nonaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of con- cealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at a maximum of 50 -foot intervals along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings, except omit intermediately spaced markers. 3.2 VALVE TAGS A. Install on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves, valves within factory- fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture supply stops, shutoff valves, faucets, convenience and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing -in con- nections of end -use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in valve schedule. B. Valve Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, color scheme, and with captions similar to those indicated in the following: 1. Tag Material: Plastic. C. Tag Size and Shape: According to the following: 1. Chilled Water: 2 inches, round. D. Tag Color: According to the following: 1. Chilled Water: Blue. E. Letter Color: According to the following: 1. Chilled Water: White. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15075 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.3 EQUIPMENT SIGNS AND MARKERS F. Install mounted valve schedule in each major equipment room. A. Install engraved plastic - laminate signs or equipment markers on or near each major item of mechanical equipment. Include signs for the following general categories of equip- ment: 1. Main control and operating valves, including safety devices and hazardous units such as gas outlets. 2. Meters, gages, thermometers, and similar units. 3. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers, and similar motor - driven units. 4. Heat exchangers, evaporators, cooling towers, and similar equipment. 5. Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers, and mixing boxes. 6. Tanks and pressure vessels. 7. Strainers, filters, humidifiers, water - treatment systems, and similar equipment. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Relocate mechanical identification materials and devices that have become visually blocked by work of this or other Divisions. B. Clean faces of identification devices and glass frames of valve charts. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers Mechanical Identification Section 15075 15075 6 September 22, 1999 1 1 Group Health #4862 Equipment Insulation ROC Chiller Plant Section 15082 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Duct Insulation" for insulation materials and application for ducts and plenums. 2. Division 15 Section "Pipe Insulation" for insulation for piping systems and valves. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes blanket, board, and block insulation; insulating cements; field - applied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing compounds. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Identify thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any), for each type of product indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an ap- prenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of appli- cable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame- spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke - developed rating of 50 or less. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15082 - 1 September 22, 1999 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1.6 COORDINATION 1. Mineral -Fiber Insulation: a. CertainTeed Manson. b. Knauf FiberGlass GmbH. c. Owens - Corning Fiberglas Corp. d. Johns Manville. 2. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Rubatex Corp. 3. Closed -Cell Phenolic -Foam Insulation: a. Kooltherm Insulation Products, Ltd. b. Imcoflex. CDi Mechanical Engineers Group Health #4862 Equipment Insulation ROC Chiller Plant Section 15082 A. Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with ap- propriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use tempera- ture. A. Coordinate clearance requirements with equipment installer for insulation application. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 15082 - 2 September 22 1999 1 Group Health #4862 Equipment Insulation ROC Chiller Plant Section 15082 2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Mineral -Fiber Board Thermal Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IB, without facing and with all- service jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. B. Mineral -Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II, without facing and with all- service jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film C. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded - rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type II for sheet materials. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 2.3 FIELD- APPLIED JACKETS A. General: ASTM C 921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated. B. PVC Jacket: High- impact, ultraviolet- resistant PVC; 20 mils thick; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 2. PVC Jacket Color: Color -code to match connected piping jackets based on mate- rials contained within the piping system. 2.4 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS A. Glass Cloth and Tape: Comply with MIL- C- 20079H, Type I for cloth and Type II for tape. Woven glass -fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8- oz. /sq. yd.. 1. Tape Width: 4 inches. B. Wire: 0.080 -inch, nickel - copper alloy; 0.062 -inch, soft - annealed, stainless steel; or 0.062 -inch, soft - annealed, galvanized steel. C. Adhesive - Attached Anchor Pins and Speed Washers:. Galvanized steel plate, pin, and washer manufactured for attachment with adhesive. Pin length sufficient for insulation thickness indicated. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15082 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Equipment Insulation ROC Chiller Plant Section 15082 1. Adhesive: Recommended by the anchor pin manufacturer as appropriate for sur- face temperatures of ducts, plenums, and breechings; and to achieve a holding ca- pacity of 1001b for direct pull perpendicular to the adhered surface. 2.5 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are compati- ble with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.3 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; and free of voids throughout the length of equipment. B. Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials, forms, jackets, and thick- nesses required for each equipment system. C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either the wet or dry state. D. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. E. Seal joints and seams with vapor - retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a va- por retarder. F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15082 - 4 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Equipment Insulation ROC Chiller Plant Section 15082 G. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. H. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical. I. Apply insulation over fittings and specialties, with continuous thermal and vapor - retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. J. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor - retarder mastic. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. K. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, seal ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. L. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows: 1. Pull jacket tight and smooth. 2. Joints and Seams: Cover with tape and vapor retarder as recommended by insu- lation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. 3. Vapor - Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation according to manufacturer's written instructions to prevent compressing insulation to less than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Install vapor - retarder mastic on equipment scheduled to receive vapor retarders. Over- lap insulation facing at seams and seal with vapor - retarder mastic and pressure- sensitive tape having same facing as insulation. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor - retarder seal. O. Insulate the following equipment: 1. Chilled water air separators. 2. Existing chilled water compression tanks. 3. New and existing chilled water centrifugal pump housings. 4. Chilled water valve bodies. 5. Centrifugal chiller evaporator. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15082 - 5 September 22, 1999 P. Omit insulation from the following: 1. Vibration - control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. 3.4 TANK AND VESSEL INSULATION APPLICATION 5. Impale insulation over anchor pins and attach speed washers. 7. Secure each layer of insulation with stainless -steel bands. CDi Mechanical Engineers b. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. Group Health #4862 Equipment Insulation ROC Chiller Plant Section 15082 A. Blankets, Board, and Block Applications for Tanks and Vessels: Secure insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per square foot, for 100 percent coverage of tank and vessel surfaces. 2. Groove and score insulation materials to fit as closely as possible to the equip- ment, including contours. Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces for tight joint. Stagger end joints. 3. Protect exposed corners with secured corner angles. 4. Install adhesive - attached or self - adhesive anchor pins and speed washers on sides of tanks and vessels as follows: a. On tank and vessel, 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. in both directions. c. Cut and miter insulation segments to fit curved sides and dome heads of tanks and vessels. 6. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing 15082 - 6 September 22, 1999 I L Group Health #4862 Equipment Insulation ROC Chiller Plant Section 15082 8. Stagger joints between insulation layers at least 3 inches. 9. Apply insulation in removable segments on equipment access doors and other elements that require frequent removal for service. 10. Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes, handholes, ASME stamps, and nameplates. 11. Apply vapor - retarder mastic to open joints, breaks, and punctures for insulation indicated to receive vapor retarder. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation Applications for Tanks and Vessels: Apply in- sulation over entire surface of tanks and vessels according to the manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Apply 100 percent coverage of adhesive to surface with manufacturer's recom- mended adhesive. 2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints. 3.5 FIELD- APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION A. Apply glass -cloth jacket where indicated, directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory - applied jackets. 1. Apply jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2 -inch overlap at seams and joints. 2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062 -inch- thick coats of jacket manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 3. Completely encapsulate insulation with jacket, leaving no exposed raw insulation. B. PVC Jackets: Apply jacket with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels for horizontal applications. Secure and seal seams and end joints with manu- facturer's welding adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along the seam and joint edge. 3.6 FINISHES A. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. B. Color: Color as indicated in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification." CDi Mechanical Engineers 15082 - 7 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant CDi Mechanical Engineers Equipment Insulation Section 15082 3.7 EQUIPMENT APPLICATIONS A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this Section. B. Materials and thicknesses for systems listed below are specified in schedules at the end of this Section. 15082 - 8 September 22, 1999 1 1 1 1 3.8 TANK AND VESSEL INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Equipment: Chilled -water air separators and compression tank. 1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 75 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Flexible elastomeric. 3. Insulation Thickness: 2 -inch. 4. Field- Applied Jacket: Glass cloth. 5. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 6. Finish: Painted. 7. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.23 — 0.27 BTU•in/(hr•ft °F). B. Equipment: Centrifugal chiller evaporator. 1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 75 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Flexible elastomeric. 3. Insulation Thickness: 3/4 -inch. 4. Field- Applied Jacket: Glass cloth. 5. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 6. Finish: Painted. 7. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.23 — 0.27 BTU•in/(hr•ft °F). 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.9 PUMP INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Equipment: Chilled water pumps. 1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 75 deg. F. 2. Insulation Material: Mineral Fiber. 3. Insulation Thickness: 2 -inch. 4. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 5. Finish: Painted. 6. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.32 — 0.34 BTU•in/(hr.ft °F). END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers 15082' - 9 Equipment Insulation Section 15082 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Equipment Insulation" for insulation materials and applica- tion for pumps, tanks, hydronic specialties, and other equipment. 2. Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe insulation shields and pro- tection saddles. 3. Division 15 Section "Heat Trace" for pipe heat tracing. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes preformed, rigid and flexible pipe insulation; insulating cements; field - applied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing compounds. Insulation scope includes new piping indicated on drawings and all existing chilled water, con- denser water, domestic cold water, and non - potable water within mechanical room to remain. Quantities for existing pipe to be insulated will need to be determined by visit to site during bid period. Coordinate access with Sellen Construction, David Ratzke (206) 521 -9255. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Identify thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any), for each type of product indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an ap- prenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of appli- cable testing and inspecting agency. CDi Mechanical Engineers Pipe Insulation Section 15083 15083 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Pipe Insulation Section 15083 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame- spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke - developed rating of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame- spread rating of 75 or less, and smoke - developed rating of 150 or less. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with ap- propriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use tempera- ture. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for insulation application. C. Coordinate with lines requiring heat tracing. 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after testing piping systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat -trace tape. Insulation application may begin on segments of piping that have satisfactory test results. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Mineral -Fiber Insulation: a. CertainTeed Manson. b. Knauf FiberGlass GmbH. c. Owens- Corning Fiberglas Corp. d. Johns Manville. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15083 - 2 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 2. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Rubatex Corp. 3. Cellular Glass Insulation a. Pittsburgh Corning. 2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS Pipe Insulation Section 15083 A. Mineral -Fiber Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin complying with the following: 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 547, Type 1, with factory - applied, all- purpose, vapor - retarder jacket. 2. Blanket Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 553, Type 11, without facing. 3. Fire- Resistant Adhesive: Comply with MIL- A -3316C in the following classes and grades: CDi Mechanical Engineers a. Class 1, Grade A for bonding glass cloth and tape to unfaced glass -fiber in- sulation, for sealing edges of glass -fiber insulation, and for bonding lagging cloth to unfaced glass -fiber insulation. b. Class 2, Grade A for bonding glass -fiber insulation to metal surfaces. 4. Vapor - Retarder Mastics: Fire- and water - resistant, vapor- retarder mastic for in- door applications. Comply with MIL- C- 19565C, Type II. 5. Mineral -Fiber Insulating Cements: Comply with ASTM C 195. 6. Mineral- Fiber, Hydraulic- Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. B. Cellular Glass Insulation: Rigid closed glass cells conforming to ASTM C552, pre- formed for pipe shapes and fittings. C. Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 for di- mensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges. 2.3 FIELD- APPLIED JACKETS A. General: ASTM C 921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated. 15083 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant B. PVC Jacket: High- impact, ultraviolet- resistant PVC; 20 mils thick; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 2. PVC Jacket Color: White. C. Standard PVC Fitting Covers: Factory- fabricated fitting covers manufactured from 20- mil- thick, high- impact, ultraviolet- resistant PVC. 1. Shapes: 45- and 90- degree, short- and long- radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, reducers, end caps, soil -pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P -trap and supply covers for lavatories for the disabled. 2. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. D. Aluminum Jacket: Aluminum roll stock, ready for shop or field cutting and forming to indicated sizes. Comply with ASTM B 209, 3003 alloy, H -14 temper. 1. Finish and Thickness: Smooth finish, 0.010 -inch thick. 2. Moisture Barrier: 1 -mil thick, heat - bonded polyethylene and 'craft paper. 3. Elbows: Preformed, 45- and 90- degree, short- and long - radius elbows; same ma- terial, finish, and thickness as jacket. 2.4 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS A. Glass Cloth and Tape: Comply with MIL- C- 20079H, Type I for cloth and Type II for tape. Woven glass -fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8- oz. /sq. yd.. 1. Tape Width: 4 inches. B. Bands: 3/4 inch wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.005 inch thick. 2. Brass: 0.010 inch thick. 3. Nickel - Copper Alloy: 0.005 inch thick. C. Wire: 0.080 -inch, nickel- copper alloy; 0.062 -inch, soft - annealed, stainless steel; or 0.062 -inch, soft - annealed, galvanized steel. CDi Mechanical Engineers Pipe Insulation Section 15083 15083 - 4 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 2.5 THERMAL INSULATION REMOVABLE PADS A. The inner and outer jacketing on the removable pads shall be Lewco 1550 SA silicone impregnated. B. The insulation material inside the pads shall be Owens /Corning fiberglass thermal in- sulating wool. C. Lacing hooks, and washers shall be Lewco, or equal. D. Tie wire shall be stainless steel. E. Fasteners shall be stainless steel staples STCR 5019 -3/8 -inch, or equal. F. Thickness for all pads: 2 -inch thick thermal insulating wool. 2.6 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are compati- ble with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION Pipe Insulation Section 15083 A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry pipe and fitting surfaces. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.3 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping, including fittings, valves, and specialties. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15083 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Pipe Insulation Section 15083 B. Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials, forms, jackets, and thick- nesses required for each piping system. C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal pipe runs. E. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and special-. ties. G. Seal joints and seams with vapor- retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a va- por retarder. H. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. I. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. J. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical. K. Apply insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties, with continuous thermal and va- por- retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to special instructions for ap- plying insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties. L. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor - retarder mastic. 1. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs at least 12 inches from point of attachment to pipe and taper insu- lation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. 3. Install insert materials and apply insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insula- tion to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect the jacket from tear or puncture by the hanger, support, and shield. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15083 - 6 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant M. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insula- tion material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. N. Apply adhesives and mastics at the manufacturer's recommended coverage rate. O. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows: 1. Pull jacket tight and smooth. 2. Circumferential Joints: Cover with 3 -inch- wide strips, of same material as insu- lation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip and spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Longitudinal Seams: Overlap jacket seams at least 1 -1/2 inches. Apply insula- tion with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self - sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o .c. a. Exception: Do not staple longitudinal laps on insulation having a vapor re- tarder. 4. Vapor - Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to flanges, unions, valves, and fittings. 5. At penetrations in jackets for thermometers and pressure gages, fill and seal voids with vapor - retarder mastic. P. Floor Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through floor assembly. 1. For insulation with vapor retarders, seal insulation with vapor - retarder mastic where floor supports penetrate vapor retarder. 3.4 MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: Pipe Insulation Section 15083 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire, tape, or bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor retarders are indicated, seal longitudinal seams and end joints with vapor - retarder mastic. Apply vapor retarder to ends of insulation at intervals of 15 to 20 feet to form a vapor retarder between pipe insulation segments. 3. For insulation with factory- applied jackets, secure laps with outward clinched sta- ples at 6 inches o.c. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15083 - 7 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 4. For insulation with factory- applied jackets with vapor retarders, do not staple lon- gitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by the in- sulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor- retarder mastic. B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows: 1. Apply preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumfer- ence of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral -fiber blanket insulation. 4. Apply canvas jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, over- lapping seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with vapor - retarder mastic. C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: 1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written in- structions. 2. When premolded insulation elbows and fittings are not available, apply mitered sections of pipe insulation, or glass -fiber blanket insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire, tape, or bands. 3. Cover fittings with standard PVC fitting covers. D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows: 1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written in- structions. 2. When premolded insulation sections are not available, apply glass -fiber blanket insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, arrange in- sulation for access to stainer basket without disturbing insulation. 3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Use preformed standard PVC fitting covers for valve sizes where available. Se- cure fitting covers with manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal seams with tape and vapor - retarder mastic. CDi Mechanical Engineers Pipe Insulation Section 15083 15083 - 8 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.5 FOAM GLASS INSULATION APPLICATION A. Apply per manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.6 FIELD- APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION CDi Mechanical Engineers Pipe Insulation Section 15083 5. For larger sizes where PVC fitting covers are not available, seal insulation with canvas jacket and sealing compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. A. Apply glass -cloth 'jacket, where indicated, directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory - applied jackets. 1. Apply jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2 -inch overlap at seams and joints. 2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062 -inch- thick coats of jacket manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 3. Completely encapsulate insulation with jacket, leaving no exposed raw insulation. B. Apply metal jacket where indicated, with 2 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weath- erproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless - steel bands 12- inches o.c. and at end joints. 3.7 PIPING SYSTEM APPLICATIONS A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this Section. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the follow- ing systems, materials, and equipment: 1. Flexible connectors. 2. Vibration - control devices. 3. Fire - suppression piping. 4. Below -grade piping, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Unions, strainers, check valves, plug valves, and flow regulators. 15083 - 9 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.8 THERMAL INSULATION REMOVABLE PADS A. All flanges and valves including control valves, gate valves and butterfly valves that cannot be fit with same insulation as for their piping system shall be insulated with re- movable pads for systems that are indicated under the applications schedule. 3.9 INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Refer to insulation application schedules for required insulation materials, vapor retard- ers, and field- applied jackets. B. Application schedules identify piping system and indicate pipe size ranges and material, thickness, and jacket requirements. 3.10 INTERIOR INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Service: Domestic cold water and non - potable water. 1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 60 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber. 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Copper Tube: 1 -inch. b. Steel Pipe: 1 -inch. 4. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 5. Finish: None, 6. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.23 — 0.27 BTU•in/(hr•ft °F). B. Service: Chilled -water supply and return, greater than 36- inches above floor. 1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 75 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber. 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Copper Tube, 1 -1/4 -inch — 2 -inch: 1 -1/2 -inch. CDi Mechanical Engineers Pipe Insulation Section 15083 15083 - 10 September 22, 1999 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Pipe Insulation Section 15083 b. Steel Pipe, 2 -1/2 -inch and above: 1 -1/2 -inch. 4. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 5. Finish: None. 6. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.23 — 0.27 BTU•in/(hr'ft °F). C. Service: Chilled -water supply and return, within 36- inches of floor. 1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 75 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Cellular glass. 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Copper Tube, 1 -1/4 -inch — 2 -inch: 2 -inch. b. Steel Pipe, 2 -1/2 -inch and above: 2 -inch. 4. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 5. Finish: None. 6. Field- Applied Jacket: Aluminum. 7. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.33 — 0.35 BTU•in/(hr•ft °F). D. Service: Condenser -water system supply and return, greater than 36- inches above floor. 1. Operating Temperature: 50 to 105 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber. 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Steel Pipe, 2 -1/2 -inch and above: 1 -inch. 4. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 5. Finish: None. 6. Field- Applied Jacket: Aluminum. Install on pipe within 36- inches of floor. 7. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.23 — 0.27 BTU•in/(hr•ft °F). CDi Mechanical Engineers 15083 .- 11 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant E. Service: Condenser -water system supply and return, within 36- inches of floor. 1. Operating Temperature: 50 to 105 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber. 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Steel Pipe, 2 -1/2 -inch and above: 1 -inch. 4. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 5. Finish: None. 6. Field - Applied Jacket: Aluminum. 7. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.33 — 0.35 BTU.in/(hr•ft °F). 3.11 EXTERIOR INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Service: Non - Potable water above grade: 1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 60 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber. 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Copper Tube: 1 -inch. 4. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 5. Field- Applied Jacket: Aluminum. 6. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.23 — 0.27 BTU.in/(hr.ft B. Service: Chilled Water Supply and Return: 1. Operating Temperature: 35 -75 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Cellular glass. 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Steel Pipe 2 -1/2 -inch and above: 2- inches. CDi Mechanical Engineers Pipe Insulation Section 15083 15083 - 12 September 22, 1999 1 7 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 4. Field - Applied Jacket: Aluminum. 5. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.33 — 0.35 BTU'in/(hr•ft ° F). END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers Pipe Insulation Section 15083 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.2 SUMMARY 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE CDi Mechanical Engineers Valves Section 15100 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Sec- tion: 1. Special purpose valves are specified in other Division 15 piping system Sections. 2. Valve tags and charts are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identifi- cation." A. This Section includes general duty valves common to several mechanical piping sys- tems. A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Section 15050. B. Product Data for each valve type. Include body material, valve design, pressure and temperature classification, end connection details, seating materials, trim material and arrangement, dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions. Include list indicating valve and its application. C. Maintenance data for valves to include in the operation and maintenance manual speci- fied. Include detailed manufacturer's instructions on adjusting, servicing, disassem- bling, and repairing. A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9 for building services piping and ASME B31.1 for power piping. B. MSS Compliance: Comply with the various MSS Standard Practice documents refer- enced. 15100 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Valves Section 15100 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3. Set globe and gate valves closed to prevent rattling. 4. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. 5. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. 6. Block check valves in either closed or open position. i B. Use the following precautions during storage: L Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store indoors and maintain valve temperature higher than ambient dew - point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in wa- tertight enclosures. C. Use a sling to handle large valves. Rig to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels and stems as lifting or rigging points. A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Gate Valves: a. Crane Company; Valves and Fitting Division. b. Hammond Valve Corporation. c. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc. d. NIBCO Inc. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15100 - 2 September 22, 1999 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant e. Powell: Wm. Powell Company (The). f. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. 2. Ball Valves: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Division. b. Hammond Valve Corporation. c. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc. d. NIBCO Inc. e. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. 3. Globe Valves: a. Crane Company; Valves and Fitting Division. b. Hammond Valve Corporation. c. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc. d. NIBCO Inc. e. Powell: Wm. Powell Company (The). f. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. 4. Butterfly Valves: a. Center Line, Mark Controls Corporation. b. Crane Company; Valves and Fitting Division. c. Grinnell Corp. d. Hammond Valve Corporation. e. Keystone Valve USA, Inc. f. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc. g. NIBCO Inc. h. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. CDi Mechanical Engineers Valves Section 15100 15100- 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant i. Victaulic Company of America. 5. Swing Check Valves: a. Cla -Val Co. b. Crane Company; Valves and Fitting Division. c. Hammond Valve Corporation. d. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc. e. NIBCO Inc. f. Powell: Wm. Powell Company (The). g. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. h. Victaulic Company of America. 6. Wafer Check Valves (Non - Slam): a. Crane Company; Valves and Fitting Division. b. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc. c. NIBCO Inc. d. Powell: Wm. Powell Company (The). e. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. Valves Section 15100 2.2 BASIC, COMMON FEATURES A. Design: Rising stem or rising outside screw and yoke stems, except as specified below. 1. Nonrising stem valves may be used only where headroom prevents full extension of rising stems. B. Pressure and Temperature Ratings: As indicated in the "Application Schedule" of Part 3 of this Section and as required to suit system pressures and temperatures. C. Sizes: Same size as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15100 - 4 , September 22; 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Valves Section 15100 D. Operators: Use specified operators and handwheels, except provide the following spe- cial operator features: 1. Handwheels: For valves other than quarter turn. 2. Lever Handles: For quarter -turn valves 6 inches and smaller, except for plug valves, which shall have square heads. Furnish Owner with 1 wrench for every 10 plug valves. 3. Chain -Wheel Operators: For valves 4 inches and larger, installed 96 inches or higher above finished floor elevation. 4. Gear-Drive Operators: For quarter -turn valves 8 inches and larger. E. Extended Stems: Where insulation is indicated or specified, provide extended stems ar- ranged to receive insulation. F. Bypass and Drain Connections: Comply with MSS SP -45 bypass and drain connec- tions. G. Threads: ASME B1.20.1. H. Flanges: ASME B16.1 for cast iron, ASME B16.5 for steel, and ASME B16.24 for bronze valves. I. Solder Joint: ASME B16.18. 1. Caution: Where soldered end connections are used, use solder having a melting point below 840 deg F for gate, globe, and check valves; below 421 deg F for ball valves. 2.3 GATE VALVES A. Gate Valves, 2 -1/2 Inches and Smaller: MSS SP -80; Class 125, 200 -psi cold working pressure (CWP), or Class 150, 300 -psi CWP; ASTM B 62 cast - bronze body and bonnet, solid- bronze wedge, copper - silicon alloy rising stem, teflon - impregnated packing with bronze packing nut, threaded or soldered end connections; and with aluminum or malle- able -iron handwheel. B. Gate Valves, 3 Inches and Larger: MSS SP -70, Class 125, 200 -psi CWP, ASTM A 126 cast -iron body and bonnet, solid cast -iron wedge, brass -alloy stem, outside screw and yoke, teflon- impregnated packing with 2 -piece packing gland assembly, flanged end connections; and with cast -iron handwheel. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15100 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 2.4 BALL VALVES 1. Operator: Vinyl- covered steel lever handle. 2. Stem Extension: For valves installed in insulated piping. 2.5 GLOBE VALVES 2.6 BUTTERFLY VALVES CDi Mechanical Engineers Valves Section 15100 A. Ball Valves, 4 Inches and Smaller: MSS SP -110, Class 150 and Class 300, 600 -psi CWP, ASTM B 584 bronze body and bonnet, 2 -piece or 3 -piece construction; chrome - plated brass ball, full port for 1/2 -inch valves and smaller and conventional port for 3/4- inch valves and larger; blowout proof; bronze or brass stem; teflon seats and seals; threaded or soldered end connections: A. Globe Valves, 2 -1/2 Inches and Smaller: MSS SP -80; Class 125, 200 -psi CWP, or Class 150, 300 -psi CWP; ASTM B 62 cast - bronze body and screwed bonnet, rubber, bronze, or teflon disc, silicon bronze -alloy stem, teflon - impregnated packing with bronze nut, threaded or soldered end connections; and with aluminum or malleable -iron handwheel. B. Globe Valves, 3 Inches and Larger: MSS SP -85, Class 125, 200 -psi CWP, ASTM A 126 cast -iron body and bolted bonnet with bronze fittings, renewable bronze seat and disc, brass -alloy stem, outside screw and yoke, teflon - impregnated packing with cast -iron follower, flanged end connections; and with cast -iron handwheel. A. Butterfly Valves: MSS SP -67, 200 -psi CWP, 150 -psi maximum pressure differential, ASTM A 126 cast -iron body and bonnet, extended neck, stainless -steel stem, field - replaceable EPDM or Buna N sleeve and stem seals, wafer, lug, or grooved style: 1. Disc Type: Nickel - plated ductile iron. 2. Disc Type: Elastomer - coated ductile iron. 3. Operator for Sizes 2 Inches to 6 Inches: Standard lever handle with memory stop. 4. Operator for Sizes 8 Inches to 12 Inches: Gear operator with position indicator. 15100 - 6 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 2.7 CHECK VALVES A. Swing Check Valves, 2 -1/2 Inches and Smaller: MSS SP -80; Class 125, 200 -psi CWP, or Class 150, 300 -psi CWP; horizontal swing, Y- pattern, ASTM B 62 cast - bronze body and cap, rotating bronze disc with rubber seat or composition seat, threaded or soldered end connections: B. Swing Check Valves, 3 Inches and Larger: MSS SP -71, Class 125, 200 -psi CWP, ASTM A 126 cast -iron body and bolted cap, horizontal -swing bronze disc, flanged or grooved end connections. C. Wafer Check Valves (Non - Slam): Class 125, 200 -psi CWP, ASTM A 126, cast iron body, bronze disc /plates, stainless steel pins and springs, Buna N rubber seals, flanged or grooved end connections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine piping system for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of valves. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement dur- ing shipping and handling. C. Operate valves from fully open to fully closed positions. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operation. D. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. E. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Check gasket material for proper size, material com- position suitable for service, and freedom from defects and damage. F. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install valves as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions. CDi Mechanical Engineers Valves Section 15100 15100 - 7 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Valves Section 15100 B. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. C. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow serv- icing, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. D. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. E. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem a minimum of 30° above horizontal. F. Install valves in a position to allow full stem movement. G. For chain -wheel operators, extend chains to 60 inches above finished floor elevation. H. Installation of Check Valves: Install for proper direction of flow as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves: Horizontal position with hinge pin level or vertical upflow position. 3.3 SOLDERED CONNECTIONS A. Cut tube square and to exact lengths. B. Clean end of tube to depth of valve socket with steel wool, sand cloth, or a steel wire brush to a bright finish. Clean valve socket. C. Apply proper soldering flux in an even coat to inside of valve socket and outside of tube. D. Open gate and globe valves to fully open position. E. Remove the cap and disc holder of swing check valves having composition discs. F. Insert tube into valve socket, making sure the end rests against the shoulder inside valve. Rotate tube or valve slightly to ensure even distribution of the flux. G. Apply heat evenly to outside of valve around joint until solder melts on contact. Feed solder until it completely fills the joint around tube. Avoid hot spots or overheating valve. Once the solder starts cooling, remove excess amounts around the joint with a cloth or brush. 3.4 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Note the internal length of threads in valve ends and proximity of valve internal seat or wall to determine how far pipe should be threaded into valve. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15100 - 8 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Valves { ROC Chiller Plant Section 15100 1.. B. Align threads at point of assembly. 1 C. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads, except where dry seal threading is specified. i D. Assemble joint, wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded. 3.5 FLANGED CONNECTIONS 1 .. A. Align flange surfaces parallel. B. Assemble joints 'by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly with a torque wrench. C. For dead -end service, butterfly valves require flanges both upstream and downstream for proper shutoff and retention. 3.6 VALVE END SELECTION A. Select valves with the following ends or types of pipe /tube connections: 1. Copper Tube Size, 2 Inches and Smaller: Threaded ends, except solder ends can L be used for plumbing non potable water. 2. Steel Pipe Sizes, 2 -1/2 Inches and Smaller: Threaded and grooved end. 1 , 3. Steel Pipe Sizes, 3 Inches and Larger: Grooved end or flanged. [ . 3.7 APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. General Application: Use gate, ball, and butterfly valves for shutoff duty; globe for throttling duty. Refer to piping system Specification Sections for specific valve appli- cations and arrangements. 1 _ B. Domestic and Non- Potable Water Systems: Use the following valve types: 1. Gate Valves: Class 125, bronze or cast -iron body to suit piping system. 2. Ball Valves: Class 150, 600 -psi CWP, 2- piece, with stem extension. 1 Globe Valves: Class 125, bronze or cast -iron body to suit piping system, and bronze or teflon disc. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15100 - 9 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Valves Section 15100 4. Bronze Swing Check: Class 125, with rubber seat. C. Chilled-Water Systems: Use the following valve types: 1. Gate Valves: Class 150, bronze body; or Class 125, cast-iron body. 2. Ball Valves: Class 150, 600-psi CWP 2-piece, with stem extension. 3. Globe Valves: Class 125, bronze body with bronze or teflon disc; or Class 125, cast-iron body. 4. Butterfly Valves: Nickel-plated ductile iron or elastomer-coated ductile iron disc; EPDM sleeve and stem seals. 5. Check Valves: Class 125, bronze body swing check with rubber seat; Class 125, cast-iron body swing check; or Class 125, cast-iron body wafer check (non-slam). D. Condenser Water Systems: Use the following valve types: 1. Gate Valves: Class 125, bronze body; or Class 125, cast-iron body. 2. Ball Valves: Class 150, 600-psi CWP, 2-piece, with steam extension. 3. Globe Valves: Class 125, bronze body with bronze or teflon disc; or Class 125, cast-iron body. 4. Butterfly Valves: Aluminum bronze, epoxy-coated ductile iron disc; EPDM sleeve and stem seals. 5. Check Valves: Class 125, bronze body swing check with rubber seat; Class 125, cast-iron body swing check; or Class 125, cast-iron body wafer check (non-slam). 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if leak persists. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers 15100 - 10 September 22, 1999 1 • 1 Group Health #4862 Meters and Gages ROC Chiller Plant Section 15122 PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes meters and gages for mechanical systems and water meters in- stalled inside the building for Owner submetering information. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include scale range, ratings, and calibrated performance curves for each meter, gage, fitting, specialty, and accessory specified. B. Shop Drawings: Include schedule indicating manufacturer's number, scale range, fit- tings, and location for each meter and gage. C. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of meters and gages certifying accura- cies under specified operating conditions and compliance with specified requirements. D. Maintenance Data: For meters and gages to include in maintenance manuals specified in Section 15050. Include data for the following: 1. Venturi Flow Elements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Liquid -in -Glass Thermometers: CDi Mechanical Engineers a. Dresser Industries, Inc.; Instrument Div.; Weksler Instruments Operating Unit. b. Palmer Instruments, Inc. c. Trerice: H. O. Trerice Co. 15122 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Meters and Gages ROC Chiller Plant Section 15122 d. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 2. Pressure Gages: a. Dresser Industries, Inc.; Instrument Div.; Ashcroft Commercial Sales Op- eration. b. Dresser Industries, Inc.; Instrument Div.; Weksler Instruments Operating Unit. c. Trerice: H. O. Trerice Co. d. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 3. Portable Instrument Connections: a. Flow Design, Inc. b. MG Piping Products Co. c. National Meter, d. Peterson Equipment Co., Inc. e. Trerice: H. O. Trerice Co. 4. Venturi Flow Elements: a. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. b. Gerand Engineering Co. c. Vitaulic Co. of America. 2.2 LIQUID-IN-GLASS THERMOMETERS A. Description: ASTM E 1. B. Case: V- shaped die cast aluminum finished in baked -epoxy enamel, glass front, spring secured, 9 inches long. C. Adjustable Joint: Finish to match case, 180 - degree adjustment in vertical plane, 360 - degree adjustment in horizontal plane, with locking device. D. Tube: Red reading, mercury filled with magnifying lens. E. Scale: White- coated nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched markings. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15122 - 2 September 22, 1999 ;; Group Health #4862 Meters and Gages ROC Chiller Plant Section 15122 F. Stem: Copper - plated steel, aluminum, or brass for separable socket; of length to suit in- stallation. G. Scale Range: Temperature ranges for services listed are as follows: 1. Condenser Water: 0 to 120 deg F, with 1- degree scale divisions. 2. Chilled Water: 0 to 120 deg F, with 1- degree scale divisions. H. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range span. 2.3 SEPARABLE SOCKETS A. Description: Fitting with protective socket for installation in threaded pipe fitting to hold fixed thermometer stem. 1, Material: Brass, for use in copper piping. 2. Material: Stainless steel, for use in steel piping. 3. Extension -Neck Length: Nominal thickness of 2 inches, but not less than thick- ness of insulation. Omit extension neck for sockets for piping not insulated. 4. Insertion Length: To extend to one -third of diameter of pipe minimum. 5. Cap: Threaded, with chain permanently fastened to socket. 6. Heat - Transfer Fluid: Oil or graphite. 2.4 TEMPERATURE SENSOR WELLS A. Description: Fitting with protective well for installation in threaded pipe fitting to hold DDC temperature sensing element. 1. Material: Brass, for use in copper piping. 2, Material: Stainless steel, for use in steel piping. 3. Extension -Neck Length: Nominal thickness of 2 inches, but not less than thick- ness of insulation. Omit extension neck for wells for piping not insulated. 4. Insertion Length: To extend to one -third of diameter of pipe. 5. Cap: Threaded, with chain permanently fastened to socket. 6. Heat - Transfer Fluid: Oil or graphite. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15122 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Meters and Gages ROC Chiller Plant Section 15122 2.5 PRESSURE GAGES A. Description: ASME B40.1, phosphor - bronze bourdon -tube type with bottom connec- tion; dry type, unless liquid - filled -case type is indicated. Liquid filled with stainless steel socket and movement. B. Case: Aluminum or stainless steel with 4 -1/2- inch - diameter, glass lens, stem sup- ported. C. Connector: Brass, NPS 1/4. D. Scale: White- coated aluminum with permanently etched black markings. E. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent over full range. F. Scale Range: Pressure range for services listed are as follows: 1. Chilled Water: 0 -160 psig with 2 psi scale divisions. 2. Condenser Water: 0 -100 psig with 1 psi scale divisions. 3. Water Non - Potable Water: 0 -160 psig with 1 psi scale divisions. 2.6 PRESSURE -GAGE F11 A. Valves: NPS 1/4 brass or stainless -steel needle type. B. Syphons: NPS 1/4 coil of brass tubing with threaded ends. C. Snubbers: ASME B40.5, NPS 1/4 brass bushing with corrosion- resistant porous -metal disc of material suitable for system fluid and working pressure. 2.7 PORTABLE INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS A. Description: Nickel - plated, brass -body test plug in NPS 1/2 fitting. B. Body: Length as required to extend beyond insulation. C. Pressure Rating: 500 psig minimum. D. Core Insert: Self- sealing valve, suitable for inserting 1/8 -inch OD probe from dial -type thermometer or pressure gage. E. Core Material for Air and Water: Minus 30 to plus 275 deg F, ethylene- propylene- diene terpolymer rubber. F. Test -Plug Cap: Gasketed and threaded cap, with retention chain or strap. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15122 - 4 September 22, 1999 1 1 i Group Health #4862 Meters and Gages ROC Chiller Plant Section 15122 2.8 VENTURI FLOW ELEMENTS A. Differential- pressure- design, flow - element fitting made for installation in piping. 1. Construction: Bronze, brass, or factory -primed steel; with brass fittings and at- tached tag with flow conversion data. Include ends threaded for NPS 2 and smaller elements and flanged for NPS 2 -1/2 and larger elements. 2. Pressure Rating: 250 psig. 3. Temperature Rating: 250 deg F. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 METER AND GAGE INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install meters, gages, and accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions for applications where used. 3.2 THERMOMETER INSTALLATION A. Install thermometers and adjust vertical and tilted positions. B. Install in the locations indicated. C. Install separable sockets in vertical position in piping tees where fixed thermometers are indicated. 1. Fill sockets with oil or graphite and secure caps. D. Install thermometer wells in vertical position in piping tees or weld -o -lets where indi- cated. 1. Fill wells with oil or graphite and secure caps. 3.3 PRESSURE -GAGE INSTALLATION A. Install pressure gages in piping tees with pressure -gage valve located on pipe at most readable position. B. Install dry -type pressure gages at all locations unless liquid - filled is indicated. C. Install liquid - filled -type pressure gages at suction and discharge of pumps. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15122 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Section 15122 D. Install pressure -gage needle valve and snubber in piping to pressure gages. 1. Exception: Install syphon instead of snubber in piping to steam pressure gages. 3.4 FLOW- MEASURING SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install venturi flow elements with a minimum of 10 pipe diameters of straight pipe up- stream and 4 pipe diameters of straight pipe downstream of element. B. Install flow- measuring elements where indicated. C. Install portable instrument connection on pressure reading fittings of venturi flow ele- ments, 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties. The following are specific con- nection requirements: 1. Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance. 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Calibrate meters according to manufacturer's written instructions, after installation. B. Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility. C. Clean windows of meters and gages and clean factory- finished surfaces. Replace cracked and broken windows, and repair scratched and marred surfaces with manufac- turer's touchup paint. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers Meters and Gages 15122 - 6 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Sections for application of motors and reference to specific motor re- quirements for motor -driven equipment. 2. Division 15 Section "Variable Frequency Drives" for variable frequency, variable speed drives. 1.2 SUMMARY 1.3 SUBMITTALS Motors Section 15170 A. This Section includes basic requirements for factory- installed and field- installed motors.. A. Product Data: Show nameplate data and ratings; characteristics; mounting arrange- ments; size and location of winding termination lugs, conduit entry, and grounding lug; and coatings. B. Factory Test Reports: For specified tests. C. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide motors specified in this Section that are listed and la- beled. 1. Terms "Listed and Labeled ": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Arti- cle 100. C. Motors shall be compatible with any and all variable frequency drives, as outlined in Division 15 Section "Variable Frequency Drives." CDi Mechanical Engineers 15170 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Description: NEMA MG 1, medium induction motor. 2.2 POLYPHASE MOTORS Motors Section 15170 2.1 BASIC MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Basic requirements apply to mechanical equipment motors, unless otherwise indicated. B. Motors 1/2 HP and Larger: Polyphase, unless specifically indicated otherwise. C. Motors Smaller than 1/2 HP: Single phase. D. Frequency Rating: 60 Hz. E. Voltage Rating: Determined by voltage of circuit to which motor is connected or as in- dicated. F. Service Factor: According to NEMA MG 1, unless otherwise indicated, G. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Rated for continuous duty and sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, in indicated environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or consid- ering service factor. H. Enclosure: 1. Indoor Service: Open Dripproof, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Outdoor Service: Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Design Characteristics: NEMA MG 1, Design B, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Energy- Efficient Design: Minimum motor efficiency as required by Seattle En- ergy Code. Test according to IEEE 112, Test Method B. Provide higher effi- ciency motors where indicated. 3. Stator: Copper windings, unless otherwise indicated. Multispeed motors have separate winding for each speed. 4. Rotor: Squirrel cage, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Bearings: Double- shielded, prelubricated ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15170 - 2 September 22, 1999 1 I Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 6. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating, unless otherwise indicated. 7. Insulation: Class F, unless otherwise indicated. Motors Section 15170 B. Motors Used with Reduced - Inrush Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for indicated controller, with required motor leads brought to motor terminal box to suit control method. C. Motors Used with Variable- Frequency Drives: Ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by drive manufacturer. 1. Critical vibration frequencies are not within operating range of drive output. 2. Temperature Rise: Match rating for Class B insulation. 3. Insulation: Class F. 4. Thermal Protection: Where indicated or required, internal protection automati- cally opens power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal protec- tion device automatically resets when motor temperature returns to normal range, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Motor nameplates shall indicate that motors are inverter duty motors capable of operation up to 200% nameplate speed. 6. Motor shall have shaft grounding system to protect bearings from capacities dis- charge through the bearings. The system shall use grounding brushes and shall be designed to reduce shaft voltage levels to less than 3 volts. D. Rugged -Duty Motors: Where indicated, motors are totally enclosed with 1.25 mini- mum service factor, greased bearings, integral condensate drains, and capped relief vents. Windings are insulated with nonhygroscopic material. External finish is chemi- cal- resistant paint over corrosion - resistant primer. E. Source Quality Control: Perform the following routine tests according to NEMA MG 1: 1. Measurement of winding resistance. 2. No -load readings of current and speed at rated voltage and frequency. 3. Locked rotor current at rated frequency. 4. High- potential test. 5. Alignment. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15170 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 2.3 SINGLE -PHASE MOTORS Motors Section 15170 A. Type: As indicated or selected by manufacturer from one of the following, to suit starting torque and other requirements of specific motor application. 1. Permanent -split capacitor. 2. Split -phase start, capacitor run. 3. Capacitor start, capacitor run. B. Shaded -Pole Motors: Do not use, unless motors are smaller than 1/20 hp. C. Thermal Protection: Where indicated or required, internal protection automatically opens power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal protection device auto- matically resets when motor temperature returns to normal range, unless otherwise indi- cated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Use adjustable motor mounting bases for belt - driven motors. B. Align pulleys and install belts. C. Tension according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Ground Equipment: Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manu- facturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. E. Motors for Variable Speed Drives: Install shaft grounding system according to manu- facturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers 15170 - 4 September 22, 1999 Ai I I No D. Bearings: Ball- bearing type for belt- connected motors and other motors with high ra- dial forces on motor shaft. Sealed, prelubricated sleeve bearings for other single -phase motors. • 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL CDi Mechanical Engineers Variable Frequency Drives Section 15171 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes variable frequency drives (VFD) for HVAC systems motors. B. Related sections include the following: 1. Division 15 "Motors ". 2. Division 15 "Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ". 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract, B. Product data including certified performance data and capacities of selected models, weights, furnished specialties and accessories. C. Shop drawings showing layout and connections, wiring diagrams showing detailed wiring for power, signal, and controls systems interfaces, differentiating between manu- facturer- installed wiring and field- installed wiring. D. Maintenance data for drives including operation and maintenance manuals specified in Section 15050. Include startup instructions. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following: 1. UL 508 2. NEC 3. CSA 4. ETL B. The contractor shall coordinate new VFDs for pumps and fans to be provided by one manufacturer. Only one brand may be provided for the entire project. 15171- 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Variable Frequency Drives ROC Chiller Plant Section 15171 1.4 WARRANTY A. The VFD shall be warranted by the manufacturer for a period of 36 months from date of shipment. The warranty shall include parts, labor, travel costs and living expenses in- curred by the manufacturer to provide factory authorized on -site service. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Robicon. 2. Allen Bradley. 2.2 GENERAL A. Furnish complete variable frequency drives as specified herein for the fans and pumps designated on the drawing schedules or specified to be variable speed. All standard and optional features shall be included within the VFD enclosure, unless otherwise speci- fied. VFD shall be housed in a metal NEMA 4 enclosure and shall be equipped with an integral fused disconnect switch. B. The VFD shall convert incoming fixed frequency three -phase AC power into a variable frequency and voltage for controlling the speed of three phase AC motors. The motor current shall closely approximate a sine wave. Motor voltage shall be varied with fre- quency to maintain desired motor magnetization current suitable for centrifugal pump and fan control. C. The VFD shall include a converter and an inverter section. The converter section shall convert fixed frequency and voltage AC utility power to DC voltage. D. The inverter section of the VFD shall invert the DC voltage into a quality output wave- form, with variable voltage and frequency for a step -less motor speed control. The VFD shall maintain a constant V/Hz ratio through the specified range of operation. The output phase voltage shall maintain a balance of plus of minus 1- percent. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15171 - 2 September 22, 1999 1 1 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 Variable Frequency Drives ROC Chiller Plant Section 15171 E. The VFD and options shall be tested to ANSI/UL Standard 508. The complete VFD, including all specified options, shall be listed by a nationally recognized testing agency such as UL, CUL, ETL or CSA. Power line noise shall be limited to a voltage and cur- rent distortion factor and line notch depth as defined in IEEE Standard 519 -1992, "Guide for Harmonic Control and Reactive Compensation of Static Power Converters." The total voltage and current harmonic distortion shall not exceed the limits as pre- scribed by IEEE 519. This shall be accomplished by the installation of an active har- monic filter as specified herein. F. The VFD shall not emit radiated RFI in excess of the limitations set forth in the FCC Rules and Regulations, Part 15 for a Class A computing device. The VFD shall carry a FCC compliance label. Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) type drives shall include RFI filters. G. An advanced sine wave approximation and voltage vector control shall be used to allow operation at rated motor shaft output at nominal speed with no derating. This voltage vector control shall minimize harmonics to the motor to increase motor efficiency and life. H. The VFD shall include a full -wave diode bridge rectifier and maintain a fundamental power factor near unity regardless of speed or load. I. The VFD and options shall be tested to ANSUUL Standard 508. The complete VFD, in- cluding all specified options, shall be listed by a nationally recognized testing agency such as UL, ETL or CSA. J. Harmonic filtering shall be accomplished utilizing an Active Harmonic Conditioner, sized by the contractor, to meet the requirements of the specifications. If necessary to meet the requirements of IEEE 519, the contractor may be required to provide multiple units to provide filtering for the drives provided under this section. The determination of the size and installation shall be determined during bid and shall be included in the contractors bid price. Active unit shall be AIM Energy or equal. K. The VFDs full load amp rating shall meet or exceed NEC Table 430 -150. The VFD shall be able to provide full rated output current continuously, 110% of rated current for 60 seconds and 220% of rated current for up to 1 second while starting. L. An automatic energy optimization selection feature shall be provided standard in the drive. This feature shall reduce voltages when lightly loaded and provide a 3% to 10% additional energy savings. If the load increases, the drive shall automatically return to normal operation. M. Input and output power circuit switching can be done without interlocks or damage to the VFD. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15171- 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant N. Drive shall be capable of switching motors on output without damage to the drive. This capability shall not require interlocks with the VFD. O. Provide output devices as necessary to limit peak output voltage to less than 1,000 volts to ground, at the motor when connected to the VFD by less than 60 feet of wire, and to reduce the VFD output rise time to less than 1,000 volts per microsecond. These output filtering devices shall be designed for constant duty with an inverter type adjustable speed drive output. P. The VFD shall have at least 65,000 RMS. symmetrical ampere interrupting capacity. Q. Protective Features: The following protective features shall be included: 1. Class 20 I electronic motor overload protection for single motor applications and thermal- mechanical overloads for multiple motor applications. 2. Provide a total of 3 percent input reactance in the form of line and DC bus reactor to protect against input transients, loss of AC line phase, short circuit, ground fault, overvoltage, undervoltage, drive overtemperature and motor overtempera- ture. The VFD shall display all faults in plain English. Codes are not acceptable. 3. Protect VFD from sustained power or phase loss. The VFD shall incorporate a 5 second control power loss ride through to eliminate nuisance tripping. 4. The VFD shall incorporate a motor preheat circuit to keep the motor warm and prevent condensation build up in the stator. 5. The drive shall be fitted with output line reactors to limit the peak output voltage to less than 1000 volts to ground, at the motor when connected to the VFD by less than 60 feet of wire, and to reduce the VFD output rise time (dv /dt) to less than 1000 volts per microsecond, reduce motor operating temperature and RFI and EMI. The supplier shall include with the quotation the dv /dt values of the drive. 6. Drive shall catch a rotating motor operating forward or reverse up to full speed. 7. Installation of VFD located over 300 feet from the motor shall be installed with LC filter for reduced motor stress. R. Interface Features: Provide the following interface features: 1. All VFDs shall use one common type of user interface. 2. Provide complete programming software for use in a laptop PC so that changes to the VFD program can be made by directly connecting the laptop to the VFD. CDi Mechanical Engineers Variable Frequency Drives Section 15171 15171- 4 September 22, 1999 3 1 I I i 1 1 1 1 1 r Group Health #4862 Variable Frequency Drives ROC Chiller Plant Section 15171 3. Provide all hardware, software and connecting cable as necessary to digitally communicate and exchange information with the Direct Digital Control (DDC ) System. The exchanged information shall include: Motor speed, Electric load in KW, Volts, Amps, VFD fault, Hand/Off/Auto/Bypass mode and Network point address. The Direct Digital Control system shall be able to start, stop, control motor speed and modify VFD settings including acceleration and deceleration times and skip frequency ranges through this communication system. 4. Local/Hand, Stop/Reset and Remote /Auto selector switches shall be provided to start and stop the drive and determine the speed reference. 5. Provide a 24 V DC, 40 mA max, output signal to indicate that the drive is in Re- mote /Auto mode. 6. Digital manual speed control. Potentiometers are not acceptable. 7. Lockable, alphanumeric backlit display keypad can be remotely mounted up to 10 feet away. 8. Displays shall be available in English. 9. A red FAULT light and a green POWER -ON light shall be provided. 10. A quick setup menu with preset parameters shall be provided on the drive. 11. The drive shall be fitted with an RS 485 serial communications port and be sup- plied with software to display all monitoring, fault, alarm and status signals The software shall allow parameter changes to be made to the drive settings as well as storage of each controller's operating and setup parameters. 12. Set point control interface (PID control) shall be standard in the unit. 13. Floating point control interface shall be provided to increase /decrease speed in re- sponse to switch closures. 14. An elapsed time meter and kWh meter shall be provided. 15. The following displays shall be accessible from the control panel in actual units: Reference Signal Percent, Output Frequency, Output Amps, Motor HP, Motor kW, kWhr, Output Voltage, No Load Warning, DC Bus Voltage, Drive Tem- perature (% until trip) and Motor Speed in engineering units per application (in percent speed, GPM, CFM,...). 16. Drive will sense the loss of load and signal a no load/broken belt warning or fault. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15171 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Variable Frequency Drives ROC Chiller Plant Section 15171 17. The VFD shall store in memory the last 8 faults and record all operational data. 18. Four programmable digital inputs shall be provided for interfacing with the sys- tems control and safety interlock circuitry. 19. Two programmable relay outputs shall be provided for remote indication of drive status. 20. Two programmable analog inputs shall be provided and shall accept a direct -or- reverse acting signal. Analog reference inputs accepted shall include 0 -10 V dc, 0- 20 mA and 4 -20 mA. 21. Two programmable analog outputs shall be provided for indication of drive status. These outputs shall be programmable for output speed, voltage, frequency, amps and input kW. 22. Under fire mode conditions the VFD shall automatically default to a preset speed. S. Adjustment Capability: The drive shall be provided with the following adjustment ca- pability: 1. VFD shall have an adjustable carrier frequency of 2 to 14 kHz through 60 HP and 2 to 4.5 kHz above 60 HP. 2. Automatic variable- torque V/Hz patterns shall be provided with the ability to se- lect a constant torque start pattern for each of them. 3. A minimum of two preset speeds shall be provided. 4. Four acceleration and four deceleration ramps shall be provided. The shape of these curves shall be adjustable. 5. Current limit settings of 0 -60 seconds shall be provided. 6. Primary failure annunciation and control of ON /OFF and speed shall be through hardwire connection to the Environmental Control system. Provide the following: a. A dry contact output enunciating VFD failure. b. An ON /OFF input which responds to a remote dry contact closure. c. A speed control input which responds to remote 4 -20 mA and 0 -10 VDC signals. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15171 - 6 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Variable Frequency Drives ROC Chiller Plant Section 15171 7. The DDC Control system will be used to interface with the VFD. Provide all hardware, software and connecting cable as necessary to digitally communicate and exchange information with the specified DDC Control Systems. The ex- changed information shall include, motor speed, electric load in KW, volts, amps, VFD fault description, hand/off /auto/bypass mode, and network point address. The DDC Control system shall be able to modify VFD settings including accel- eration and deceleration times and skip frequency ranges through this communi- cation system. 8. Refrigeration Machinery Room Alarm Interface (MUA -1 only): a. Provide an override input so that opening dry contacts will absolutely stop the motor under any operating condition. b. Provide an override input so that closing dry contacts will cause the motor to operate at a speed predetermined by VFD programming. c. Provide a Summary Alarm dry contact, for connection to the Fire Alarm system, indicating that the VFD is not operable. 9. The number of restart attempts shall be selectable from 0 through 10 and the time between attempts shall be adjustable from 0 through 10 seconds. T. Provide a manual bypass consisting of a door interlocked main fused disconnect pad - lockable in the off position, a built -in motor starter and a four position DRIVE/OFF/LINE/TEST switch controlling three contactors. In the DRIVE position, the motor is operated at an adjustable speed from the drive. In the OFF position, the motor and drive are disconnected. In the LINE position, the motor is operated at full speed from the AC power line and power is disconnected from the drive, so that service can be performed. In the TEST position, the motor is operated at full speed from the AC line power. This allows the drive to be given an operational test while continuing to run the motor at full speed in bypass. Customer supplied normally closed dry contact shall be interlocked with the drives safety trip circuitry to stop the motor whether in DRIVE or BYPASS mode in case of an external safety fault. U. Service Conditions: The drive shall be capable of operating in the following service conditions: 1. Ambient temperature, 14 to 104 °F ( -10 to 40 °C). 2. 0 to 95% relative humidity, non - condensing. 3. Elevation to 3,300 feet without derating. 4. AC line voltage variation, -10 to +10% of nominal with full output. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15171 - 7 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Variable Frequency Drives ROC Chiller Plant Section 15171 5. No side clearance shall be required for cooling of wall mount units and all power and control wiring shall be done from the bottom. 6. Drive shall be capable of operating a motor up to 300 feet away without derating or field modification. Install LC filter for drive(s) located over 300 feet away from the motor(s) to provide motor protection. 2.3 PERFORMANCE A. The VFD shall not create a voltage rate of change greater than 1000 volts/microsecond nor a peak voltage greater than 1000 volts to ground at the motor when the motor is connected to the VFD by less than 60 feet of wire. B. The carrier frequency of pulse width modulated VFDs shall be variable and adjusted so motor noise resulting from VFD, measured at 3 feet from the motor, is less than 3 dB greater than the motor noise when operating across the line. Carrier frequency adjust- ment shall be available such that the average carrier frequency can be maintained at less than 9 KHz while meeting noise requirements. C. When turned ON, the VFD shall be able to stop reverse motor rotation, apply a syn- chronized output to a rotating motor and then drive the motor to control setpoint. D. Quality Assurance Provisions: 1. To ensure quality and minimize infantile failures at the jobsite, the complete VFD shall be tested by the manufacturer. The VFD shall operate a dynamometer at full load and the load and speed shall be cycled during the test. 2. All optional features shall be functionally tested at the factory for proper opera- tion. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Contractor to verify that job site conditions for installation meet factory recommended and code - required conditions for VFD installation prior to start -up, including clearance spacing, temperature, contamination, dust, and moisture of the environment. Separate conduit installation of the motor wiring, power wiring, and control wiring, and installa- tion per the manufacturer's recommendations shall be verified. B. The VFD is to be covered and protected from installation dust and contamination until the environment is cleaned and ready for operation. The VFD shall not be operated while the unit is covered. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15171 - 8 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Variable Frequency Drives ROC Chiller Plant Section 15171 3.2 INSTALLATION A. The VFD shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. B. The VFD shall be sized to continually operate at 105% of name plate load of the motor to which it is applied. C. Installation and Field Wiring: Mounting and Control wiring shall be Division 15. VFD shall be mounted to rigid unistrut type and/or building structures. Power wiring shall be by Division 16. D. Training: 1. Provide on site operation and maintenance training for one 4 -hour session. Coor- dinate training time with the Owner. 2. Provide six sets of operating, troubleshooting, repair and maintenance manuals. E. Service During the Warranty Period: 1. The VFD shall be serviced by an agency located within 30 miles of the project site. 2. Qualified technical support shall be available on site within 24 hours of request. 3.3 MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE STARTUP A. The manufacturer shall provide start-up commissioning of the variable frequency drive and its optional circuits by a factory certified service technician who is experienced in start -up and repair services. The commissioning personnel shall be the same personnel that will provide the factory service and warranty repairs at the customer's site. Sales personnel and other agents who are not factory certified technicians for VFD field re- pair shall not be acceptable as commissioning agents. Start -up services shall include checking for verification of proper operation and installation for the VFD, its options and its interface wiring to the building automation system. Start -up shall include cus- tomer operator training at the time of the equipment commissioning. B. Field Start Up and Testing: 1. Verify all installation connections and controls. 2. Field adjust all safety controls. 3. Field adjust VFD parameters as follows: a. Acceleration time — According to inertia load. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15171 - 9 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant END OF SECTION b. Deceleration time — According to inertia load. Variable Frequency Drives Section 15171 c. Minimum speed —30% of pump motor full load RPM and 20% of fan motor full load RPM. d. Program VFD so that, upon reapplication of power after a power failure, the VFD shall automatically reapply power and drive the motor to control set - point. e. Program VFD so no more than 3 automatic restart attempts will be made within one hour after shutdown due to input power problems. f. Adjust carrier frequency to provide optimum efficiency while not increasing motor noise more than 3 dB measured at 3 feet from motor. 4. Demonstrate operation of VFD including control, display of information and pro - gramming by the Environmental Control system and a laptop PC, return to opera- tion after a power failure, and the by -pass contactor. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15171 =.10 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Hydronic Pumps ROC Chiller Plant Section 15185 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Motors." 2. Division 15 Section "Hydronic Piping" for glycol fill system unit. 3. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints" for pump vibration isolation pads. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following categories of hydronic pumps and accessories for hydronic systems: 1. Close coupled, end suction pumps (for glycol fill system unit). 2. Base mounted, end suction pumps. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include certified performance curves and rated capacities; shipping, in- stalled, and operating weights; furnished specialties; final impeller dimensions; and ac- cessories for each type of product indicated. Indicate pump's operating point on curves. B. Shop Drawings: Show pump layout and connections. Include Setting Drawings with templates for installing foundation and anchor bolts and other anchorages. C. Maintenance Data: For pumps to include in maintenance manuals specified in Section 15050. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UL Compliance: Fabricate and label pumps to comply with UL 778, "Motor- Operated Water Pumps," for construction requirements. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15185 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Hydronic Pumps ROC Chiller Plant Section 15185 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Manufacturer's Preparation for Shipping: Clean flanges and exposed machined metal surfaces and treat with anticorrosion compound after assembly and testing. Protect flanges, pipe openings, and nozzles with wooden flange covers or with screwed -in plugs. B. Store pumps in dry location. C. Retain protective covers for flanges and protective coatings during storage. D. Protect bearings and couplings against damage from sand, grit, and other foreign matter. E. Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are provided by the General Contractor. 1.7 WARRANTY A. The pumps shall be warranted by the manufacturer for a period of 18 months from date of shipment. The warranty shall include parts, labor, travel costs and living expenses incurred by the manufacturer to provide factory authorized on -site service. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are pack- aged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Mechanical Seals: One mechanical seal for each pump. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: CDi Mechanical Engineers 15185 - 2 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Hydronic Pumps ROC Chiller Plant Section 15185 1. Close- Coupled, End - Suction Pumps: a. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. b. Bell & Gossett ITT; Div. of ITT Fluid Technology Corp. c. PACO Pumps. d. Taco; Fabricated Products Div. 2. Base Mounted, End - Suction Pumps: a. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. b. Bell & Gossett ITT; Div. Of ITT Fluid Technology Corp. c. PACO Pumps. d. Taco; Fabricated Products Div. 2.2 GENERAL PUMP REQUIREMENTS A. Pump Units: Factory assembled and tested. B. Motors: Include built -in, thermal- overload protection and grease- lubricated ball bear- ings. Select each motor to be nonoverloading over full range of pump performance curve. C. Motors Indicated to Be Energy Efficient: Minimum efficiency as indicated according to IEEE 112, Test Method B. Include motors with higher efficiency than "average stan- dard industry motors" according to IFFF, 112, Test Method B, if efficiency is not indi- cated. 2.3 CLOSE - COUPLED, END- SUCTION PUMPS A. Description: Centrifugal, close - coupled, end - suction, single- stage, bronze- fitted, back - pull -out, radially split case design; rated for 175 -psig (1200 -kPa) minimum working pressure and a continuous water temperature of 225 deg F (107 deg C). 1. Casing: Cast iron, with flanged piping connections, drain plug at low point of volute, and threaded gage tappings at inlet and outlet connections. 2. Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze, statically and dynamically balanced, closed, overhung, single suction, keyed to shaft, and secured by locking cap screw. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15185 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Hydronic Pumps ROC Chiller Plant Section 15185 3. Shaft: Stainless -steel shaft close coupled to motor shaft. 4. Seals: Mechanical, with carbon -steel rotating ring, stainless -steel spring, ceramic seat, and flexible bellows and gasket, suitable for propylene glycol solution. 5. Motor: Directly mounted to pump casing and with supporting legs as integral part of motor enclosure. 6. Pressure Switch: Set for 20-40 psig pressure range. 2.4 BASE MOUNTED, END- SUCTION PUMPS A. Description: Base - mounted, centrifugal, flexible - coupled, end - suction, single- stage, bronze - fitted, back -pull -out, radially split case design; rated for 175 -psig minimum working pressure and a continuous water temperature of 225 deg F. 1. Casing: Cast iron, with flanged piping connections, drain plug at low point of volute, threaded gage tappings at inlet and outlet connections, and integral feet or other means on volute to support weight of casing and attached piping. Casing shall allow removal and replacement of impeller without disconnecting piping. 2. Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze, statically and dynamically balanced, closed, overhung, single suction, keyed to shaft, and secured by locking cap screw. 3. Wear Rings: Replaceable, bronze casing ring. 4. Shaft and Sleeve: Stainless steel shaft with bronze sleeve. 5. Seals: Mechanical, with carbon -steel rotating ring, stainless -steel spring, ceramic seat, and flexible bellows and gasket, suitable for propylene glycol solution. 6. Coupling: Flexible- spacer type, capable of absorbing torsional vibration and shaft misalignment for motor sizes of 100 hp and smaller; with flange and sleeve sec- tion that can be disassembled and removed without removing pump or motor, for sizes larger than 100 hp. 7. Coupling Guard: Steel, removable, and attached to mounting frame. 8. Mounting Frame: Welded -steel frame and cross members, factory fabricated from ASTM A 36/A 36M channels and angles. Fabricate for mounting pump casing, coupling guard, and motor. Field -drill motor - mounting holes for field - installed motors. 9. Motor: Secured to mounting frame, with adjustable alignment. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15185 - 4 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Hydronic Pumps ROC Chiller Plant Section 15185 2.5 PUMP SPECIALTY FITTINGS A. Suction Diffuser: Angle or straight pattern, 175 -psig pressure rating, cast -iron body and end cap, pump -inlet fitting; with bronze startup and bronze or stainless -steel permanent strainers; bronze or stainless -steel straightening vanes; drain plug; and factory- or field - fabricated support. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine equipment foundations and anchor -bolt locations for compliance with re- quirements for installation. 1. Examine roughing -in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping con- nections before pump installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Install pumps according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install pumps to provide access for periodic maintenance, including removing motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. C. Support pumps and piping separately so piping is not supported by pumps. D. Anchor base - mounted pumps to concrete housekeeping pads using vibration isolation pads. Disconnect coupling halves before setting. Do not reconnect couplings until alignment operations have been completed. Adjust wedges until pump and driver shafts are level. Check coupling faces and suction and discharge flanges of pump to verify that they are level and plumb. 3.3 ALIGNMENT A. Align pump and motor shafts and piping connections after setting them on foundations, after grout has been set and foundation bolts have been tightened, and after piping con- nections have been made. B. Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15185 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Hydronic Pumps Section 15185 ROC Chiller Plant C. After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly. Com- pletely fill baseplate with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout while metal blocks and shims or wedges are in place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect piping to pumps. Install valves that are the same size as piping connected to pumps. D. Install nonslam check valve and shut -off valve on discharge side of pumps. E. Install suction diffuser and shutoff valve on suction side of pumps. F. Install flexible connectors on suction and discharge sides of base- mounted pumps be- tween pump casing and valves. G. Install pressure gages on pump suction and discharge. Install at integral pressure -gage tappings where provided. H. Electrical power and control wiring and connections are specified in Division 16 Sec- tions. 3.5 START -UP PROCEDURES A. Verify that pumps are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents. B. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's written instruc- tions and the Contract Documents. C. Perform the following preventive maintenance operations and checks before starting: 1. Lubricate bearings. 2. Remove grease - lubricated bearing covers, flush bearings with kerosene, and clean thoroughly. Fill with new lubricant according to manufacturer's written instruc- tions. 3. Disconnect coupling and check motor for proper rotation that matches direction marked on pump casing. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15185 - 6 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Hydronic Pumps ROC Chiller Plant Section 15185 4. Verify that pumps are free to rotate by hand and that pumps for handling hot liq- uids are free to rotate with pumps hot and cold. Do not operate pumps if they are bound or drag, until cause of trouble is determined and corrected. 5. Check suction piping connections for tightness to avoid drawing air into pumps. 6. Clean strainers. 7. Verify that pump controls are correct for required application. D. Starting procedure for pumps with shutoff power not exceeding safe motor power is as follows: 1. Prime pumps by opening suction valves and closing drains, and prepare pumps for operation. 2. Open cooling water - supply valves in cooling water supply to bearings, where ap- plicable. 3. Open sealing liquid - supply valves if pumps are so fitted. 4. Open warm -up valves of pumps handling hot liquids if pumps are not normally kept at operating temperature. 5. Open circulating line valves if pumps should not be operated against dead shutoff. 6. Start motors. 7. Open discharge valves slowly. 8. Check general mechanical operation of pumps and motors. 9. Close circulating line valves once there is sufficient flow through pumps to pre- vent overheating. E. When pumps are to be started against closed check valves with discharge shutoff valves open, steps are the same, except open discharge valves before starting motors. F. Refer to Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for detailed require- ments for testing, adjusting, and balancing hydronic systems. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance per- sonnel to adjust, operate, and maintain hydronic pumps as specified below: CDi Mechanical Engineers 15185 - 7 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers ✓ i. u recu ,•awl.�n�,�na.�n,rm,.�n °wk�:•.e Hydronic Pumps Section 15185 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining pumps. 2. Review data in maintenance manuals. 3. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice. 15185.8 ; .September- 22, 1999 f t Group Health #4862 Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Section 15241 1.2 SUMMARY A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe hangers and pipe ,seismic requirements. 2. Division 15 Section "Metal Ductwork" for duct seismic restraint requirements. 3. Division 15 Section "Hydronic Piping" for flexible pipe connectors. A. This Section includes vibration isolators and equipment seismic restraints and snubbers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Indicate types, styles, materials, and finishes for each type of isolator specified. Include load deflection curves. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Project seismic zone is 3 with a zone factor of 0.30. B. Building Importance Factor: 1.0. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete housekeeping and vibration isolation bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into base. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork for pads are provided by the General Contractor. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15241- 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Section 15241 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Amber/Booth Company, Inc. 2. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 1 Mason Industries, Inc. 2.2 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Isolator Pads: Oil and water resistant and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of the equipment supported. 1. Rubber Isolator Pads: Elastomer (neoprene or silicone) arranged in single or multiple layers and molded with a nonslip pattern and steel baseplates of suffi- cient stiffness to provide uniform loading over the pad area. 2. Load Range: From 10 to 50 psig and a deflection not less than 0.08 inch per 1 inch of thickness. Do not exceed a loading of 50 psig. B. Restrained Spring Isolators: Vertically restrained, freestanding, laterally stable, steel open -spring -type isolators. 1. Housing: Welded steel with resilient vertical limit stops to prevent spring exten- sion due to wind loads or when weight is removed. Factory - drilled baseplate for bolting to structure and bonded to a 1/4 -inch- thick, rubber isolator pad attached to the baseplate underside. Provide adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 0.8 times the rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. CDi Mechanical Engineers Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints 15241 - 2 September 22, 1999 1„ Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints Section 15241 6. Finishes: Baked enamel for metal components on isolators for interior use. Hot - dip galvanized for metal components on isolators for exterior use. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install and anchor vibration- and seismic - control products according to manufacturer's written instructions and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Anchor exterior mounts, isolators, hangers, to vibration isolation bases. Bolt isolator baseplates to structural supports as required by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Install flexible pipe connectors at connections for equipment supported on vibration isolators. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operations. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers 15241- 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Water Distribution Piping ROC Chiller Plant Section 15411 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Valves" for general duty valves. 2. Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for thermometers, pressure gages, and fittings. 3. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for water distribution piping special- ties. 4. Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe hangers and seismic re- straints. 5. Division 15 Section "Pipe Insulation" for pipe insulation requirements. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes water distribution piping from locations indicated to fixtures and equipment inside building. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Water Distribution Piping: Water piping inside building that conveys water to fixtures and equipment throughout the building. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the fol- lowing minimum working- pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Water Distribution Piping: 125 psig. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Water Samples, Test Results, and Reports: Specified in "Field Quality Control" and "Cleaning" articles. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15411 1 September 22, 1999 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES AND TUBES 2.2 PIPE AND TUBE PI i' INGS 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS CDi Mechanical Engineers Group Health #4862 Water Distribution Piping ROC Chiller Plant Section 15411 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on piping made to specified standards. B. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and in- stallation. C. Comply with ANSI/NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components -- Health Effects," Sections 1 through 9 for potable -water piping and components. A. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. B. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L, water tube, annealed temper. C. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L , water tube, drawn temper. A. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube fitting materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. B. Copper, Solder -Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18 cast - copper alloy or ASME B16.22 wrought copper. C. Bronze Flanges: ASME B 16.24, Class 150, with solder joint end. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. D. Copper Unions: ASME B16.18, cast - copper - alloy, hexagonal -stock body with ball - and- socket joint, metal -to -metal seating surfaces, and solder joint, threaded, or solder - joint and threaded ends. Include threads conforming to ASME B1.20.1 on threaded ends. A. General: Applications of the following piping joining materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. 15411 - 2 September 22, 1999 1 f ' ro. 1 Group Health #4862 Water Distribution Piping ROC Chiller Plant Section 15411 B. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for commonly used joining materials. C. Solder: ASTM B 32, Alloy Sn95, Sn94, or E; lead free. D. Copper keyed couplings shall have angle bolt pads and shall be cast of ductile iron con- forming to ASTM A -536, Grade 65 -45 -12 with a copper color alkyd enamel paint coating, Style 606 as manufactured by Victaulic Company of America. Couplings rated to 300 psi. Gaskets shall be flush -seal style Grade 'F'. FPDM compound molded of materials conforming to ASTM B -2000, UIJULC classified to ANSI/NSF 61 for cold and hot potable water service. E. Transition Couplings: Coupling or other manufactured fitting same size as, with pres- sure rating at least equal to, and with ends compatible with piping to be joined. 2.4 VALVES A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for general -duty valves. B. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for special -duty valves. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated. C. Aboveground, Non - Potable -Water Piping: Use the following: 1. 4 -Inch NPS and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L; solder joint pressure fittings; and brazed joints. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball valves. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15411 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Section 15411 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic pip- ing installation. 3.4 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install piping with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain. 3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION Water Distribution Piping A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic pip- ing joint construction. 3.6 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valves on each water supply to equipment, close to main, on each plumbing fixture without supply stops, and where indicated. Use ball valves for piping 2 -inch NPS and smaller. B. Drain Valves: Install hose end drain valves for equipment at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe hanger and support de- vices. Install the following: 1. Riser clamps, MSS Type 8 or Type 42, for vertical runs. 2. Adjustable steel clevis hangers, MSS Type 1, for individual, straight, horizontal runs of cold water and hot water 100 feet and less. 3. Adjustable roller hangers, MSS Type 43, for individual, straight, horizontal runs of hot water longer than 100 feet. 4. Pipe rolls, MSS Type 44, for multiple, straight, horizontal runs of hot water 100 feet or longer. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. B. Install supports and seismic restraints according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." CDi Mechanical Engineers 15411 - 4 September 22, 1999 S* ifto a Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Water Distribution Piping Section 15411 C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor and at maximum distance of 15 feet (whichever is less). D. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double -rod hangers, with 3/8 -inch minimum rods. E. Horizontal pipe hanger spacing and rod diameters: Nom. Pipe Copper Tube Min. Rod Size (inches) Max. Span (Feet) Diameter (Inches) Up to 1 5 3/8 1 -1/4 7 3/8 1 -1/2 8 3/8 2 8 3/8 F. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Connect non - potable water distribution piping to existing non - potable water supply where indicated, and extend to and connect to the following: 1. Equipment: Connect non - potable water supply piping as indicated. Provide shut- off valve and union for each connection. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect water distribution piping as follows: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and ap- proved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. a. Roughing -In Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before conceal- ing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having juris- diction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with re- quirements. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15411 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Water Distribution Piping ROC Chiller Plant Section 15411 3. Re- Inspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Test water distribution piping as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced water pip- ing until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that has been covered or concealed before it has been tested and approved. 3. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 150 psig without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for 24 hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be re- paired. 4. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 5. Prepare and submit reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable -water distribution piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing water piping that have been altered, ex- tended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdic- tion or, if method is not prescribed, procedure described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or as described below: B. Clean interior of piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. CDi Mechanical Engineers a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not ap- pear at outlets. 15411- 6 September 22, 1999 i Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.11 START -UP PROCEDURES A. Fill water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. B. Perform the following steps before putting into operation: 1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. 3. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and plugs used for temporary sealing of piping during installation. 4. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs, C. Check equipment and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers Water Distribution Piping Section 15411 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install a UL listed system of electric self - regulating heating cable and components for maintaining the water temperature in the pipes as indicated on the drawings. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 15 Section "Pipe Insulation" for pipe insulation. 2. Division 16 for electrical power wiring. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Copy of UL file indicating the heating cable is specifically listed to provide freeze - protection. B. Manufacturer's catalog cuts showing materials and performance data. C. Test data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONSTRUCTION A. The self - regulating heating cable shall consist of two (2) 16 -AWG nickel - coated copper bus wires embedded in a radiation - crosslinked conductive polymer core. It shall be covered by a radiation - crosslinked, polyolefin, dielectric jacket and enclosed in a tinned copper braid of 14 AWG equivalent ware size. The braid shall be covered with a (nominal) 40 -mil polyolefin outer jacket, color coded for easy identification. The cable shall be specifically designed, manufactured, and UL listed for freeze - protection. 2.2 MECHANICAL A. The cable shall have a minimum cut - through resistance of 600 lb per CSA 22.2 03. Cutting test 4.14. The cable shall have a minimum impact resistance of 25 ft lb per UL 1588.11. The cable shall withstand a glancing impact of 22 ft lb per UL 1581.590. The cable shall have a minimum abrasion resistance of 7000 cycles per UL 719.19. The cable shall withstand a crush resistance of 4500 N per IEEE 515 Deformation Test 5.1.5. CDi Mechanical Engineers Heat Tract Section 15415 15415 -1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 2.3 EXPERIENCE A. The manufacturer's Quality Assurance Program shall be certified to ISO 9001 standard. 2.4 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER A. Raychem Corporation. B. Thermon. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 OPERATING TEMPERATURES A. The freeze protection system shall not exceed a nominal temperature of 40°F. 3.2 MAINTENANCE TEMPERATURE A. Each freeze protection system shall be maintained using only one product. Temperatures shall be maintained with straight runs of heating cable on the pipe. The use of a 40°F fixed thermostat shall ensure heating cable is off when pipe temperature is over 40°F. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. The system shall be installed by factory trained certified installers. B. The system shall be installed according to the drawings and the manufacturer's instruction. The installer shall be responsible for providing a functional system, installed in accordance with applicable national and local code requirements. Each circuit shall be protected with a 30 -mA ground -fault protection device. C. Electrical Connections: The following requirements apply: 1. Electrical power wiring is specified in Division 16. 3.4 TESTING A. Procedure: Measure the heater circuit continuity and the insulation resistance between the braid and bus wires with a 2500 -Vdc megohmmeter (megger). CDi Mechanical Engineers Heat Tract Section 15415 15415 - 2 September 22, 1999 tI 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant B. Acceptable Results: The heater circuit shall be continuous and megger readings shall be at least 20 megohms regardless of heater length. Circuits yielding unacceptable readings must be repaired or replaced. . Submittal of Results: Submit records of the test data. END OF SECTION tom... ... i' {[}:tN. n,.. n..., rn„.: hi......... v.,.,. �.,., �..,, �..v...w.,.�........«.�.,.,.... CDi Mechanical Engineers Heat Tract Section 15415 Group Health #4862 Drainage and Vent Piping ROC Chiller Plant Section 15420 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for drainage and vent piping, system specialties. 2. Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for support installation and seismic restraints. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes field installed sanitary drainage and vent piping, inside and below Chiller CH -2 enclosure. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the fol- lowing minimum working- pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Systems: 10 -foot head of water. 2. Storm Drainage Systems: 10 -foot head of water. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Test Results and Reports: Specified in "Field Quality Control" Article. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on piping made to specified standards. B. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and in- stallation. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15420 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 2 - PRODUCTS Drainage and Vent Piping Section 15420 2.1 PIPES AND TUBES A. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. B. Hubless, Cast -Iron Soil Pipe: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. 2.2 PIPE AND TUBE H ITINGS A. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube fitting materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. B. Hubless, Cast -Iron, Soil -Pipe Fittings: CISPI 301. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. General: Applications of the following piping joining materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. B. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for commonly used joining materials. C. Hubless, Cast -Iron, Soil- Piping Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal housing, corrosion- resistant fasteners, and ASTM C 564 rubber sleeve or gasket with integral, center pipe stop. Include the following: 1. Heavy -Duty, Stainless -Steel Couplings: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stainless -steel housing or shield; and stainless -steel clamps. Include gasket. a. Clamp Width: 3 inches wide with 4 clamps, for piping 1 -1/2- to 4 -inch NPS. D. Flexible, Transition Couplings for Underground, Nonpressure Piping: ASTM C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve. Include ends same sizes as piping to be joined and include stainless steel metal band on each end. 1. Sleeve Type for Plain -End Piping: Rubber or elastomeric sleeve and stainless steel band assembly, fabricated to match outside diameters of piping to be joined. Include the following: a. Sleeves for Cast -Iron Soil Piping: ASTM C 564 rubber. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15420 - 2 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 2. Gasket Type for Dissimilar -End Piping: Rubber or elastomeric compression gas- ket, made to match inside diameter of pipe or hub, and outside diameter of ad- joining pipe. Include the following: a. Gaskets for Dissimilar Piping: Compatible with piping materials to be joined. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION b. Sleeves for Dissimilar Piping: Compatible with piping materials to be joined. c. Bands: Stainless steel, one at each pipe insert. A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling will be performed by the General Contractor. 3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated. C. Underground, Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Use the following: 1. Hubless, cast -iron soil pipe; hubless, cast -iron, soil -pipe fittings; and one of the following hubless, cast -iron, soil - piping couplings: a. Couplings: Heavy -duty, cast iron. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic pip- ing installation. 3.4 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install cast -iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Hand- book," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." CDi Mechanical Engineers Drainage and Vent Piping Section 15420 15420 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Drainage and Vent Piping ROC Chiller Plant Section 15420 B. Make changes in direction for drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long -sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short -sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not make change in direction of flow greater than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if dif- ferent sizes of piping are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. C. Lay buried building drain piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written 'instruc- tions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. D. Install drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise in- dicated: 1. All drainage systems at 1/4 per foot downward in direction of flow. 2. Vent Piping: 1/8 -inch per foot down toward vertical fixture vent. E. Sleeves are not required for cast -iron soil piping passing through concrete slab on grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing. 3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic pip- ing joint construction. B. Cast -Iron, Soil- Piping Joints: Make joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Connect service entrance piping to exterior sewerage and drainage piping. Use transi- tion fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. B. Connect drainage piping to underground sanitary sewer piping where indicated, and extend to and connect to the following: 1. Plumbing Specialties: Connect soil, waste, and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties." CDi Mechanical Engineers 15420 - 4 September 22, 1999 3 Group Health #4862 Drainage and Vent Piping ROC Chiller Plant Section 15420 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect soil, waste, and vent piping as follows: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and ap- proved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. a. Roughing -In Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before conceal- ing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having juris- diction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with re- quirements. 3. Re- Inspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Test drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedure, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that has been covered or concealed before it has been tested and approved. 3. Roughing -In Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping as required by the local inspector. 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing drain has been set and trap filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent -stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1 -inch wg. Use U -tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of in- spection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15420 - 5 September 22, 1999 END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers • Group Health #4862 Drainage and Vent Piping ROC Chiller. Plant 5. Repair leaks and defects using new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. Section 15420 3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Clean interior of piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. 15420 - 6 Group Health #4862 Plumbing Specialties ROC Chiller Plant Section 15430 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General arid Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for piping joining materials, joint construction, basic installation requirements, and labeling and identifying requirements; and escutcheons, dielectric fittings, sleeves, and sleeve seals that are not in this Section. 2. Division 15 Section "Valves" for general -duty ball, butterfly, check, gate, and globe valves. 3. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" for labeling and identifying re- quirements. 4. Division 15 Section "Water Distribution Piping" for water - supply piping and con- nections. 5. Division 15 Section "Drainage and Vent Piping" for drainage and vent piping and connections. 6. Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe hangers and seismic re- straints. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes plumbing specialties for the following: 1. Water distribution systems. 2. Drainage and vent systems. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with follow- ing minimum working- pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Water Distribution Piping: 125 psig. 2. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10 -foot head of water. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15430 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Plumbing Specialties ROC Chiller Plant Section 15430 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each plumbing specialty indicated. Include rated capacities of se- lected equipment and shipping, installed, and operating weights. Indicate materials, finishes, dimensions, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components; and piping and wiring connections for the following plumbing specialty products: 1. Backflow preventers. 2. Drain valves. 3. Hose bibbs and hydrants. 4. Cleanouts. 5. Floor drains, open receptors. 6. Vent caps, vent terminals, and roof flashing assemblies. B. Reports: Specified in "Field Quality Control" Article. C. Maintenance Data: For specialties to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Section 15050. Include the following: 1. Backflow preventers. 2. Drain valves. 3. Hose bibbs and hydrants. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, dimensional requirements, and char- acteristics of plumbing specialties and are based on the specific types and models indi- cated. Other manufacturers' products with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Substitutions Section 15050. B. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on plumbing specialties made to specified standards. C. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated plumbing specialties specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. Terms "Listed" and "Labeled ": As defined in National Electrical Code, Arti- cle 100. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15430 - 2 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant D. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and in- stallation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers of- fering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Floor Sink a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. b. Zurn Industries, Inc. c. Tyler Pipe, Wade Div. d. Josam Co. 2.2 DRAIN VALVES A. Hose -End Drain Valves: MSS SP -110, 3/4 -inch NPS ball valve, rated for 400 -psig minimum CWP. Include 2- piece, ASTM B 62 bronze body with standard port, chrome - plated brass ball, replaceable seats and seals, blowout -proof stem, and vinyl- covered steel handle. 1. Inlet: Threaded or solder joint. 2. Outlet: Short- threaded nipple with ASME B1.20.7 garden -hose thread and cap. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Hose Bibbs: Bronze body, with renewable composition disc, 1/2- or 3/4 -inch NPS threaded or solder joint inlet. Provide ASME B1.20.7 garden -hose threads on outlet and integral or field- installed, nonremovable, drainable, hose - connection vacuum breaker. 1. Finish: Chrome or nickel plated. 2. Operation: Wheel handle. CDi Mechanical Engineers Plumbing Specialties Section 15430 15430 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 1. Vent Cap: Low silhouette model with vandal -proof vent cap. Plumbing Specialties ROC Chiller Plant Section 15430 B. Roof Flashing Assemblies: Manufactured assembly made of 4- lb /sq. ft., 0.0625 -inch- thick, lead flashing collar and skirt extending at least 8 inches from pipe with galva- nized steel boot reinforcement, and counterflashing fitting. C. Stack Flashing Fittings: Counterflashing -type, cast -iron fitting, with bottom recess for terminating roof membrane, and with threaded or hub top for extending vent pipe. D. Vent Caps: Cast -iron body with threaded or hub inlet and vandal -proof design. Include vented hood and set - screws to secure to vent pipe. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLUMBING SPECIALTY INSTALLATION A. General: Install plumbing specialty components, connections, and devices according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install strainers on supply side of each control valve, pressure regulator, and solenoid valve, and where indicated. C. Install hose bibbs with integral or field- installed vacuum breaker. D. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping as indicated, and where not indicated, according to the following: 1. Size same as drainage piping up to 4 -inch NPS. Use 4 -inch NPS for larger drain- age piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping 4 -inch NPS and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping. E. Install vent flashing sleeves on stacks passing through roof of chiller enclosure. Secure over stack flashing according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15430 - 4 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Plumbing Specialties ROC Chiller Plant Section 15430 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are spe- cific connection requirements: 1. Install piping connections between plumbing specialties and piping specified in other Division 15 Sections. 2. Install piping connections indicated as indirect wastes from appliances and equipment specified in other Sections, to spill over receptors connected to plumbing piping systems. B. Supply Runouts to Plumbing Specialties: Install cold water - supply piping of sizes indi- cated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Drainage Runouts to Plumbing Specialties: Install drainage and vent piping, with ap- proved trap, of sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having juris- diction. 3.3 FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device. B. Install flashing for piping passing through roofs with counterflashing or commercially made flashing fittings. 3.4 START -UP PROCEDURES A. Before startup, perform the following checks: 1. System tests are complete. 2. Damaged and defective specialties and accessories have been replaced or re- paired. 3. Clear space is provided for servicing specialties. B. Before operating systems, perform the following steps: 1. Open general -duty valves to fully open position. 2. Remove and clean strainers. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15430 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.5 PROTECTION END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers s +s. .vnX::>^,z ..v ..,. , iti- :tf,rt••. ,:W-n.,.. *i++rrr,n »rsvr:...rri • Plumbing Specialties Section 15430 3. Verify that drainage and vent piping are clear of obstructions. Flush with water until clear. C. Startup Procedures: Follow manufacturer's written instructions. If no procedures are prescribed by manufacturer, proceed as follows: 1. Energize circuits for electrically operated units. Start and run units through com- plete sequence of operations. A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. 15430'- 6 'September 22,'1999 uw,mr Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Hydronic Piping Section 15510 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Sec- tion: 1. Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for general pip- ing materials and installation methods. 2. Division 15 Section "Valves" for gate, globe, ball, butterfly, and check valves. 3. Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for thermometers, portable instrument connections, venturi flow elements, and pressure gages. 4. Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe supports and pipe seismic restraints. 5. Division 15 Section " Hydronic Pumps" for pumps, suction diffusers, motors and glycol -fill system unit. 6. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" for labeling and identifying hy- dronic systems. 7. Division 15 Section "Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems" for temperature - control valves and sensors. 8. Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for hydronic system ad- justing and balancing. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes piping systems for chilled water cooling, and condenser water systems; makeup water for these systems; blow -down drain lines; and condensate drain piping. Piping materials and equipment specified in this Section include the following: 1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties. 2. Special -duty valves. 3. Hydronic specialties. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15510 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Section 15050. B. Product Data including rated capacities of selected models, weights (shipping, installed, and operating), furnished specialties, accessories, and installation instructions for each hydronic specialty and special -duty valve specified. 1. Submit flow and pressure drop curves for circuit balancing valves replacement cartridges for existing automatic flow control valves and air separators. C. Shop Drawings detailing pipe anchors, special pipe support assemblies, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops. D. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. E. Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with perform- ance requirements specified in Part 3 of this Section. F. Maintenance data for hydronic specialties and special -duty valves to include in the op- eration and maintenance manual specified in Section 15050. G. Water Analysis: 1. Submit a copy of the water analysis to illustrate building water quality available at Project site. 2. Submit a copy of the water analysis of the existing chilled water prior to com- mencing work on the system. 3. Submit a copy of the water analysis done after the system is operational. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: Comply with the following provisions: 1. ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installa- tion. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. 2. Fabricate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1. 3. Welding Standards: Qualify welding processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifica- tions. 11 CDi Mechanical Engineers Hydronic Piping Section 15510 15510 - 2 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of piping with equipment and with other installations. B. Coordinate pipe sleeve installation for foundation wall penetrations. C. Coordinate pipe fitting pressure classes with products specified in related Sections. D. Coordinate size and location of concrete housekeeping pads. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork for pads are provided by the General Contractor. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS 1. Grooved Mechanical -Joint Fittings and Couplings: a. Grinnell Supply Sales Co., Gruvlok. b. Victaulic Company of America. 2. Circuit Balancing Valves: a. Tour & Andersson. b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. 3. Pressure - Reducing Valves: a. Amtrol, Inc. b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. c. Conbraco Industries, Inc. CDi Mechanical Engineers Hydronic Piping Section 15510 A. Maintenance Stock: Furnish a sufficient quantity of chemicals for initial system startup and for preventive maintenance for one year from Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 15510 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant CDi Mechanical Engineers Hydronic Piping Section 15510 . ITT Bell & Gossett; ITT Fluid Technology Co. e. Watts Regulators. f. Spence Engineering Co. 4. Safety Relief Valves: a. Amtrol, Inc. b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. c. Conbraco Industries, Inc. d. ITT Fluid Technology Corp.; ITT McDonnell & Miller. e. Kunkel Valves. f. Spence Engineering Co. 5. Air Separators: a. Amtrol, Inc. b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. c. ITT Fluid Technology Corp.; ITT Bell & Gossett. d. Taco, Inc. 6. Air Vents (manual and automatic): a. Armstrong Machine Works. b. ITT Fluid Technology Corp.; ITT Bell and Gossett Flow Design, Inc. c. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div. d. Spirax Sarco. 7. Y- Pattern Strainers: a. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div. b. Spirax Sarco. c. Victaulic Co. of America. 15510 4 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant d. Watts Regulator Co. 8. Automatic Flow Control Valve Replacement Cartridges: a. Griswold. 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS Hydronic Piping Section 15510 A. General: Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe and fit- ting materials. 2.3 COPPER TUBE AND FI ITINGS A. Drawn - Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L. B. Wrought - Copper Fittings: ASME B 16.22. C. Wrought - Copper DWV Fittings: ASME B16.29. D. Wrought - Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, 95 -5 tin antimony. 2.4 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe, NPS 2 and Smaller: ASTM A 53, Type S (seamless) or Type F (furnace - butt welded), Grade A, Schedule 40, black steel, plain ends. B. Steel Pipe, NPS 2 -1/2 through NPS 12: ASTM A 53, Type E (electric- resistance welded), Grade B, Schedule 40, black steel, plain ends. C. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53, Schedule 40, black steel; seamless for NPS 2 and smaller and electric- resistance welded for NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. D. Cast -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4; Classes 125 and 250. E. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Classes 150 and 300. F. Malleable -Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300. G. Cast -Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Classes 25, 125, and 250; raised ground face, and bolt holes spot faced. H. Wrought -Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wall thickness to match adjoining pipe. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15510 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Hydronic Piping Section 15510 I. Wrought Cast- and Forged -Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B 16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: 1. Material Group: 1.1. 2. End Connections: Buttwelding. 3. Facings: Raised face. J. Grooved Mechanical Joint Piping System: 1. General: Grooved mechanical joint pipe couplings, fittings, valves and other specified grooved components may be used as an option to welding, threading or flanged methods. All grooved components shall be of one manufacturer, and con- form to local code approval and/or as listed by ANSI -B -31.1, B -31.9 and ASME. 2. Class: Provide ANSI pipe class 150. 3. Type: Roll or cut grooved -ends as appropriate to pipe material, wall thickness, pressures, size and method of joining. Pipe ends to be grooved in accordance with manufacturer's current listed standards conforming to ANSI/AWWA C -606. 4. Gaskets: Grade "E" EPDM compound conforming to ASTM D -2000. Tempera- ture operating range -30 degrees F to 230 degrees F. Gaskets suitable for opera- tion under negative pressure or suction side of pumps in open systems. 5. Mechanical Couplings: Mechanical couplings shall be cast of ductile iron con- forming to ASTM A -536, with bolts /nuts conforming to ASTM A -183. Rigid style coupling, except non -rigid couplings, shall be used where system flexibility is desired for pipe expansion or at pumps and other mechanical equipment to re- duce noise and vibration. 6. Grooved Mechanical -Joint Fittings: ASTM A 536, Grade 65 -45 -12 ductile iron; ASTM A 47, Grade 32510 malleable iron; ASTM A 53, Type F, E, or S, Grade B fabricated steel; or ASTM A 106, Grade B steel fittings with grooves or shoulders designed to accept grooved end couplings. 7. Flange Adapters: For connection to ANSI class flanged components. Cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A -536. 8. Thermometer/Pressure Gauge Wells: To accommodate specified thermometers and pressure gauges. K. Flexible Connectors: Stainless steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire - reinforcing protective jacket; 150 -psig minimum working pressure and 250 deg F maximum operating temperature. Connectors shall have flanged or threaded -end con- nections to match equipment connected and shall be capable of 3/4 -inch misalignment. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15510 - 6 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 2.5 VALVES Hydronic Piping Section 15510 L. Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and for chemical analysis of pipe being welded. M. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled; and de- sign temperatures and pressures. A. Gate, globe, check, ball, and butterfly valves are specified in Division 15 ,Section "Valves." B. Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for specific uses and applications for each valve specified. C. Circuit Balancing Valves: 250 -psig working pressure, 230 deg F maximum operating temperature. Valves 2 -inch and below shall be bronze body; 2 -1/2 -inch and above shall be ductile iron body. Provide with portable instrument connections for portable differ- ential pressure meter with integral check valves and seals. Valves shall be multi -turn 360° adjustment with micrometer type indications located on the handwheel. Valves shall have hidden memory feature to lock valve position after system balancing. Valves 2 -inch NPS and smaller shall have threaded connections and 2 -1/2 -inch NPS valves shall have flanged connections. D. Pressure- Reducing Valves: Diaphragm - operated, cast -iron or brass body valve, with low inlet pressure check valve, inlet strainer removable without system shutdown, and noncorrosive valve seat and stem. Select valve size, capacity, and operating pressure to suit system. Valve shall be factory set at operating pressure and have capability for field adjustment. E. Safety Relief Valves: Brass or bronze body with brass and rubber, wetted, internal working parts; to suit system pressure and heat capacity; according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IV. 2.6 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES A. Manual Air Vents: Bronze body and nonferrous internal parts; 150 -psig working pres- sure, 225 deg F operating temperature; manually operated with screwdriver or thumb- screw; with 1/8 -inch NPS discharge connection and 1/2 -inch NPS inlet connection. B. Automatic Air Vent: Designed to vent automatically with float principle; bronze body and nonferrous internal parts; 150 -psig working pressure, 240 deg F operating tem- perature; with 1/4 -inch NPS discharge connection and 1/2 -inch NPS inlet connection. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15510 - 7 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Hydronic Piping Section 15510 C. Air Separators: Welded black steel; ASME constructed and labeled for 125 -psig mini- mum working pressure and 375 deg F maximum operating temperature; perforated stainless -steel air collector tube designed to direct released air into expansion tank; tan- gential inlet and outlet connections; threaded connections for 2 -inch NPS and smaller; flanged connections for 2 -1/2 -inch NPS and larger; threaded blow -down, air vent and system make -up water connections. Provide units in sizes for full -line size capacity. D. Chemical Feeder: Use existing bypass -type chemical feeders of 5 -gal. capacity, welded steel construction; 125 -psig working pressure; complete with fill funnel and inlet, out- let, and drain valves. 1. Chemicals: Specially formulated to prevent accumulation of scale and corrosion in piping system and connected equipment, and based on a water analysis of makeup water. E. Y- Pattern Strainers: 125 -psig working pressure, 350 °F maximum operating tempera- ture; cast -iron body (ASTM A 126, Class B), flanged ends for 2 -1/2 -inch NPS and larger, threaded connections for 2 -inch NPS and smaller, bolted cover, perforated Type 304 stainless -steel screen, and blowdown drain connection. 1. 2 -Inch and Smaller: Screen size openings 0.032- inches maximum. 2. 2 -1/2 -Inch to 4 -Inch: Screen size openings 0.062- inches maximum. 3. 6- Inches and Larger: Screen size openings 0.125- inches maximum. F. Glycol Mixing Tank: 30 gallon capacity, painted 14 gauge steel or polyethylene mixing tank with portion of lid hinged. Handle on hinged portion. 6 -inch square funnel in top for make -up water and relief valve discharges. Tappings for low water alarm control device. G. Glycol Fill System Unit: Pre - pressurized diaphragm tank with butyl diaphragm and non - corrosive water reservoir suitable for propylene glycol solution. Pre -charge tank to 20 psig. Close- coupled end suction pump. See Division 15 Section "Hydronic Pumps." H. Glycol: Corrosion inhibited propylene fluid suitable for use with all common metals used in HVAC systems. Operating range -50 °F to 325 °F. I. Automatic Flow Control Valve Replacement Cartridges: Cartridges to match flow rate indicated on diagram. Cartridges to be compatible with existing automatic flow control valves. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15510 - 8 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE APPLICATIONS Hydronic Piping Section 15510 A. Chilled Water, 2 -Inch NPS and Smaller: Use Type L drawn - temper copper tubing with soldered joints. B. Chilled Water, NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Steel pipe with welded joints; flanged joints where indicated, at equipment connections and where pipe removal for equipment ac- cess is required or grooved mechanical joint couplings. C. Condenser Water, 2 -Inch NPS and Smaller: Use Type L drawn - temper copper tubing with soldered joints. D. Condenser Water 2 -1/2 -Inch NPS and Larger: Steel pipe with welded joints; flanged joints where indicated, at equipment connections and where pipe removal for equipment access is required or grooved mechanical joint couplings. E. Drain Lines: Type L (Type B) drawn- temper copper tubing with soldered joints. Use DWV fittings. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. General -Duty Valve Applications: Unless otherwise indicated, use the following valve types: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball or butterfly valves. 2. Throttling Duty: Use globe valves. B. Install shutoff -duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, at supply con- nections to each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. C. Install circuit balancing valves where indicated. Install per manufacturer's recom- mended methods. D. Install hose end drain valves at low points in mains, risers, branch lines, and elsewhere as required for system drainage. E. Install check valves on each pump discharge and elsewhere as required to control flow direction. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15510 - 9 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant F. Install safety relief valves on hot water generators and elsewhere as required by ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Pipe discharge to floor drain without valves. Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, for installation requirements. G. Install pressure- reducing valves as required to regulate system pressure. H. Install control valves per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATIONS Hydronic Piping Section 15510 A. Install piping according to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Meth- ods." B. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. C. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage. D. Install piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow. E. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up. F. Unless otherwise indicated, install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe, with the takeoff coming out the bottom of the main pipe. For up -feed risers, install the takeoff coming out the top of the main pipe. G. Install unions in pipes 2 -inch NPS and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connec- tions of each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required at flanged connections. H. Install flanges on valves, apparatus, and equipment having 2 -1/2 -inch NPS and larger connections. I. Install flexible connectors at inlet and discharge connections to pumps and other vibra- tion- producing equipment. J. Install strainers on supply side of each control valve, pressure- reducing valve, solenoid valve, pump, and elsewhere as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 nipple and ball valve in blow - down connection of strainers NPS 2 and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff connec- tion for strainers smaller than NPS 2. K. Install dielectric fittings between dissimilar pipe and/or tubing materials. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15510 - 10 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Upto3 /4 7 5 1/4 1 7 7 1/4 1 -1/4 7 7 3/8 1 -1/2 9 9 3/8 2 10 10 3/8 2 -1/2 11 N/A 1/2 3 12 N/A 1/2 4 14 N/A 5/8 6 17 N/A 3/4 8 19 N/A 7/8 10 20 N/A 7/8 12 23 N/A 7/8 CDi Mechanical Engineers Hydronic Piping Section 15510 A. General: Hanger, support, seismic restraint, and anchor devices are specified in Divi- sion 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Conform to requirements below for maximum spacing of supports. B. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for piping 2 -1/2 -inch NPS and above for individual horizontal runs 20 feet or longer and for piping 2 -inch and below for individual horizontal runs 60 feet or longer. 2. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs with less than re- quirements for roller hangers and spring hangers above. 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP -58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal runs 20 feet or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. C. Install hangers for steel piping and copper tubing with the following minimum rod sizes and maximum spacing: Nom. Pipe Size Steel Pipe Max. Copper Tube Max. Min. Rod Di- (Inches) Span (Feet) Span (Feet) ameter (Inches) D. Support vertical runs at each floor or at maximum spacing of 15' -0 whichever is less. 15510. -11 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.5 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION Hydronic Piping Section 15510 A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for joint con- struction requirements for soldered and brazed joints in copper tubing; threaded, welded, and flanged joints in steel piping. B. Mechanical Joints: Assemble joints according to fitting manufacturer's written instruc- tions. 3.6 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install manual air vents at high points in system, at heat - transfer coils, and elsewhere as required for system air venting. B. Install automatic air vents where high point vent is located over 14' -0" above the floor and where indicated. Pipe discharge to drain. Install with shut -off valve at inlet. C. Install in -line air separators where indicated. Run piping to existing compression tank with a 2 percent upward slope toward tank. Install blow -down piping with ball valves; extend to nearest drain. D. Vent and purge air from hydronic system, and charge existing compression tank with proper air charge to suit system design requirements. E. Install portable instrument connections where indicated and specified. Mount in 1/2- inch NPT pipe collar welded to pipe. F. Install Y- Pattern strainers and basket strainers with ball valve on blow down connec- tion. Above ceilings, terminate with hose end drain connection. G. Install new automatic flow control valve cartridges in existing automatic flow control valves where indicated. 3.7 CHEMICAL TREATMENT A. Group Health uses CH2O exclusively for their chemical water treatment. The contact person is Brad Hannah at 1 -800- 729 -2426, extension 259. B. Perform a water analysis of the existing system chilled water prior to commencing work to determine the existing condition. Also, perform an analysis of the building supply water to determine the type and quantities of chemical treatment needed to keep the renovated chilled water system free of scale, corrosion, and fouling. Submit reports. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15510 - 12 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Hydronic Piping Section 15510 C. Fill system and perform initial chemical treatment. D. Perform a water analysis after the system has been operating for a minimum of 14 days to verify satisfactory conditions. Submit report. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Preparation: Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as fol- lows: 1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test. 2. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing. 3. Flush system with clean water. Clean strainers. 4. Isolate equipment that is not subjected to test pressure from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pres- sure without damage to valve. Flanged joints where blinds are inserted to isolate equipment need not be tested. 5. Install safety relief valve set at a pressure no more than one -third higher than test pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of over- pressure during test. B. Testing: Test hydronic piping as follows: 1. Use ambient temperature water as testing medium, except where there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid may be used if it is safe for workers and compatible with piping system components. 2. Use vents installed at the high points of system to release trapped air while filling system. Use drains installed at low points for complete removal of liquid. 3. Examine system to see that equipment and parts that cannot withstand test pres- sures are properly isolated. Examine test equipment to ensure that it is tight and that low- pressure filling lines are disconnected. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15510 -13 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.9 ADJUSTING CDi Mechanical Engineers Hydronic Piping Section 15510 4. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure of 125 psig. Verify test pres- sure does not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Check to verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed either 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times "SE" value in Appendix A of ASME B31.9, Code for Pressure Piping, "Building Services Piping." 5. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 4 hours, examine pip- ing, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components as appropriate, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. 6. Prepare written report of testing. 7. Testing shall be witnessed by the Owner or Owner's designated representative. Minimum of seven days notice is required. A. Mark calibrated nameplates of pump discharge valves after hydronic system balancing has been completed, to permanently indicate final balanced position. B. Perform these adjustments before operating the system: 1. Open valves to fully open position. 2. Check pump for proper direction of rotation. 3. Set automatic fill valves for required system pressure. 4. Check air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and op- erating freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type). 5. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. 6. Check operation of automatic bypass valves. 7. Check and set operating temperatures of boilers, chillers, and cooling towers to design requirements. 8. Lubricate motors and bearings. 15510 - 14 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.10 CLEANING A. Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water prior to connecting to existing systems. Remove and clean or replace strainer screens. After cleaning and flushing hydronic piping systems, but before balancing, remove disposable fine -mesh strainers in pump suction diffusers. 3.11 START -UP PROCEDURES A. Fill system with glycol solution indicated (percentage by volume) and perform initial chemical treatment. B. Check compression tank to determine that it is not air bound and that system is com- pletely full of water. C. Perform these steps before operating the system: 1. Open valves to fully open position. Close coil bypass valves. 2. Check pump for proper direction of rotation. 3. Set automatic fill valves for required system pressure. 4. Check air vents at high points of systems and determine if all are installed and op- erating freely (automatic type) or bleed air completely (manual type). 5. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. 6. Check operation of automatic bypass valves. 7. Check and set operating temperatures of boilers, chillers, and cooling towers to design requirements. 8. Lubricate motors and bearings. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers Hydronic Piping Section 15510 15510 - 15 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Water Chillers Section 15625 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. 1 B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for instruction on chiller procurement. 2. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints" for chiller vibration isolation requirements. 3. Division 15 Section "Equipment Insulation" for chiller insulation requirements. 4. Division 15 Section "Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems" for temperature - control devices for chillers, 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes installation requirements for the two water chillers pre - selected by the Owner and assigned to the Contractor. See Division 15 Section "Basic Mechani- cal Materials and Methods" for instruction on chiller procurement. See Reference mate- rials at the end of the specification on the Owner selected Rotary Screw Chiller with Evaporative Condenser and the Centrifugal Water Chiller. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For each chiller to include in maintenance manuals specified in Section 15050. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASHRAE Compliance: Comply with ASHRAE 15 for chiller installation. B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store chillers to prevent damage and protect from weather, dirt, fumes, water, and con- struction debris in clean dry space. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15625 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 1.6 WARRANTY Water Chillers Section 15625 B. Handle chillers according to manufacturer's written rigging and installation instructions for unloading, transporting, and setting in final location. A. General Warranty: The warranty provided by the chiller manufacturer shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Docu- ments and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. See warranty provisions in the reference materials at the end of specification on the Owner selected chillers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive chillers for compliance with requirements for installation tol- erances and other conditions affecting chiller performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install chillers level and plumb, and anchor to concrete base with isolation pads fur- nished with the chillers.. B. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance. C. Insulate evaporator, suction lines, and other surfaces where condensation might occur. Insulate evaporator water box heads and nozzles after piping is complete. Water box insulation covers shall be easily removed to allow access to the heat exchanger tubing assemblies. See Division 15 Section "Equipment Insulation ". D. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical components, devices, and accessories furnished loose by manufacturer, and provide all control and power wiring. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15625 - 2 September 22, 1999 1 1 1 I 1 t I 1 t 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.3 CONNECTIONS Water Chillers Section 15625 A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are spe- cific connection requirements: 1. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. 2. Connect chilled- and condenser -water piping according to Division 15 Section "Hydronic Piping." Connect to supply and return piping with shutoff valve and flange or grooved mechanical joints to allow removal of piping section for chiller tube maintenance. 3. Extend safety - relief valves or rupture -disc discharge piping from chiller to exte- rior of building. 4. Water Boxes: Provide hose end valve at drain connections. B. Electrical: Comply with Division 16 Sections. C. Ground equipment. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory - authorized service representative to in- spect field - assembled components and chiller installation, including piping and electri- cal connections. Report results in writing. 3.5 CLEANING A. After completing installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect unit compo- nents. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match original finish. 3.6 START -UP PROCEDURES A. Verify that installation complies with the Contract Documents. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15625 - 3 September 22; 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.7 TRAINING END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers 1. Refer to chiller reference materials at the end of . the specifications for Start-Up Procedures. A. Review data in maintenance manuals. Water Chillers Section 15625 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.2 SUMMARY 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE CDi Mechanical Engineers Heat Exchangers Section 15710 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. A. This Section includes plate and frame heat exchangers for HVAC applications. A. Product Data: Include rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights; fur- nished specialties; and accessories for each type of product indicated. Indicate dimen- sions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. B. Maintenance Data: For heat exchangers to include in maintenance manuals specified in Section 15050. A. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label heat exchangers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, "Pressure Vessels," Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Plate Heat Exchangers: a. Alfa Laval Thermal, Inc. b. Armstrong Fluid Handling; Div. of Armstrong International, Inc. c. Mueller: Paul Mueller Co. 15710 -1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Heat Exchangers ROC Chiller Plant Section 15710 2.2 PLATE AND FRAME HEAT EXCHANGERS A. Configuration: Freestanding assembly consisting of frame support, fixed and movable end plates, tie rods, plates, and one -piece gaskets. B. End -Plate Material: Painted carbon steel with steel tie -rods. C. Plate Material: ASTM A 666, Type 304 stainless -steel shell. D. Gasket Material: Nitrile rubber. E. Piping Connections: Flanged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and for structural rigidity, strength, anchors, and other conditions affecting performance of heat exchangers. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 HEAT EXCHANGER INSTALLATION A. Install heat exchangers according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install on concrete housekeeping pad. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance. Install piping connections to allow service and maintenance of heat exchangers. C. Install piping with threaded or flanged connections at heat exchangers. D. Install shutoff valves at heat exchanger inlet and outlet connections as indicated. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15710 - 2 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.5 START -UP PROCEDURES 3.6 DEMONSTRATION END OF SECTION Heat Exchangers Section 15710 f 3.4 CLEANING { • A. After completing system installation, including outlet fitting and devices, inspect ex- posed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finishes. A. Verify that heat exchangers are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents. B. Adjust flows and controls to deliver specified performance. C. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance per- sonnel to adjust, operate, and maintain heat exchangers as specified below: 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining heat exchangers. 2. Review data in maintenance manuals. 3. Schedule training with Owner, through Engineer, with at least seven days' ad- vance notice. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15710 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Rooftop Make -Up Air Units ROC Chiller Plant Section 15782 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints" for fan vibration isolation and seismic restraint devices. 2. Division 15 Section "Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems" for temperature - control devices, damper actuators, and control wiring and control devices con- nected to units. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the rooftop make -up air heating and ventilating unit. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical data for model indicated, including rated capacities of selected model clearly indicated; dimensions; required clearances; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties; accessories; and in- stallation and startup instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, load- ings, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. Detail mounting, securing, and flashing of roof curb to roof structure. Indicate coordinating requirements with roof membrane system. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems and dif- ferentiate between manufacturer - installed and field- installed wiring. C. Reports: Indicate results of startup and testing requirements. Submit copies of check- lists. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for rooftop unit, including "trouble- shooting" maintenance guide, servicing guide and preventative maintenance schedule and procedures. Include this data in maintenance manual. E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15782 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Rooftop Make -Up Air Units ROC Chiller Plant Section 15782 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Companies regularly engaged in manufacture of rooftop heating and ventilating units, of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 15 years. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated components specified in this Sec- tion that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled ": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. C. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver rooftop make -up air unit as factory - assembled unit with protective crating and covering. B. Handle rooftop make -up air unit to comply with manufacturer's written rigging and in- stallation instructions for unloading and moving to final location. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of roof curb and roof penetrations with the General Contractor. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty: A written warranty, executed by the manufacturer and signed by the installing Contractor, agreeing to replace components that fail in materials or workman- ship, within the specified warranty period, provided manufacturer's written instructions for installation, operation, and maintenance have been followed. 1. Warranty Period: Manufacturers standard, but not less than 1 year after date of Substantial Completion. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15782 - 2 September 22, 1999 1. Rooftop Make -Up Air Unit: a. Temptrol. b. Haakon. c. Pace. d. Hunt Air. e. Scott Springfield. 2.2 ROOFTOP UNIT 2.3 DESCRIPTION CDi Mechanical Engineers Group Health #4862 Rooftop Make -Up Air Units ROC Chiller Plant Section 15782 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: A. Furnish packaged rooftop make -up unit as specified and as scheduled. The unit shall perform at the conditions specified and scheduled. A. General: Factory assembled and tested rooftop make -up air unit; designed for roof in- stallation; and consisting of supply, electric heating coil and control, fans, filters, damp- ers, and intake hood with screen. 1. Unit shall be single piece construction as manufactured at the factory. Site as- sembled sub - assemblies will not be allowed. Unit shall be constructed for instal- lation on roof curb providing full perimeter support. 2. Unit shall be factory run tested to include the operation of all fan, electric heating coil, and controls. 3. Unit shall have labels, decals, and/or tags to aid in the service of the unit and indi- cate caution areas. 15782 3 September `22,.1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant C. Access Doors: Rooftop Make -Up Air Units Section 15782 B. Casing: Manufacturer's standard 2 -inch construction with corrosion- protection coating and exterior finish, access doors with neoprene gaskets for inspection and access to in- ternal parts, minimum 2 -inch thick thermal insulation, knockouts for electrical and pip- ing connections, exterior condensate drain connection, and lifting lugs. Outside casing shall be 16 -gauge galvanized steel minimum; inside casing 22 -gauge perforated galva- nized steel. Access doors shall be provided to provide adequate access for all service- able components. Roof panels shall be sloped to provide positive drainage of rain wa- ter /melting snow away from the cabinet. 1. Access doors shall be double wall constructed, continuously welded corners for rigidity. Door panels shall be insulated with 2 -inch, 3 -pound insulation com- pletely encapsulated between the door panels and frame sealed with a continuous bead of silicone caulking. 2. Doors to be provided with high performance closed cell replaceable neoprene bulb type gasket seals around the entire perimeter of the door /frame. 3. Doors shall open against static pressure unless obstructed by internal components. 4. All doors with access to moving parts shall have provision for padlocking and meet UL 1995 mechanical protection guidelines. The Safety "lockout" provision allows the Owner the opportunity to provide padlocks to lock doors in the closed position. D. Fan: Forward curved, centrifugal, belt driven with adjustable sheaves and permanently lubricated motor bearings. Provide restrained spring isolators to isolate fan from unit. See Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints." E. Filters: 2 -inch thick, fiberglass, 30% average efficiency on ASHRAE test Standard 52.1 -1992, throwaway filters. Slide in rack with end seals. F. Electric Coil Heating Section: 1. Completely assembled and factory installed heating system integral to unit. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency ac- ceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 2. Coil Assembly: Comply with UL 1096. 3. Casing Assembly: Flanged type with galvanized -steel frame. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15782 - 4 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Rooftop Make -Up Air Units ROC Chiller Plant Section 15782 G. Heating Elements: Nickel - chromium heating wire element; free from expansion noise and 60 -Hz hum; embedded in magnesium oxide, insulating refractory; and sealed in high -mass steel or corrosion - resistant metallic sheath with fins no closer than 0.16 -inch. Element ends are enclosed in terminal box. Fin surface temperature does not exceed 550 deg F at any point during normal operation. H. Overtemperature Protection: Disk -type, automatically reset, thermal- cutout, safety de- vice; serviceable through terminal box without removing heater from unit. 1. Secondary Protection: Load- carrying, manually reset thermal cutouts;, factory wired in series with each heater stage. I. Control Panel: Unit mounted with disconnecting means and overcurrent protection. In- clude the following controls: 1. Mercury contactor for each stage of heating. Controlled by digital signal from DDC system. 2. Airflow proving switch. J. Dampers: 1. Provide low leak dampers with a leakage rate not to exceed 2.0 %. Ruskin CD50 or equal by T.A. Morrison. 2. Leakage rate shall be determined in accordance with AMCA Standard 575. 2.4 ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND WIRING A. Starters, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Provide electrical wiring devices and connec- tions per Division 16 sections. B. Motor and Electric Coil Power Connections: Provide separate connections for supply fan motor and the electric heating coil at electrical connection points on outside of unit. Provide all wiring from the connection points to motor and coil. 2.5 ROOF CURBS A. Manufacturer's standard construction full perimeter curb, insulated and having corrosive protective coating, complete with factory - installed wood nailer and drain nipple. Con- struction shall be in accordance with NRCA Standards. 1. Curb Height: Minimum 14 inches. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15782 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Rooftop Make -Up Air Units ROC Chiller Plant Section 15782 2.6 MOTORS A. Refer to Section 15710 "Motors" for general requirements for factory - installed motors suitable for use with VFD. B. Motor Construction: NEMA MG 1, general purpose, continuous duty, Design B. C. Enclosure Type: Open, dripproof. D. Efficiency: Energy efficient to meet or exceed the requirements of the Washington State Energy Code. 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Verification of Performance: Rate capacity according to ARI 360, "Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air - Conditioning Equipment." 1. Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with ARI 270, "Standard for Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roof for compliance with requirements for conditions affecting installation and performance of rooftop make -up air unit. Do not proceed with installation until unsatis- factory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install unit according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install unit level and plumb, maintaining manufacturer's recommended clearances. C. Curb Support: Install roof curb on roof structure, level, according to NRCA's written installation instructions. Install and secure rooftop air conditioning units on curbs and coordinate roof penetrations and flashing with roof construction. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. The following are specific connection re- quirements: CDi Mechanical Engineers 15782 - 6 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Rooftop Make -Up Air Units ROC Chiller Plant Section 15782 1. Install ducts to terminate through roof structure. B. Electrical: Conform to applicable requirements in Division 16 Sections. C. Ground equipment. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.4 STARTUP PROCEDURES A. Verify that installation is as indicated and specified. B. Complete manufacturer's installation and startup checks and perform the following: 1. Level unit and flash curbs to unit and to roof. 2. Inspect for visible damage to unit casing. 3. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing. 4. Check that labels are clearly visible. 5. Verify that controls are connected and operable. 6. Remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie -down straps. 7. Verify that filters are installed. 8. Adjust vibration isolators. C. Lubricate bearings on fan. D. Check fan -wheel rotation for correct direction without vibration and binding. E. Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension. F. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete startup sheets and attach copy with Contractor's startup report. G. Check and record performance of interlocks and protection devices; verify sequences. H. Operate unit for an initial period as recommended or required by manufacturer. I. Adjust and check high - temperature limits. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15782 - 7 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant J. Check internal isolators. K. Check outside -air damper for proper stroke. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION 'fa,:•.l1e Rooftop Make -Up Air Units Section 15782 A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance per- sonnel as specified below: 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance. 2. Review data in the maintenance manuals. 3. Schedule training with Owner, through Engineer, with at .least 7 days' advance notice. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers 15782'- 8 : September22 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.2 SUMMARY Metal Ducts Section 15815 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories" for turning vanes and flexible connectors. 2. Division 15 Section "Diffusers and Grilles." 3. Division 15 Section "Direct Digital Control (DDC) System" for automatic vol- ume- control dampers and operators. 4. Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for air balancing and fi- nal adjusting of manual- volume dampers. A. This Section includes rectangular metal ducts and plenums for heating, ventilating, and air- conditioning systems. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Thermal Conductivity and Apparent Thermal Conductivity (k- Value): As defined in ASTM C 168. In this Section, these values are the result of the formula Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at the temperature differences specified. Values are expressed as Btu. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For sealing materials. B. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates indicating welding procedures and person- nel comply with requirements in "Quality Assurance" Article. C. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. D. Record Drawings: Indicate actual routing, fitting details, reinforcement, support, and installed accessories and devices. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15815 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Metal Ducts Section 15815 A. Welding Standards: Qualify welding procedures and welding personnel to perform welding processes for this Project according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code- - Steel," for hangers and supports. B. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," unless otherwise indicated. A. Deliver sealant materials to site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle sealant materials according to manufacturer's written recommenda- tions. C. Deliver and store stainless -steel sheets with mill- applied adhesive protective paper maintained through fabrication and installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock- forming quality; ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; mill - phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view. B. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized, sheet metal ducts. C. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 -inch minimum diameter for 36 -inch length or less; 3/8- inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.2 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Joint and Seam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is not limited to materials of ad- hesive or mastic nature but includes tapes and combinations of open -weave fabric strips and mastics. 1. Joint and Seam Sealant: One -part, nonsag, solvent - release - curing, polymerized butyl sealant, formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15815 - 2 September 22, 1999 p 1 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Metal Ducts Section 15815 2. Flanged Joint Mastics: One -part, acid - curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealants, complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O. 2.3 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS A. Building Attachments: Mechanical -anchor fasteners, or structural -steel fasteners ap- propriate for building materials. Powder actuated concrete fasteners are not allowed. 1. Install mechanical- anchor fasteners in concrete according to manufacturer's writ- ten instructions. Mechanical- anchor fasteners shall be made of steel. 2. Expanding concrete anchors shall be made of steel. B. Hanger Materials: Galvanized, sheet steel or round, threaded steel rod. 1. Straps and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Stan- dards- -Metal and Flexible" for sheet steel width and thickness and for steel rod diameters. C. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self - tapping metal screws; com- patible with duct materials. D. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. Supports for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel shapes and plates. E. Duct Seismic Restraint: Comply with SMACNA "Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems ". Use Seismic Hazard Level B. 2.4 DUCT PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS A. Rectangular Duct Static - Pressure Classifications: Construct ducts to the following: 1. Supply Ducts, unless indicated otherwise: 3 -inch wg. 2. Exhaust Ducts: 2 -inch wg, negative pressure. 2.5 RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction with galvanized, sheet steel, according to SMACNA "HVAC Duct Con- struction Standards- -Metal and Flexible ", unless indicated otherwise. Comply with re- quirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie -rod applications, and joint types and intervals. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15815 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION, GENERAL 3.2 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING B. Pressure Classification: CDi Mechanical Engineers Metal Ducts Section 15815 1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure classification. 2. Materials: Free from visual imperfections such as pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, and discolorations. 3. Material Thickness: For SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standard — Metal and Flexible ", but not less than 26 gauge. B. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches and larger and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of unbraced panel area. A. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. B. Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification indi- cated. C. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, changes in size and shape, and con- nections. D. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and per- pendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. E. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. A. General: Seal duct seams and joints according to the duct seal class described in SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- -Metal and Flexible" corresponding to the pressure class given below. 1. Below 3 -inch wg: Seal Class B; all transverse; joints and longitudinal seams. 15815 - 4 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.3 HANGING, RESTRAINING, AND SUPPORTING Metal Ducts Section 15815 A. Install rigid rectangular metal duct with support systems indicated in SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- -Metal and Flexible." B. Install duct seismic restraints as indicated in SMACNA "Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." C. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. D. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one -fourth of failure (proof -test) load. E. Install mechanical- anchor fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Connect equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." B. For branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections, comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- -Metal and Flexible ", unless indicated otherwise. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for detailed proce- dures. 3.6 CLEANING A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect the system. Vacuum ducts, and where possible, wipe ducts with moist cloth before final acceptance to remove dust and debris. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers 15815 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Duct Accessories ROC Chiller Plant Section 15820 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Diffusers and Grilles" for grilles. 2. Division 15 Section "Metal Ducts." 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Turning vanes. 2. Flexible connectors. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Comply with the following NFPA standards: 1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock- forming quality; ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; mill - phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view. B. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on . galvanized, sheet metal ducts. C. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 -inch minimum diameter for 36 -inch length or less; 3/8- inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15820 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 2.2 TURNING VANES A. Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- -Metal and Flexible." B. Manufactured Turning Vanes: Fabricate of 1 -1/2- inch -wide, curved blades set 3/4 inch o.c.; support with bars perpendicular to blades set 2 inches o.c.; and set into side strips suitable for mounting in ducts. 2.3 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. General: Flame- retarded or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying with UL 181, Class 1. Fabricate designed to meet UL 214, NFPA 90A, airtight and waterproof. B. Standard Metal -Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 3- inches wide attached to two strips of 3- inch -wide, minimum 24 -gauge thick, galvanized, sheet steel or 0.032 -inch aluminum sheets. Select metal compatible with connected ducts. C. Conventional, Indoor System Flexible Connector Fabric: Woven nylon/polyester blend with vinyl coating. 1. Minimum Weight: 22 oz. /sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 240 lbf /inch in the warp, and 220 lbf /inch in the filling. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details shown in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers Duct Accessories Section 15820 15820 - 2 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Power Ventilators Section 15853 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Sec- tion: 1. Division 15 Section "Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems Equipment" for con- trol devices. 2. Division 16 Section for disconnect switches and motor starters. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Centrifugal roof ventilators. B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include roof curbs for roof - mounted exhaust fans. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Project Altitude: Base air ratings on sea -level conditions. B. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99. C. Fan Unit Schedule: The following information is described in an equipment schedule on the Drawings. 1. Fan performance data including capacities, static pressures, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract. B. Product Data including rated capacities of each unit, weights (shipping, installed, and operating), furnished specialties, accessories, and the following: 1. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics plus motor and electrical accessories. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15853 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Power Ventilators Section 15853 ROC Chiller Plant 2. Material gages and finishes. 3. Dampers, including housings. C. Shop Drawings from manufacturer detailing equipment assemblies and indicating di- mensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, compo- nents, and location and size of each field connection. D. Wiring diagrams detailing wiring for power and control systems and differentiating clearly between manufacturer - installed and field- installed wiring. E. Maintenance data for power ventilators to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements." 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Component Standard: Provide components that comply with NFPA 70 and that are listed and labeled by UL where available. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated fixtures specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled ": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. C. AMCA Compliance: Provide products that meet performance requirements and are li- censed to use the AMCA Seal. D. NEMA Compliance: Provide components required as part of fans that comply with ap- plicable NEMA standards. E. UL Standard: Provide power ventilators that comply with UL 705. L6 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the installation of roof curb and roof penetrations with General Contractor. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish one set of belts for each belt -driven fan that match products installed, are pack- aged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels clearly de- scribing contents. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15853 - 2 September 22, 1999 1 I I r 1 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 Power Ventilators ROC Chiller Plant Section 15853 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Centrifugal Roof Ventilators: a. Cook (Loren) Co. b. Greenheck Fan Corp. c. Penn Ventilation 2.2 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS A. Description: Direct drive centrifugal fans, as indicated, consisting of housing, wheel, motor and disconnect switch, curb base, and accessories. B. Housing: Removable, galvanized steel, mushroom -domed top; square, one - piece, hinged, aluminum base with venturi inlet cone. C. Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward - inclined blades. D. Accessories: The following items are required as indicated: 1. Solid state motor speed control shipped loose for remote mounting. 2. Bird Screens: Removable 1/2 -inch mesh, aluminum or brass wire. 3. Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel- blade, backdraft dampers mounted in curb base; factory set to close when fan stops. 4. Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 2 -inch- thick, rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 2 -inch wood nailer. Size as re- quired to suit roof opening and fan base. a. Configuration: Built -in cant and mounting flange. b. Overall Height: 16 inches. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15853 - 3 September 22, 1999 2.3 MOTORS 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION CDi Mechanical Engineers Group Health #4862 Power Ventilators ROC Chiller Plant Section 15853 A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Motors" for general requirements for factory - installed motors. B. Motor Construction: NEMA MG 1, general purpose, continuous duty, Design B. C. Enclosure Type: The following features are required as indicated: 1. Open dripproof motors where satisfactorily housed or remotely located during op- eration. 2.4 FACTORY FINISHES A. Sheet Metal Parts: Prime coat before final assembly. B. Exterior Surfaces: Baked - enamel finish coat after assembly. C. Aluminum Parts: No finish required. A. Testing Requirements: The following factory tests are required as indicated: 1. Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings From Laboratory Test Data." Test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA Seal. 2. Fan Performance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests and ratings according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating." A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements of installation toler- ances and other conditions affecting performance of the power ventilators. Do not pro- ceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 15853 - 4 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Power Ventilators ROC Chiller Plant Section 15853 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install power ventilators according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Secure roof - mounted fans to roof curbs with cadmium- plated hardware. C. Label units according to requirements specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sec- tions. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors. B. Electrical: Conform to applicable requirements in Division 16 Sections. C. Grounding: Ground equipment. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.4 CLEANING A. After completing installation, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construc- tion debris, and repair damaged finishes including chips, scratches, and abrasions. B. Clean fan interiors to remove foreign material and construction debris. Vacuum clean fan wheel and cabinet. 3.5 STARTUP PROCEDURES A. Final Checks before Startup: Perform the following operations and checks before startup: 1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connec- tions for ducts, and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper ther- mal- overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnects. 3. Perform cleaning and adjusting specified in this Section. 4. Verify that dampers in connected ductwork systems are in the fully open position. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15853 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant END OF SECTION CDi:Mechanical Engineers B. Starting procedures for fans are as follows: Power" Ventilators Section 15853 1. Energize motor; verify proper operation of motor, drive system, and fan wheel. Adjust fan to indicated RPM. 2. Measure and record motor voltage and amperage. C. Refer to Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for procedures for air - handling- system testing, adjusting, and balancing. D. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design conditions. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance. B. Review data in the operation and maintenance manuals. 15853 - 6 September 22,'1999 t 1 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Diffusers and Grilles Section 15858 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for balancing diffusers, registers, and grilles. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes ducted mounted grilles. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each model indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: For each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished; indi- cate construction, finish, and mounting details. 2. Performance Data: Include throw and drop, static - pressure drop, and noise rat- ings for each type of air outlet and inlet. 3. Schedule of diffusers, registers, and grilles indicating drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. 4. Assembly Drawing: For each type of air outlet and inlet; indicate materials and methods of assembly of components. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Install diffusers, registers, and grilles according to NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air - Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." CDi Mechanical Engineers 15858 -1. September 22,- 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Air Systems Components; Krueger. 2. Titus. 3. Tuttle & Bailey. 4. Price Industries. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Grilles are indicated on Drawings. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL Diffusers and Grilles Section 15858 • A. Testing: Test performance according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." 2.4 SUPPLY GRILLES A. Performance: Provide supply grilles that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device and listed in manufacturer's current data. B. Types: Provide supply grilles of type, construction, capacity, and with accessories and finishes as indicated. 1. Supply Grille -- Louvered CDi Mechanical Engineers a. Materials: 20 gauge steel or 0.050 aluminum frame with heavy duty alumi- num blades 15858 - 2 September 22, 1999 firj 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 Group Health #4862 Diffusers and Grilles ROC Chiller Plant Section 15858 CDi Mechanical Engineers b. Grille Construction: 1 '/4 inch wide border, corners assembled with full penetration resistance welds. Screw holes countersunk. Double deflection solid airfoil blades, front blades parallel to the short dimension, spaced on 3/4 -inch centers. Blades shall extend through the side frame on each side. Blades shall be individually adjustable, held in place with tension wire, ad- justable without loosening or rattling. c. Finish: White, anodic acrylic paint. 2.5 EXHAUST GRILLES A. Performance: Provide exhaust and return grilles that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device and listed in manufacturer's current data. B. Types: Provide exhaust and return grilles of type, construction, capacity, and with ac- cessories and finishes as indicated. 1. Exhaust/Return Grille — Louvered: a. Materials: 20 -gauge roll formed steel frame and blades or 0.040 minimum extruded aluminum frame and blades. b. Grille Construction: 1 -1/4 -inch wide border, corners assembled with full penetration resistance welds. Screw holes countersunk. Blades at 45 de- gree deflection at 3/4 -inch spacing. Blades fixed in place, parallel to the long dimension of the grille. c. Finish: White, anodic acrylic paint. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where grilles are to be installed for compliance for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. Do not proceed with instal- lation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 15858 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.3 CLEANING END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers 15858 4 Diffusers and Grilles Section 15858 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install grilles level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install grilles with airtight connection to ducts. A. After installation of grilles, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed surfaces to 'remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Replace grilles that have damaged finishes. Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections: 1. See Division 15 Section "Variable Frequency Drive" for motor speed, control variable frequency drives. 2. See Division 15 Section "Meters and Gauges" for thermometers and pressures gauges. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes control equipment for HVAC systems and components. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Control system consists of DDC controllers, sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, and accessories connected to controllers to operate mechanical systems according to sequences of operation indicated or speci- fied. B. Although there are existing Landis and Barber Colman systems in the facility, the con- trol system for this project shall be configured to be stand- alone. Systems may be tied into existing at the Operator workstation level, but no spare capacity in existing DDC panels shall be used for this project. C. Replace diaphragms in existing 2- position pneumatic control valve actuators on con- denser water system as indicated on flow diagram. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Section 15050. B. Product Data for each type of product specified. Include manufacturer's technical Prod- uct Data for each control device furnished, indicating dimensions, capacities, perform- ance characteristics, electrical characteristics, finishes of materials, installation instruc- tions, and startup instructions. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 1 September 22, 1999 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 C. Shop Drawings (AutoCAD 14 or latest version) from manufacturer detailing equipment assemblies and indicating dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. D. Shop Drawings containing the following information for each control system: 1. Schematic flow diagram showing fans, pumps, coils, dampers, valves, and control devices. 2. Each control device labeled with setting or adjustable range of control. 3. Diagrams for all required electrical wiring. Clearly differentiate between factory - installed and field- installed wiring. Label/tag all field installed wiring. 4. Details of control panel faces, including controls, instruments, and labeling. 5. Written description of detailed sequence of operation. 6. Communication trunk cable schematic showing programmable control unit loca- tions and trunk data conductors. 7. Listing of connected data points, including connected control unit and input de- vice. 8. System graphics indicating monitored systems, data (connected and calculated) point addresses, and operator notations. 9. System configuration showing peripheral devices, batteries, power supplies, dia- grams, modems, and interconnections. 10. Software description and sequence of operation. E. Schedules: Valve schedules identifying valve size, fail -safe position, flow, Cv, actual pressure drop and equipment served. Damper schedules identifying damper size, fail - safe position, pressure drop and equipment served. F. Provide Point -to -Point Test and Field Quality Control and Testing Plans as outlined in Part 3, "Execution." Test Plans shall be used in final acceptance to verify operation of all points and control functions specified. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Ensure installation of components is complementary to installation of similar compo- nents in other systems. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 2 September 22, 1999 WM 1 1 1 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 B. Coordinate installation of system components with installation of mechanical systems equipment. C. Ensure system is completed and commissioned. D. Coordinate and support test/balance contractor for all balancing requirements. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Maintenance data for control systems equipment to include in the operation and mainte- nance manual specified in Section 15050. Include the following: 1. Maintenance instructions and spare parts list (including unit cost) for each type of control device. 2. Interconnection wiring diagrams with identified and numbered system compo- nents and devices. 3. Keyboard illustrations and step -by -step procedures indexed for each operator function. 4. Inspection period, cleaning methods, cleaning materials recommended, and cali- bration tolerances. 5. Calibration records and list of set points. B. Field Test Reports: Procedure and certification of control system. C. Project Record Documents: 1. Accurately record actual location of control components, including panels, con- trollers, thermostats, and sensors. 2. Revise shop drawings to reflect actual installation and operating sequences. 3. Include data specified in "Submittals" in final "Record Documents" form. 4. System software flow chart reflecting operating sequences. 5. Perform and Document results of Field Test Plan. 6. Certificate stating that control systems have been tested and adjusted for proper operation. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 3 September 22, 1999 ROC Chiller Plant CDi Mechanical Engineers Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems Section 15975 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer specializing in control system installations. B. Startup Personnel Qualifications: Engage specially trained personnel in direct employ of manufacturer of primary control system. C. Comply with NFPA 70 and 90A. D. Comply with Underwriters Laboratories (UL). E. Electrical wiring shall comply with Division 16. F. Coordinate equipment selection with Division 16 Section "Fire Alarm Systems" to achieve compatibility with equipment that interfaces with that system. 1.8 SERVICE AND GUARANTEE A. After completion of the system, including software, submit a warranty in accordance with Section 15050. Provide all services, materials and equipment necessary for the successful operation of the DDC hardware and controls during the warranty period. Preventive maintenance shall be included. Software and data shall be revised and up- dated as necessary during warranty period to maintain system performance. B. During the warranty period provide a 24 -hour emergency service number where a quali- fied automation service engineer familiar with the installed system may be reached. This engineer shall have the capability of remotely communicating with the system for troubleshooting and program alterations. The service shall have a maximum four —hour response for critical component failures. C. Provide inspection for opposite season to test, calibrate, and adjust controls; submit written report for each inspection. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store equipment and materials inside and protected from weather. 15975 - 4 September 22, 1999 1 1 1 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Approved Manufacturers / Representatives: a. Landis (System 600) / Siemens Building Technologies, Landis Division b. Barber- Colman (NETWORK 8000) / Control Contractors 2. Installer Qualifications: By the District Office of the manufacturer as a subcon- tract, or by a firm regularly engaged in the installation of building direct digital HVAC control systems for a period of not less than 5 years. The entire control system shall be installed by qualified electricians and mechanics, all of whom are properly trained and qualified for the work they perform, and directly supervised by the local representative of the component manufacturer. 2.2 BASIC DDC SYSTEM A. General: the Direct Digital Control (DDC) System shall be fully integrated and in- stalled as a complete package of controls and instrumentation. The system shall in- clude, but not limited to, all computer software and hardware, operator input/output de- vices, sensors and controls required for complete operation. Provide all wiring, instal- lation, supervision and labor, including calibration, adjustments, operator training and checkout necessary for a complete and fully operating system. B. Dial -Up Communications: A telecommunication network shall integrate the DDC sys- tem to the Control Manufacturer's computer to support diagnostics and software up- grades. This telecommunication interface shall also integrate this facility with the Fa- cility Central Operator Workstation. C. Contractor shall integrate the new system with the existing DDC system (of same manufacturer) in the facility. Operator shall have access to all facilities via the same log in screen and will utilize the same program commands, control loop software program- ming languages, and graphics representation as with all other similar systems on the fa- cility wide existing DDC system. Contractor shall provide the Operator Workstation with the latest software versions. Provide any additional operator workstation software as specified herein. D. All DDC components shall be Year 2000 compliant. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 2.3 OPERATOR WORKSTATION E. DDC system control components shall comply with ASHRAE 135. Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems Section 15975 A. Provide a hardware allowance of $2,500 for the Operator Workstation. The workstation includes a PC, monitor, and peripherals to provide a commercially available system at the time of project completion. Determination will be made after bidding whether a new workstation will be added or the functions integrated into an existing workstation. Workstation will accommodate the command entry, information management, network alarm management, and database management functions. All real -time control func- tions shall be resident in the stand -alone DDC panels. Workstation shall be general purpose, commercially available, personal computer with sufficient memory and proc- essor capacity to perform all functions described in this specification. Provide suffi- cient hard drive disk storage to accommodate all fully configured point databases, all application databases, all graphics databases, all user - defined reports, and all historical data archives as described in this specification. Provide the capacity for future point expansion. System shall be able to support five times the initial point installation with- out system performance degeneration. Point shall be defined as individual line items on DDC point list. System shall be provided with or upgraded to the latest and fastest proc- essor, configured with standard peripherals and accessories available no less than 3 months prior to project completion date. As a minimum, system shall be configured as follows: 1. Operator Workstation: a. Provide Pentium III computer, 450 MHz with 96MB RAM, 8 GB hard drive, 4 MB video card, high density floppy drive, CD ROM, zip drive, port, keyboard and mouse. Complete with operator workstation software specified. b. Provide a VGA Color Graphics monitor with 17 -inch diagonal non - reflective screen, and 1280 x 1024 pixels minimum resolution. Separate controls shall be provided for color, contrast, and brightness. c. Provide power line surge protector and UPS. B. Printer 1. Provide industry standard and commercially available Printer (Data -Log and Alarm). C. Provide a telecommunication interface with automatic dial and answer capabilities to allow the control manufacturer to support diagnostics and software upgrades. Provide log -on security screening to prevent unauthorized access. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 6 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 D. Portable Operator's Terminal: Provide one portable full function operator terminals for operator readout of system variables, override control, servicing, trouble - shooting and adjustment of control parameters. Provide all software and hardware necessary for in- terface at stand -alone DDC panels, air handling unit digital controllers, unitary digital controllers, and at space temperature sensors. If a DDC panel, controller or sensor re- quires a different portable operator terminal for interface, provide one of each type. Complete with carrying case. 2.4 OPERATOR WORKSTATION SOFTWARE A. Command Entry/Menu Selection Process: Provide all software for a complete and op- erational system as described herein. Software shall include manufacturer's standard multi - tasking, multi -user operating system for operator consoles and controllers, net- work communication software for dial -up and hard wired trunk applications, operator man - machine interface software, control application software and all other software necessary to provide the functions specified. Operator workstation shall use Microsoft "Windows or NT" operating platform. Operator Workstation interface software shall minimize operator training through the use of English language prompting, English lan- guage point identification, and industry standard PC application software. The operator interface shall minimize the use of a typewriter style keyboard through the use of a mouse or similar pointing device, and "point and click" approach to menu selection. Users shall be able to start and stop equipment or change set points from graphical dis- plays through the use of a mouse or similar pointing device. B. Password Protection: Multiple -level password access protection shall be provided to allow the user /manager to limit workstation control, display and database manipulation capabilities as he deems appropriate for each user, based upon an assigned password. 1. Passwords shall be exactly the same for all operator devices, including portable or panel- mounted network terminals. Any additions or changes made to password definition shall automatically cause passwords at all DDC panels on a network to be updated and down loaded to minimize the task of maintaining system security. Users shall not be required to update passwords for DDC panels individually. 2. A minimum of six levels of access shall be supported. 3. A minimum of 15 passwords shall be supported at each DDC panel. 4. Operators will be able to perform only those commands available for their re- spective passwords. Menu selections displayed at any operator device, including portable or panel mounted devices, shall be limited to only those items defined for the access level of the password used to log -on. 5. User - definable, automatic log -off timers of from 1 to 60 minutes shall be pro- vided to prevent operators from inadvertently leaving devices on -line. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 7 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems Section 15975 C. Operator Commands: The operator interface shall allow the operator to perform com- mands including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Start-up or shutdown selected equipment. 2. Adjust set points. 3. Add/Modify/Delete time programming. 4. Enable/Disable process execution. 5. Lock/Unlock alarm reporting for each point. 6. Enable/Disable Totalization for each point. 7. Enable/Disable Trending for each point. 8. Override PID Loop set points. 9. Enter temporary override schedules. 10. Define Holiday Schedules. 11. Change time /date. 12. Enter/Modify analog alarm limits. 13. Enter/Modify analog warning limits. 14. View limits. 15. Enable /Disable Demand Limiting for each meter. 16. Enable/Disable Duty Cycle for each load. D. Dynamic Color Graphics Software: System software shall provide user interface through which viewing and commanding may be done using a "mouse" pointing device. The operator shall be able to access to any level of desired system information without being required to enter any commands from the keyboard. 1. Windowing: Windowing user interface shall be provided to allow operator to si- multaneously view several different types of system displays at the same time to analyze system operation (i.e. air handling unit equipment graphic display and several trend graph of associated space temperatures simultaneously displayed). The system shall be capable of a graphic display associated with an alarm to be viewed without interrupting work in progress. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 8 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 2. Dynamic Data Displays: Dynamic temperature values, humidity values, flow val- ues, and status indication shall be shown in their respective locations, area served, and shall automatically update to represent current conditions without operator interface 3. System Selection and Penetration: The operator interface shall allow users to ac- cess the various system schematics and floor plans via a graphical penetration scheme, menu selection, or text based commands. Provide a logical penetration of graphical displays from a site plan on down to each level of digital controllers 4. Graphics Generation: Graphics generation software shall be provided to allow the user to add, modify, or delete system graphic displays. A minimum of 15 colors shall be available for use. Provide a library of pre - engineered screens and sym- bols depicting standard HVAC components (e.g. fans, coils, filters, dampers, ter- minal units, heat pumps, circulation pumps, cooling towers, etc.). E. Logs and Summaries 1. Reports shall be generated automatically or manually, and directed to either CRT displays, printers, or disk files. As a minimum, the system shall allow the user to easily obtain the following types of reports: a. A general listing of all points in the network. b. List all points currently in alarm. c. List of all off -line points. d. List all points currently in override status. e. List of all disabled points. f. List all points currently locked out. g. List of all items defined in a "follow -up" file. h. List all Weekly Schedules. i. List all Holiday Programming. j. List of Limits and Deadbands. 2. Summaries shall be provided for specific points, for a logical point group, for a user - selected group of groups, or for the entire facility without restriction due to the hardware configuration of the facility management system. Under no condi- tions shall the operator need to specify the address of hardware controller to ob- tain system information. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 9 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 F. System Configuration and Definition: All temperature and equipment control strategies and energy management routines shall be definable by the operator. System definition and modification procedures shall not interfere with normal system operation and con- trol. G. The system shall be provided complete with all equipment and documentation neces- sary to allow an operator to independently perform the following functions: 1. Add/Delete/Modify Stand -alone DDC Panels. 2. Add/Delete/Modify Operator Workstations. 3. Add/Delete/Modify Application Specific Controllers. 4. Add/Delete/Modify points of any type, and all associated point parameters, and tuning constants. 5. Add/Delete/Modify alarm reporting definition for each point. 6. Add/Delete/Modify control loops. 7. Add/Delete /Modify energy management applications. 8. Add/Delete/Modify time- and calendar -based programming. 9. Add/Delete/Modify Totalization for every point. 10. Add/Delete/Modify Historical Data Trending for every point. 11. Add/Delete/Modify custom control processes. 12. Add/Delete/Modify any and all graphic displays, symbols, and cross - references to point data. 13. Add/Delete/Modify dial -up telecommunication definition. 14. Add/Delete/Modify all operator passwords. 15. Add/Delete/Modify Alarm Messages. H. Programming Description: The system shall permit an operator to create, modify and document all process control sequences including all DDC application software, energy management software, and alarm processes. Manufacturer latest technology program- ming methods shall be provided, i.e. modified basic, graphical or block programming format. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 10 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 I. Network -Wide Strategy Development: Inputs and outputs for any process shall not be restricted to a single stand -alone DDC panel, but shall be able to include data from any stand -alone DDC panel to allow the development of network -wide control strategies. Processes shall also allow the operator to use the results of one process as the input to any number of the other processes (cascading). J. System Definition/Control Sequence Documentation: All portions of system definition shall be documented to provide hard copy printouts of all configuration and application data. Control process and DDC control loop documentation shall be provided in logi- cal, graphical or block flow diagram format to allow control sequences to be easily in- terpreted and modified at any time in the future. K. Database Save/Restore/Back-Up: Back -up copies of all stand -alone DDC panel data- bases shall be stored in at central operator workstation. Continuous supervision of the integrity of all DDC panel data bases shall be provided. In the event that any DDC panel on the network experiences a loss of its data base for any reason, the user shall have the ability to manually execute to download a new copy or any portions of the re- spective data base to restore proper operation. L. Third Party Software Package: Provide the capability and capacity to run specific third party software packages for word processing, spreadsheets and database management programs and shall provide for on -line data transfer from DDC network or from ar- chived historical data. Use of third party software shall operate concurrently with other tasks such as alarm logging, and report data gathering. Provide software package to analyze trended point in graphic format with measured variable on y -axis and time vari- able on x -axis. 2.5 LOCAL AREA NETWORK A. Operator workstations and stand -alone DDC panels shall reside directly on a local area network such that communications may be executed directly between controllers, di- rectly between workstations, and between controllers and workstations on a peer to peer basis. All points connected to network shall be accessible through any operator work- station on the network. Any point on the network shall be available to any controller on the network for control loop processing. B. All operator devices, either network resident or connected via dial -up modems, shall have the ability to access all point status and application report data, or execute control functions for any and all other devices via the local area network. Access to data shall be based upon logical identification of building equipment. Access to system data shall not be restricted by the hardware configuration of the facility management system. The hardware configuration of the network shall be transparent to the user when accessing data or developing control programs. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 11 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 C. Control Manufacturer highest available speed data transfer rates shall be provided for all communications, alarm reporting, quick report generation from controllers, and up- load/download efficiency between network devices. D. Provide synchronization of the real -time clocks in all DDC panels. E. Local Area network communication trunk and software shall support a minimum of 30 stand -alone DDC panels or operator's workstations or any combination of both. 2.6 STAND -ALONE DDC PANELS A. General: Standalone DDC panels shall be microprocessor based, multi- tasking, multi - user, real -time digital control processors. Modular in design and consisting of processor board with programmable RAM memory, power supplies, and input/output modules. B. Each DDC panel shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating system and databases including: 1. Control processes. 2. Energy Management Applications. 3. Alarm Management. 4. Historical/Trend Data for all points. 5. Maintenance Support Applications. 6. Custom Processes. 7. Operator 1/0. 8. Dial -Up Communications. 9. Manual Override Monitoring. C. Each DDC panel shall support the following types of point inputs and outputs: 1. Digital Inputs for status /alarm contacts. 2. Digital Outputs for on/off equipment control. 3. Analog Inputs for temperature, pressure, humidity, flow, and position measure- ments. 4. Analog Outputs for valve and damper position control, and speed capacity control of primary equipment. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 12 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 5. Pulse Inputs for pulsed contact monitoring. 6. Spare points: Provide a minimum of one spare points for each Input/Output point type (not including pulse inputs). D. Each stand -alone DDC panel communication trunk and software shall support a mini- mum of 100 controllers. Controllers shall consist of any combination of future applica- tion specific controllers such as air handling unit digital controllers, variable air volume terminal unit controllers, and unitary controllers. E. Stand -alone DDC panels shall be provided with at least two RS -232C serial data com- munication port for operator I/O devices such as industry standard printers, portable op- erators terminals or portable lap -top computers. In lieu of above, one RS -232C serial data communication port and a local operator access and display panel shall be pro- vided. F. Each DDC panel shall continuously perform self - diagnostics, communication diagnosis and diagnosis of all subsidiary equipment. The DDC panel shall provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, or repeated failure to establish communication. Indication of the diagnostic results shall be provided at each DDC panel, and shall not require the connection of an operator 110 device. G. In the event of the loss of all power, there shall be an orderly shutdown of all stand- alone DDC panels to prevent the loss of database or operating system software. Non- volatile memory shall be incorporated for all critical controller configuration data, and battery back -up shall be provided to support the real -time clock and all RAM memory. Upon restoration of normal power, the DDC panel shall automatically resume full op- eration without manual intervention. Should DDC panel memory be lost for any rea- son, the user shall have the capability of reloading the DDC panel via the local area network, via the local RS -232C port, or via telephone line dial -in. H. Agency Listing: UL 916. 2.7 STAND -ALONE DDC PANEL SOFTWARE A. All necessary software to form a complete operating system as described in this specifi- cation shall be provided. The software programs specified in this section shall be pro- vided as an integral part of the DDC panel and shall not be dependent upon any higher level computer for execution. Provide multiple copies and licensing agreements as nec- essary to support the specified quantity of workstations and portable terminals. B. Pre - Tested Control Algorithms: The DDC panels shall have the ability to perform the following pre- tested control algorithms 1. Two Position Control. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 13 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 2. Proportional Control. 3. Proportional plus Integral Control. 4. Proportional, Integral, plus Derivative Control. 1 1 5. Automatic Control Loop Tuning. C. Equipment Cycling Protection: Control software shall . include a provision for limiting the number of times each piece of equipment may be cycled within any given time pe- riod. 1 D. Heavy Equipment Delays: The system shall provide protection against excessive de- mand situations during start-up periods by automatically introducing time delays be- tween successive start commands to heavy electrical loads. E. Power Failure Motor Restart: Upon the resumption of normal power, the DDC panel shall analyze the status of all controlled equipment, compare it with normal occupancy scheduling, and turn equipment on or off as necessary to resume normal operation, in- cluding start time delays as described above. 1 F. Energy Management Applications 1. DDC Panels shall have the ability to perform any or all of the following energy management routines: a. Time of Day Scheduling. b. Calendar Based Scheduling. c. Holiday Scheduling. d. Temporary Schedule Overrides. e. Optimal Start. f. Optimal Stop. g. Night Setback Control. h. Enthalpy or Dry bulb Switch over (Economizer). i. Peak Demand Limiting. j. Temperature Compensated Load Rolling. k. Fan Speed/CFM Control. Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems Section 15975 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 14 September 22, 1999 1 1 a Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 2. All programs shall be executed automatically without the need for operator inter- vention, and shall be flexible enough to allow user customization. Programs shall be applied to building equipment as described in the sequence of operation. G. Custom Process Programming Capability: DDC panels shall be able to execute custom, job - specific processes defined by the user, to automatically perform calculations and special control routines. 1. Process Inputs and Variables: It shall be possible to use any of the following in a custom process: a. Any system- measured point data or status. b. Any calculated data. c. Any results from other processes. d. User - Defined Constants. e. Arithmetic functions ( +, -, *,/, square root, exp., etc.) - Boolean logic opera- tors (and, or, exclusive or, etc.) - On- delay /Off -delay /One -shot timers. 2. Process Triggers: Custom processes may be triggered based on any combination of the following: a. Time interval. b. Time of day. c. Date. CDi Mechanical Engineers 1. Heating/Cooling Interlock. m. Hot Water Reset. n. Chilled Water Reset. o. Condenser Water Reset. p. Chiller Sequencing. q. Boiler Sequencing. r. Enthalpy Control. s. Lighting Controls Interface. t. Power Monitoring Interface. 15975 - 15 ,September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 d. Other processes. e. Time programming. f. Events (e.g., point alarms). H. Dynamic Data Access: A single process shall be able to incorporate measured or cal- culated data from any and all other DDC panels on the local area network. In addition, a single process shall be able to issue commands to points in any and all other DDC panels on the local area network. I. Advisory/Message Generation: Processes shall be able to generate operator messages and advisories to operator I/O devices. A process shall be able to directly send a mes- sage to a specified device, buffer the information in a follow -up file, or cause the exe- cution of a dial -up connection to a remote device such as a printer or pager. J. Custom Process Documentation: The custom control programming feature shall be self - documenting. All interrelationships defined by this feature shall be documented via graphics flowcharts and English language descriptors. K. Alarm Management: Alarm management shall be provided to monitor, buffer, and di- rect alarm reports to operator devices and memory files. Each DDC panel shall perform distributed, independent alarm analysis and filtering to minimize operator interruptions due to non - critical alarms, minimize network traffic, and prevent alarms from being lost. At no time shall the DDC panel's ability to report alarms be affected by either op- erator activity at a PC Workstation or local I/O device, or communications with other panels on the network. 1. Point Change Report Description: All alarm or point change reports shall include the point's English language description, and the time and date of occurrence. 2. Prioritization: The user shall be able to define the specific system reaction for each point. Alarms shall be prioritized to minimize nuisance reporting and to speed operator response to critical alarms. A minimum of three priority levels shall be provided. Each DDC panel shall automatically inhibit the reporting of selected alarms during system shutdown and start -up. Users shall have the ability to manually inhibit alarm reporting for each point. The user shall also be able to define under which conditions point changes need to be acknowledged by an op- erator, and/or sent to follow -up files for retrieval and analysis at a later date. 3. Report Routing: Alarm reports, messages, and files will be directed to a user - defined list of operator devices, or PC's used for archiving alarm information. Alarms shall also be automatically directed to a default device in the event a pri- mary device is found to be off -line. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 16 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 4. Alarm Messages: In addition to the point's descriptor and the time and date, the user shall be able to print, display or store an alarm message to more fully de- scribe the alarm condition or direct operator response. 5. Alarms shall be generated for, but not limited to the following: a. Motor is commanded on or off but motor status input indicates no change. b. Room temperature or static pressure strays outside selectable limits. c. An analog input takes a value indicating sensor failure. d. A module or node is "dead" to the LAN. e. A power outage occurs. L. Historical Data and Trend Analysis: A variety of Historical data collection utilities shall be provided to automatically sample, store, and display system data in all of the following ways. 1. Point Histories: Stand -alone DDC panels shall continuously and automatically sample the value of all analog inputs on a user defined time or change of state in- tervals. 2. Extended Sample Period Trends: Measured and calculated analog and binary data shall also be assign able to user - definable trends for the purpose of collecting op- erator specified performance data over extended periods of time. Sample inter- vals shall be operator selected change of value based or time based shall be pro- vided. Each stand -alone DDC panel shall have a dedicated buffer for trend data. 3. Data Storage and Archiving: Trend data shall be stored at the Stand -alone DDC panels, and uploaded to hard disk storage when archives is desired. Uploads shall occur based upon either user - defined interval, manual command, or when the trend buffers become full. M. Runtime Totalization: Standalone DDC panels shall have the capability to automati- cally accumulate and store runtime hours for all binary input and output points. 1. The totalization routine shall have a sampling resolution of one minute or less. 2. The user shall have the ability to define a warning limit for runtime totalization. Unique, user - specified messages shall be generated when the limit is reached. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 17 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems Section 15975 N. Analog/Pulse Totalization: Standalone DDC panels shall automatically sample, calcu- late and store consumption totals on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis for user - selected analog and binary pulse input -type points. 1. Totalization shall provide calculation and storage of accumulations of up to 99,999.9 units (e.g. KWH, gallons, KBTU, tons. etc.). 2. The totalization routine shall have a sampling resolution of one minute or less. 3. The user shall have the ability to define a warning limit. Unique, user - specified messages shall be generated when the limit is reached. O. Event Totalization: Stand -alone DDC panels shall have the ability to count events such as the number of times a pump or fan system is cycled on and off. Event totalization shall be performed on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis. 1. The event totalization feature shall be able to store the records associated with a user defined minimum before reset. 2. The user shall have the ability to define a warning limit. Unique, user - specified messages shall be generated when the limit is reached. P. Interlocking: 1. Permit events to occur, based on changing condition of one or more associated master points. 2. Binary contact, high/low limit of analog point or computed point shall be capable of being utilized as master. Same master may monitor or command multiple slaves. 3. Operator Commands: a. Define single master /multiple master interlock process. b. Define logic interlock process. c. Lock/unlock program. d. Enable /disable interlock process. e. Execute /terminate interlock process. f. Request interlock type summary. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 18 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 2.8 AIR HANDLING UNIT CONTROLLER (AHU) A. AHU Controllers shall support, but not be limited to, the following configurations of systems to address current requirements and for future expansion: 1. Mixed Air - Single Path (Constant and Variable Air Volume Systems). 2. Mixed Air -Dual Path. 3. 100% Outside Air. B. AHU Controllers shall support all the necessary point inputs and outputs to perform the specified control sequences in a totally stand -alone fashion. Provide a minimum of one spare points for each Input/Output point type. Application programs and parameter data shall be stored in nonvolatile memory (EEPROM). C. The operator interface to any AHU point data or program shall be through any network - resident PC workstation, or any PC or portable operator's terminal connected to any DDC panel in the network. D. Provide NEMA rated enclosure suitable for application. A local disconnect shall be provided at each controller to individually disconnect control power without interrup- tion to any other controller. E. Agency Listing: UL 916. 2.9 UNITARY CONTROLLERS A. Unitary Controllers shall support, but not be limited to, the control of the following con- figurations of unitary equipment to address current requirements as described in the se- quence of operation, and for future expansion: 1. Unit Ventilators (ASHRAE Cycle I,11,111, or W). 2. Heat Pumps (Air to Air, Air to Water). 3. Packaged Rooftops. 4. Fan Coils. 5. Cabinet Heaters. B. Unitary Controllers shall support all the necessary point inputs and outputs to perform the specified control sequences in a totally stand -alone fashion. Application programs and parameter data shall be stored in nonvolatile memory (EEPROM). CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 19 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 C. The modes of operation supported by the UV Controllers shall minimally include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Day/Weekly Schedule. 2. Comfort/Occupancy Mode. 3. Economy Mode (Standby Mode, Unoccupied, etc.). 4. Temporary Override Mode. D. The operator interface to any unitary controller point data or programs shall be through any network- resident PC workstation, any PC or portable operator's terminal connected to any DDC panel in the network, or through terminal jack at room temperature sensor. E. Provide NEMA enclosure rated for plenum use. A local disconnect shall be provided at each unitary controller to individually disconnect control power without interruption to any other digital controller. F. Agency Listing: UL 916. 2.10 SURGE PROTECTION Provide Surge and transient protection consisting of devices installed externally to all digital controllers and operator workstations. A. Power Line Surge Protection Surge suppressers external to digital controller, shall be installed on all incoming AC power. Surge suppresser shall be rated by UL 1449, and have clamping voltage ratings below the following levels: 1. Normal Mode (Line to Neutral): 350 Volts 2. Common Mode (Line to Ground): 350 Volts B. Each stand -alone panel shall be equipped with an Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) capable of sustaining power for 5 minutes upon loss of normal power. C. Telephone and Communication Line Surge Protection: Metal oxide varistor (MOV) protection or equivalent, rated for the application, shall be installed at the equipment. Additional protection, gas tubes rated for the application, shall be installed within 3 feet of the building cable entrance or within 3 feet of the telephone company's network inter- face. D. Sensor and Control Wiring Surge Protection: Controllers shall have sensor and control wiring surge protection with optical isolation, metal oxide varistors (MOV), or silicon avalanche devices. Fuses are not permitted for surge protection. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 20 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 2.11 WIRING Provide complete electric wiring for temperature control apparatus, including trans- former primaries. Control conductors shall not be run in the same conduit as power circuit conductors. A. AC Control Wiring: 1. Control wiring for 24 V circuits shall be insulated copper 18 AWG minimum and shall be rated for 300 VAC service. 2. Wiring for 120 VAC shall be 14 AWG minimum and shall be rated for 600 VAC service. B. DDC Analog Signal Wiring: Analog signal wiring for analog inputs and analog outputs shall be 18 AWG single or multiple twisted pair. Each pair greater than one shall be 100 percent shielded, and have 20 AWG drain wire. Exception is direct connect RTD wiring which shall be 18 AWG minimum twisted pair, 100 percent shielded, and with 20 AWG drain wire. Each wire shall have insulation rated to 300 VAC. Cables shall have an overall aluminum- polyester or tinned- copper cable - shield tape, overall 20 AWG tinned copper cable drain wire, and overall cable insulation rated to 300 VAC. 2.12 CONTROL COMPONENTS A. Temperature Sensors: 1. Pipe Temperature sensors shall be nickel or platinum type RTD's, factory cali- brated within plus or minus 0.1 degrees F. 2. Use insertion elements in ducts not effected by temperature stratification. Use averaging elements in duct prone to stratification with length at least the widest dimension of the duct cross section. 3. Insertion elements for liquids shall be stainless steel encased and matched with the temperature wells installed with a minimum insertion length of 2 -1/2 inches. 4. Provide outside air temperature sensors with watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct rays of sun. 5. Room Temperature Sensors: Analog or thermistor type complete with mounting bracket, blank vertical locking cover. Each room temperature sensor shall be pro- vided with an integral terminal jack for portable operators terminal interface. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 21 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 B. Spans and Ranges 1. Temperature: a. 50 degrees F span: Room, chilled water, condenser water. b. 100 degrees F span: Outside air. 2. Pressure: a. -0.25 to .25 inches of water differential range: Static pressure of rooms. b. 0 to 100 PSI differential range: Pumps. C. Differential Static Pressure Sensors/Transmitters: Provide integral pressure transducer and transmitter. Output of pressure instrument shall be 4 -20 mA signal proportional to the pressure span. Accuracy shall be 1.0- percent, linearity shall be 0.1- percent. Supply voltage shall be 24 V. Unidirectional with range not exceeding 150- percent of maxi- mum expected input. D. Actuators: Provide for all motor - operated dampers and valves of sufficient size and type, matched to application. 1. Electric or Electronic Actuators: Provide with solid state positioner to stop auto- matically at end of travel. Complete with permanently lubricated gear train. Pro- <E vide analog, current proportional, or 2- position actuators with visual position in- dication. Provide with spring return to normally -open or normally- closed on loss of control power. Power return type actuators shall not be acceptable. Substitu- tion for 3 -point floating type actuators suitable for pulse width modulation control in lieu of analog type actuators shall be permitted only for Terminal Units, Unit Heaters, Fan Coil Units, Cabinet Heaters, Finned Tube Radiation, and Convec- tors. Use of non - analog type actuators for any other applications shall not be al- lowed without prior approval. Provide position feedback for actuators as speci- fied in "DDC Point List ". E. Control Dampers: Provide low leakage control dampers where not furnished with package units. Damper leakage rate shall not exceed 0.5 percent (of damper based on 2000 fpm duct velocity) when closed against 4 -inch water gage static pressure; com- plete with extruded aluminum, stainless steel or zinc - coated steel blades, with extruded vinyl or rubber edge seals: blade ends sealed with aluminum or stainless steel "arc" seals. External frame of heavy gage welded steel with 1/4 -inch plate bearing bars and bronze insert bearings. Coordinate with Division 15 Section "Metal Ducts" for installa- tion provisions, 1 CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 22 September 22, 1999 i Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant F. Control Panels: Provide for controls and instruments. Panels shall be UL listed, NEMA type rated for application and location, surface or flush mounted panel as indicated with key locked door with continuous hinge. Manufacturer's standard baked enamel finish. G. Differential Pressure Switches: 1. Filter Status: Diaphragm operated which actuate a SPDT snap action switch. A field adjustable pressure set point with a range suitable for air flow status applica- tions. The switch voltage and current rating shall be double the load require- ments. Provide sensing tubes connected to tips with multiple holes and bulkhead fittings specifically designed for air flow sensing. H. Refrigerant Leak Detector: Provide self- contained R -123 refrigerant vapor detector ca- pable of detecting hazardous gas levels. Provide with alarm contacts for 2 separate concentration levels as indicated. Self - contained unit shall also be provided with local audible and visual alarm indication based on preset alarm levels. I. Control Relays: Shall be rated for the application, with a minimum of two sets of Form C contacts, enclosed in a dustproof enclosure. Relays shall be rated for a minimum life of one million operations. Operating time shall be 20 milliseconds or less, with release time of 10 milliseconds or less. Relays should be equipped with coil transient suppres- sion devices to limit transients to 150 percent of rated coil voltage. J. Current Sensing Switch: Provide for obtaining pump and/or fan status. Normally open switch with adjustable range for switch closure suitable for application. K. Contactors: Single coil electrically operated. Contacts shall be double break silver to silver. Number of contacts and rating shall be selected for the application intended. Operating and release times shall be 100 milliseconds or less. Contactors shall be equipped with coil transient suppression devices to limit transients to 150 percent of rated coil voltage. L. Transformer: Provide transformers shall conformance to UL 506. Power digital con- trollers on the primary communication trunk from dedicated circuit breakers. Provide a fuse cutout on the secondary side of the transformer. M. Nameplates: Laminated plastic 1/16 -inch thick with neatly beveled edges and screwed to panel. Color shall be black with 0.375 -inch white engraved block lettering. CDi Mechanical Engineers Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems Section 15975 15975 - 23 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 2.13 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INTERFACE A. Fire Alarm System Interface: Fire alarm system and air handling equipment smoke de- tectors shall be provided under Division 16. Provide all hardware, software and wiring required for DDC system interface. Coordinate DDC requirements with Fire Alarm System Contractor. 2.14 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE INTERFACE A. Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) shall be provided under Section "Variable Frequency Drives. Provide all hardware, software and wiring required for DDC system interface. Coordinate DDC requirements with VFD manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. B. Notify the Owner Representative in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 3.2 INSTALLATION (GENERAL) A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide all miscellaneous devices, hardware, software, interconnections installation and programming required to insure a complete operating system in accordance with the se- quences of operation and point schedules. 3.3 LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS A. Locate and install components for easy accessibility; in general, mount 60- inches (pan- els measured from top edge) above floor with minimum 3' -0" clear access space in front of units. B. All instruments, switches, transmitters, etc., shall be suitably wired and mounted to protect them from vibration and high temperature. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 24 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 C. Identification: Provide permanently mounted tags to all instruments with point address designation, system reference and description. Label all wiring, tubing at each end to match control diagrams. D. Control Panels: 1. Provide for controls and instruments at equipment and in mechanical room. 2. Install temperature gages and pilot lights flush on the cabinet door. Install con- trollers, switches, timers, transformers, and relays in the interior of the cabinet; mount on a steel or aluminum subpanel or on the back panel of the cabinet. Pro- vide and label control parameters and test points within the panel for total evalua- tion of system operation. Electrical controls shall be wired to numbered screw type terminal strips. E. Digital Controllers: 1. Provide DDC controllers configured to control a single mechanical system such as an air handling unit, terminal unit, chilled water system, heating water system, etc., to operate a system in a complete standalone mode. DDC controllers shall be able to operate and control respective system upon loss of DDC system network communication. 2. Provide digital control cabinets that protect digital controller electronics from dust, at locations shown on the drawings. 3. Provide a disconnect power switch at each digital controller. F. Temperature Sensors: Provide temperature sensors in locations to sense the appropriate condition. Provide sensor where they are easy to access and service without special tools. Calibrate sensors to accuracy specified. In no case will sensors designed for one application be installed for another application. 1. Room Temperature Sensors: Provide on interior walls to sense average room temperature conditions. ,Avoid locations which may be covered by office furni- ture. Room temperature sensors should not be mounted on exterior walls when other locations are available. Unless otherwise indicated, mount centerline of sensor at 5 feet above finished floor. 2. Duct Temperature Sensors: CDi Mechanical Engineers a. Select specific sensor location within duct to accurately sense appropriate air temperatures. Do not locate sensors in dead air spaces or positions ob- structed by ducts or equipment. Install gaskets between the sensor housing and duct wall. Seal duct and insulation penetrations. 15975 - 25 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 1 1 b. Install duct averaging sensors, freeze protection sensors, between two rigid supports in a serpentine position to sense average conditions. Thermally 1 isolate temperature - sensing elements from supports. Provide duct access doors to averaging sensors. 3. Immersion Temperature Sensors: Provide thermowells for sensors measuring temperatures in liquid applications or pressure vessels. Locate wells to sense continuous flow conditions. Do not install wells using extension couplings. Where piping diameters are smaller than the length of the wells, provide wells in piping at elbows to effect proper flow across entire area of well. Wells shall not restrict flow area to less than 70 percent of the pipe area. Increase piping size as required to avoid restriction. Provide thermowells with thermal transmission material within the well to speed the response of temperature measurement. Pro- vide wells with sealing nuts to contain the thermal transmission material. 4. Outside Air Temperature Sensors: Provide outside air temperature sensor on north side of the building, away from exhaust hoods, air intakes and other areas that may affect temperature readings. Provide sunshields to protect outside air sensor from direct sunlight. G. Damper Actuators: Actuators shall not be mounted in the air stream. H. Thermometers: Provide thermometers at locations indicated. Mount thermometers to allow readability when standing on the floor. I. Pressure Sensors: 1. Differential Pressure: a. General: Install pressure sensing tips in locations to sense appropriate pres- sure conditions. b. Duct Static Pressure Sensing: Locate duct static pressure tip approximately two - thirds of distance from supply fan to end of duct with the greatest pres- sure drop. c. Pumping Proof with Differential Pressure Switches: Install high pressure side between pump discharge and check valve. d. Steam Pressure Sensing: Install snubbers and isolation valves on steam pressure sensing applications. 1 2. Pressure Gages: Install pressure gages at locations indicated. Mount pressure gages to allow readability while standing on the floor. Pneumatic output lines shall have pressure gages mounted near the digital controllers. 1 CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 26 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 3.4 CONTROL WIRING AND CONDUIT A. All control wiring, all conduit for control wiring, and all miscellaneous accessory equipment for control wiring systems shall be provided by the Control Subcontractor as part of the control system. Conform to Division 16 requirements, NFPA 70, and all lo- cal code requirements. B. All wiring in or through mechanical rooms, finished spaces, on roofs, in walls, below grade and inside equipment (except within control wiring compartments or control pan- els) shall be installed in conduit and properly supported. Label wire groups to match corresponding wiring diagrams. C. Plenum Cable: Not allowed. D. Instrumentation and communication cable shall not be run together in the same conduit or raceway as power wiring. E. Communication Cable: Provide all communication wiring between operator worksta- tion and standalone DDC panels, between standalone DDC panels and application spe- cific controllers such as AHU, Unitary or VAV digital controllers. All communication cable shall be checked for continuity, grounding, and shielding. Local area network communication wiring between operator workstations and standalone DDC panels shall be in conduit. F. Grounding: Ground controllers and cabinets to a good earth ground. Grounding of the green AC ground wire, at the breaker panel, alone is not adequate. Run metal conduit from controller panels to adequate building grounds. Ground sensor drain wire shields at controller end. All associated ground loop problems shall be corrected. G. Power requirements for control components shall be provided as indicated. Provide ad- ditional power requirements for any other components from nearest electrical panel. Provide additional circuit breakers rated and labeled for service. Unless approved by the Electrical Engineer, spare breakers shall not be used. Coordinate with Electrical Contractor. H. Provide interface control wiring for equipment with remote sensors, panels, limits, and components, etc., to serve specified control functions. Materials, wiring and termina- tion shall be provided and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. 1. Chillers: Flow switches and temperature sensors. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 27 September 22, 1999 .;, ••$•r" „,,,,•••• • 0 7` • • • :.••••.../.* •-•- 4. • t. • .• • •••sr. • 4 41( ,.4,i.Iit'(iliti.l.ti.t..411101€64* - . • • • ,v '2.••• • • " ' • • • ,••••••• • • • ..•• • • ' 4 7.4 '4447 ‘j. • " • 4 • ••z**0,•; 4. • • •••• '7' • • " •••• -;;,..?••••,••• • ••.‘ .4%••;: •, • "'COC 1414°**4111 • IA 7 ' ;`••' ebs0.1;415„.., • . • t .„„ • • ' , , ., , ix, ' 4 • P -'-'-' ' 1 ,,,...r • ") ,,,,••••,- ' , "aff.A. -" ' •• ., ' ` ,,3 "i-• .., .., t'3`' q :-;a :4 --v; -* • %.k.s* ' izt,u4...t•;• • ' - ''• 4 • •••; •••• . '‘ A •• RETAKE OF PREVIOUS DOCUMENT Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 1 b. Install duct averaging sensors, freeze protection sensors, between two rigid supports in a serpentine position to sense average conditions. Thermally isolate temperature- sensing elements from supports. Provide duct access doors to averaging sensors. 3. Immersion Temperature Sensors: Provide thermowells for sensors measuring temperatures in liquid applications or pressure vessels. Locate wells to sense continuous flow conditions. Do not install wells using extension couplings. 1 Where piping diameters are smaller than the length of the wells, provide wells in piping at elbows to effect proper flow across entire area of well. Wells shall not restrict flow area to less than 70 percent of the pipe area. Increase piping size as required to avoid restriction. Provide thermowells with thermal transmission material within the well to speed the response of temperature measurement. Pro- vide wells with sealing nuts to contain the thermal transmission material. j 4. Outside Air Temperature Sensors: Provide outside air temperature sensor on north side of the building, away from exhaust hoods, air intakes and other areas that may affect temperature readings. Provide sunshields to protect outside air sensor from direct sunlight. G. Damper Actuators: Actuators shall not be mounted in the air stream. H. Thermometers: Provide thermometers at locations indicated. Mount thermometers to 1 allow readability when standing on the floor. I. Pressure Sensors: 1. Differential Pressure: a. General: Install pressure sensing tips in locations to sense appropriate pres- sure conditions. b. Duct Static Pressure Sensing: Locate duct static pressure tip approximately two - thirds of distance from supply fan to end of duct with the greatest pres- sure drop. 1 c. Pumping Proof with Differential Pressure Switches: Install high pressure side between pump discharge and check valve. 1 d. Steam Pressure Sensing: Install snubbers and isolation valves on steam pressure sensing applications. 2. Pressure Gages: Install pressure gages at locations indicated. Mount pressure gages to allow readability while standing on the floor. Pneumatic output lines shall have pressure gages mounted near the digital controllers. 1 CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 26 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 3.4 CONTROL WIRING AND CONDUIT A. All control wiring, all conduit for control wiring, and all miscellaneous accessory equipment for control wiring systems shall be provided by the Control Subcontractor as part of the control system. Conform to Division 16 requirements, NFPA 70, and all lo- cal code requirements. B. All wiring in or through mechanical rooms, finished spaces, on roofs, in walls, below grade and inside equipment (except within control wiring compartments or control pan- els) shall be installed in conduit and properly supported. Label wire groups to match corresponding wiring diagrams. C. Plenum Cable: Not allowed. D. Instrumentation and communication cable shall not be run together in the same conduit or raceway as power wiring. E. Communication Cable: Provide all communication wiring between operator worksta- tion and standalone DDC panels, between standalone DDC panels and application spe- cific controllers such as AHU, Unitary or VAV digital controllers. All communication cable shall be checked for continuity, grounding, and shielding. Local area network communication wiring between operator workstations and standalone DDC panels shall be in conduit. F. Grounding: Ground controllers and cabinets to a good earth ground. Grounding of the green AC ground wire, at the breaker panel, alone is not adequate. Run metal conduit from controller panels to adequate building grounds. Ground sensor drain wire shields at controller end. All associated ground loop problems shall be corrected. G. Power requirements for control components shall be provided as indicated. Provide ad- ditional power requirements for any other components from nearest electrical panel. Provide additional circuit breakers rated and labeled for service. Unless approved by the Electrical Engineer, spare breakers shall not be used. Coordinate with Electrical Contractor. H. Provide interface control wiring for equipment with remote sensors, panels, limits, and components, etc., to serve specified control functions. Materials, wiring and termina- tion shall be provided and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. 1. Chillers: Flow switches and temperature sensors. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 27 September. 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 3.5 DDC POINT SUMMARY A. Provide all Data -base generation. B. Dynamic Color Display: Provide all dynamic graphic displays necessary at operator workstation and at Facility Central Operator Workstation. System graphical displays shall be color coded. Provide outside air temperature indication on all air handling units and chilled water displays. As a minimum, the following shall be provided: 1. Site Plan: Overall site plan, including all associated buildings. 2. Building Floor Plan: Each floor plan graphic shall contain all graphical displays, equipment with area served, and locations associated with that building floor plan. 3. Detailed Dynamic Color and data system graphics shall be provided for each piece of mechanical equipment including, but not limited to, chilled water system, exhaust fans, domestic water systems, and make -up air unit. C. Runtime Totalization: At a minimum, runtime totalization shall be incorporated, but not limited to, each monitored supply fan, exhaust fan, chilled water pumps. Warning limits for each point shall be entered with owner defined messages. D. Trend Log: All binary and analog points shall be trended. Historical archiving of owner selected points shall be provided at the operator workstation and/or at the Facility Central Operator Workstation with the capability of transfer to graphic format repre- sentation. E. Alarm Points: All analog inputs (High/Low Limits) and selected digital inputs alarm points shall be prioritized, printed, routed, auto -dial with alarm message per owner's re- quirements. Loss of communication network shall also initiate an alarm. If the numbers are busy, retry until successful. Provide all software timers necessary to prevent false alarms. F. Heavy Equipment Delays and Power Fail Restart Software: Each stand -alone DDC panel shall be provided with heavy equipment and power fail restart application soft- ware. Each stand -alone DDC panel shall start respective equipment in sequence and shall be time based and not dependent on prior system start-up. G. Database Save: Provide back -up database for all stand -alone DDC panels at the opera- tor workstation and at the Facility Central Operator Workstation computer hard disk. Provide additional back -up database for each stand -alone DDC panel on floppy disk. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 28 September 22, 1999 l 7 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING A. Demonstrate compliance of the HVAC control system with the contract documents. Calibrate instrumentation and controls and verify the specified accuracy using cali- brated test equipment. Adjust controls and equipment to maintain conditions indicated, to perform functions indicated, and to operate in the sequence specified. Furnish per- sonnel, equipment, instrumentation, and supplies necessary to perform calibration and site testing. Ensure that tests are performed by competent employees of the DDC sys- tem installer or the DDC system manufacturer regularly employed in the testing and calibration of DDC systems. Calibrate field equipment and verify equipment and sys- tem operation before placing the system on -line. Field testing shall include the follow- ing: 1. System Inspection: Observe the HVAC system in its shutdown condition. Check dampers and valves for proper normal positions. Document each position for the test report. 2. Calibration Accuracy and Operation of Inputs Test: Check for proper calibration and operation of each input instrument. For each sensor (temperature), record the reading at the sensor, and using a traceable test equipment, and record the reading at the digital controller. Document each reading for the test report. 3. Operation of Outputs Test: Check the operation of each output to verify correct operation. Command analog outputs to minimum range, such as 4 mA, and maximum range, such as 20 mA, measure and record commanded and actual out- put values. Document each command and result for the test report. 4. Actuator Range Adjustment Test: With the digital controller, apply a control sig- nal to each actuator and verify that the actuator operates properly from its normal position to full range of stroke position. Record actual spring ranges and normal positions for all modulating contiul valves and dampers. Include documentation in the test report. 5. Digital Controller Start-up and Memory Test: Demonstrate that programming is not lost after a power failure, and digital controllers automatically resume proper control after a power failure. 6. Surge Protection: Show that surge protection, meeting the requirements of this specification, has been installed on incoming power to the digital controllers and on communication lines. 7. Application Software Operation Test: Test compliance of the application for: a. Ability to communicate with the digital controllers, uploading and down- loading of programs. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 29 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant 3.7 TRAINING CDi Mechanical Engineers Section 15975 b. Text editing program: Demonstrate the ability to edit the control program off line. c. Reporting of alarm conditions: Cause alarm conditions for each alarm, and ensure that workstation receives alarms. d. Reporting trend and status reports: Demonstrate ability of software to re- ceive and save trend and status reports. e. Execution of Sequence of Operation: Furnish graphic trends to show the sequence of operation is executed in correct order. Demonstrate the HVAC system operates properly through the complete sequence of operation, for example seasonal, optimal start/warm -up, and occupied/unoccupied modes of operation. Demonstrate proper control system response for abnormal conditions for which there is a specified response by simulating these con- ditions. Demonstrate hardware interlocks and safeties work. Demonstrate the control system performs the correct sequence of control after a loss of power. f. Control Loop Stability and Accuracy: Furnish graphic trends of control loops to demonstrate the control loop is stable and that set point is main- tained. Control loop response shall respond to set point changes and stabi- lize within 1 minute. g. Opposite Season Test: Testing shall be repeated for opposite season. 8. Point -to -Point Wiring Test: Conduct point -to -point termination wiring test prior to system startup and limited commissioning support. Test shall be witnessed by the Test Engineer. B. Document all tests with detailed results. Provide statement that all corrective action taken. Include test report in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Upon completion of the work, furnish the services of a competent technician regularly employed by the DDC manufacturer for the instruction of facility personnel in the op- eration and maintenance of each DDC system at project site. Provide a minimum of 16 hours for training. A. Furnish a written test plan and training schedule for approval 15 days prior to instruct- ing operating personnel including the following: 1. Recommended training schedule for operators workstation, standalone DDC con- trollers, Application specific digital controllers and field components. 15975 - 30 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems ROC Chiller Plant Section 15975 2. List of all training materials, aids, etc. 3. List of customer training schools offered by the DDC manufacturer. B. Provide all training materials necessary for a minimum of five facility personnel, in- cluding: 1. Operations and Maintenance Manual. 2. As -Built control diagrams. 3. Detailed description of the system. 4. Complete listing, graphical logic diagrams of all software programs required to perform the sequence of operation. 5. Commands, operating and trouble shooting instruction and routine maintenance procedures. 6. Theory of operations. 7. Hardware architecture. 8. Operation of system. 9. Operator Commands. 10. Control sequence programming. 11. Data base entry. 12. Reports and logs. 13. Alarm reports. 14. Diagnostics. 15. Physical layout of each piece of hardware. 16. Troubleshooting and diagnostics procedures. 17. Repair instructions. 18. Preventive maintenance procedures and schedules. 19. Calibration procedures. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 - 31 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 4 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 4.1 GENERAL A. All controls shall be by the DDC system unless indicated to be by local controls. B. The DDC system shall schedule each system or zone independently per owner's oper- ating schedule. All operating schedules shall be confirmed with Owner and adjusted as necessary. 4.2 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS A. Sequence of Operation as indicated on Drawings. PART 5 - DDC POINT LIST 5.1 GENERAL 5.2 ABBREVIATIONS A Summary Alarm AHU Air Handling Unit AI Analog Input AMU Air Measuring Unit AO Analog Output AUX Auxiliary Device or Contact CR Control Relay CT Current Transmitter DDC Direct Digital Control DI Digital Input DP Differential Pressure Switch DPS Differential Pressure Sensor/Transmitter DO Digital Output FM Flow Meter FPT Freeze Protection Thermostat FS Flow Switch LS Level Switch MOD Modulating Damper NC Normally Closed CDi Mechanical Engineers Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems Section 15975 A. As a minimum, provide the following DDC points for monitoring and control. Provide additional points as required to accomplish the sequence of operati on. 15975 - 32 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant NO Normally Open PB Push - Button PI Pulse Input PM Pulse Meter or Initiator PSH Pressure Switch - High Limit PSL Pressure Switch - Low Limit SCR Silicon Rectifier SD Smoke Detector (Duct) SS Start/Stop T Temperature Sensor/Transmitter TCV Temperature Control Valve VAV Variable Air Volume VFD Variable Frequency Drive 5,3 POINT LIST A. See DDC Point Summary List attached. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers 15975 = 33 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Systems Section 15975 Condenser Water System Points: CT -1 Fan Start/Stop 1 Existing control point CT -1 Pony Fan Start/Stop 1 0 Existing control point CT -1 Alarm 2 1 2 Existing control point CT -1 Isolation Valve 2 1 0 Existing control point CT-1 Leaving Temperature 1 1 1 Existing control point CT -1 Entering Temp 1 1 Existing control point CT -1 Sump Temperature _ _ 1 1 _ e Chilled Water System Points: Chiller CH -1: Chiller Enable/Disable 1 0 Chilled Water Setpoint 1 0 Demand Limit Setpoint 1 0 Chiller Status 1 1 Sump water temerature 1 Compressor load 2 e Leaving Chilled Water Temperature 1 1 Retum Chilled Water Temperature 1 1 Chiller CH -2: Leaving Chilled Water Temperature 1 1 BACnet Interface from Carrier Chiller controller Return Chilled Water Temperature 1 1 BACnet Interface from Carrier Chiller controller Leaving Condenser Water Temperature 1 1 BACnet Interface from Carrler Chiller controller Retum Condenser Water Temperature 1 1 BACnet Interface from Carrier Chiller controller Chiller Status 1 1 BACnet interface from Carrier Chiller controller _ Condenser Water Flow Status 1 1 BACnet Interface from Carrier Chiller controller Chilled Water Flow Status 1 1 BACnet Interface from Carrier Chiller controller _ Chiller Enable/Disable 1 0 BACnet Interface from Carrier Chiller controller Chilled Water Setpoint 1 0 BACnet Interface from Carrier Chiller controller Demand Limit Setpoint 1 0 BACnet Interface from Carrier Chiller controller Office System Chilled Water Flow 1 Flow Meter Computer S stem Chilled Water Flow 1 Flow Meter DP Sensor • Com ute�_ 1 1 Locate in com • uter loop Leaving Chilled Water Temperature: common 1 1 Primary Loop Return Chilled Water Tem • erature: common I 1 1 Primary Loop Computer System supply flow 1 1 From existing flow meter Office S stem su•pl flow 1 1 From VFD Chilled Water Pump CHP -3 Stop /Start 1 CH -1 primary pump Chilled Water Pump CHP -3 Ststus 1 1 _ Chilled Water Pump CHP -4 Sto• /Start 1 _ CH-2 •rime •ump Chilled Water Pump CHP -4 Status 1 1 Chilled Water Pump CHP•1 Stop /Start 1 Computer area seconda pum• Chilled Water Pump CHP -1 VFD Speed 1 Computer area secondary pump Chilled Water Pump CHP -1 VFD Alarm 1 1 Computer area secondary pump Chilled Water Pump CHP -2 Stop /Start 1 Computer area seconda sum. Chilled Water Pump CHP•2 VFD Speed 1 Computer area secondary pump Chilled Water Pump CHP -2 VFD Alarm 1 1 Computer area secondary pump Office Bldg secondary pump 1 Status Point totals: 6 9 6 16 11 Total Points: 37 Description: GROUP HEALTH CENTRAL CHILLER P DDC POINT SUMMARY LIST QlQltal Inouts 9nsl s fruit Alumna LANT Remarks: 9/21/1999 DDC Point List.xls 1 CT -1 Dampers MHU -1 Start/Stop 1 1 Existing control point CT -2 Fan Start/Stop 1 1 Existing control point CT -2 Pon Fan Start/Sto • 1 1 Existin • control • • int CT -2 Alarm MHU -1 Electric Heating Coil 1 4 1 Existing control point CT -2 Isolation Valve 2 2 Existing control point CT -2 Leaving Temperature MHU -1 Flow Indicator Light 1 1 1 Existing control point CT -2 Entering Temp MHU - Filter Change Alarm 1 1 1 Existing control point CT -2 Sump Temperature EF -1 Start/Stop 1 1 1 Existing control point CT -2 Dampers EF -1 Alarm 1 Existing control point CT -3 Fan Start/Stop 1 1 Existing control point CT -3 Pony Fan Start/Stop 1 2 Existing control point , CT -3 Alarm EF -1 Flow Indicator Light 1 1 _Existing control point Existing control point ----i Existin • control point CT -3 Isolation Valve 2 1 CT -3 Leavin • Tem •erature EF -1A Alarm 1 1 CT -3 Enterin • Tem • 1 _ Exhaust Air Flow Proof - 1 1 Existin • control • • int CT -3 Sum • Tom •erature 1 EF-1A Key Activated Ventilation Switch 1 1 Existing control point CT -3 Dam • : rs 2 Auto -On -Off 1 1 Existin • control • • Int Basin High/Low Level Switches 1 Chiller Room Room Pressure 1 Existing control point Condenser Pumps CWP -1 stop /start 1 Chiller Room Room Temperature Existing control point Condenser Pumps CWP•1 Status 1 1 Chiller Refrigeration Leak Sensor 1 Existing control point Condenser Pumps CWP -2 stop /start 1 One Refrigerate Detector per ChNler Chiller Room Emergency Ventilation Switch 2 Existing control point Condenser Pumps CWP 2 Status 2 1 1 Existin • control • • int Condenser Pumps CWP -3 stop /start 1 Existing control point Condenser Pumps CWP•3 Status 1 1 Existing control point Common Condenser Water Su • • 1 T em • 1 1 Existin • control • • Int Common Condenser Water Return Temp 1 1 Existing control point Sand Filtration System Stop /Start 1 Existing control point Point totals:_ 16 8 3 11 _ 19 Total Points: 381 Chiller Room Ventilation & Emergency Shutdown: MHU -1 Start/Stop 1 MHU supply Air Flow Proof 1 1 MHU -1 Outside Air Damper 1 MHU -1 Electric Heating Coil 4 4 stages of control MHU -1 Key Activated Ventilation Switch 2 2 Auto -On -Off l MHU -1 Flow Indicator Light 1 MHU - Filter Change Alarm 1 1 EF -1 Start/Stop 1 • � EF -1 Alarm 1 1 Exhaust Air Flow Proof 1 1 EF -1 Key Activated Ventilation Switch 2 2 Auto -On -Off EF -1 Flow Indicator Light 1 EF•1A Start/Stop 1 EF -1A Alarm 1 1 _ Exhaust Air Flow Proof - 1 1 EF-1A Key Activated Ventilation Switch 2 2 Auto -On -Off EF -1A Flow Indicator Light 1 Chiller Room Room Pressure 1 1 Chiller Room Room Temperature 1 1 Chiller Refrigeration Leak Sensor 2 2 One Refrigerate Detector per ChNler Chiller Room Emergency Ventilation Switch 2 2 Description: GROUP HEALTH CENTRAL CH DDC POINT SUMMARY L B1alW Outout! IlIQld! Analtm 129112191 atm IaQld! Alarms nnn Pnint Listxls ILLER PLANT ST marks: 9/21/199: 2 Chiller Room Emergency Light & Horn 1 1 Existing OSA Damper 1 Total Points: 0 0 0 1 0 Point totals: 9 18 0 4 18 Total Points: 3' Miscellaneous Points Outside Air Temperature 1 Total Points: 0 0 0 1 0 Total Points: 1 Description: GROUP HEALTH CENTRAL CHILLER PLANT DDC POINT SUMMARY LIST � T I I I � 'Remarks: 9/21/199 DDC Point List.xls Group Health #4862 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Testing and adjusting requirements unique to particular systems and equipment are included in the Sections that specify those systems and equipment. 2. Field quality control testing to verify that workmanship quality for system and equipment installation is specified in system and equipment Sections. 3. Equipment start-up requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Ma- terials and Methods." 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems to produce de- sign objectives, including the following: 1. Balancing airflow and water flow within distribution systems, including sub - mains, branches, and terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tol- erances. 2. Adjusting total HVAC systems to provide indicated quantities. 3. Measuring electrical performance of HVAC equipment. 4. Setting quantitative performance of HVAC equipment. 5. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. 6. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section. B. Limited commissioning of chilled water and condenser water systems will be required. An allowance of $7,500 shall be included for customizing NEBB standard commis- sioning procedures for commissioning these systems and executing the commissioning plan. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15990 -1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to modify fan speed or adjust a damper. B. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains, branches, and terminals, according to design quantities. C. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated. D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield re- peatable results. E. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order. F. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of measure- ment. In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump. G. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the suc- tion side. H. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. I. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan was performance tested. J. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves the distribution system. K. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment. L. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent: The entity responsible for performing and reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. M. AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association. N. CTI: Cooling Tower Institute. O. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. P. SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15990 - 2 September 22, 1999 I 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 Q. TAB: Testing, Balancing, and Adjusting. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Quality- Assurance Submittals: Within 30 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of evidence that the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent and this Project's testing, adjusting, and balancing team members meet the qualifications speci- fied in the "Quality Assurance" Article below. B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 45 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3 of this Section. C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days from the Contractor's Notice to Pro- ceed, submit 2 copies of the testing, adjusting, and balancing strategies and step -by -step procedures as specified in Part 3 "Preparation" Article below. Include a complete set of report forms intended for use on this Project. D. Certified Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Submit 2 copies of reports pre- pared, as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by the testing, adjusting, •and balancing Agent. E. Warranty: Submit 2 copies of special warranty specified in the "Warranty" Article be- low. F. Balancing Report: 1. Comply with Section 15050, paragraph "Submittals," regarding format of TAB report, except title "Balancing Report." 2. Submit completed Balancing Report as indicated, including the following: a. System Diagrams/Floor Plans. b. Air Test Reports. c. Fan Test Reports. d. Air Outlet Test Reports. e. Chiller Test Reports. f. Rooftop Make -Up Air Unit Report. g. Pump Test Reports. h. Instrument Calibration Report. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15990 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 G. Commissioning Plan: Submit 30 days prior to scheduled start of commissioning. H. Commissioning Report: Submit within 14 days of completing commissioning field work. 1.5 SEQUENCING /SCHEDULING A. Phase in properly with Construction Schedule. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinances govern. B. Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by NEBB, not affiliated with mechanical contractor. Certified agent shall be a full time employee of the TAB contractor. C. Experience: Minimum 5 years on projects of similar scope and complexity. D. Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing, adjust- ing, and balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified testing, adjusting, and balancing reports. 2. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved testing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. E. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use standard forms from NEBB's "Proce- dural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems." F. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, and Accuracy: As described in NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems," Section II, "Required Instrumentation for NEBB Certification." G. Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instruments as required by NEBB certification or more frequently if required by the instrument manufacturer. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15990 - 4 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Owner Conditions: Cooperate with the Owner during testing, adjusting, and balancing operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the efforts of factory - authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC 'systems and equipment to support and assist testing, adjusting, and balancing activities. B. Notice: Provide 7 days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. C. Perform testing, adjusting, and balancing after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. D. Perform commissioning of chilled water and condenser water systems after testing, ad- justing, and balancing of water systems has been completed. 1.9 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special performance guarantee specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warran- ties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Guarantee: Provide a guarantee on NEBB forms stating that NEBB will assist in completing the requirements of the Contract Documents if the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee includes the following provisions: 1. The certified Agent has tested and balanced systems according to the Contract Documents. 2. Systems are balanced to optimum performance capabilities within design and in- stallation limits. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15990 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.2 TAB INSTRUMENTATION A. Furnish materials and equipment necessary to properly measure system capacities, electrical voltage and current, fan speeds, static pressures, air velocities, water pressure drops, refrigeration pressures, and other readings necessary to evaluate system perform- ance and adjust quantities to those indicated. TAB Contractor retains possession of materials and equipment after project is completed. B. Instrumentation shall be accurate, with calibration histories available for examination upon request. C. Instrumentation shall be used in accordance with manufacturer instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not be- gin work until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine Contract Documents to become familiar with project requirements and to dis- cover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment. 1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow - control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15990 - 6 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment. C. Examine project record documents described in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents." D. Examine equipment performance data, including fan and pump curves. Relate perform- ance data to project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can cre- ate undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. E. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification Sections have been performed. F. Examine system and equipment test reports. G. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing. H. Examine make -up air unit to ensure clean filters have been installed, bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. I. Examine strainers for clean screens and proper perforations. J. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls. K. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following: 1. Dampers, valves, and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller. 2. Dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller. 3. Integrity of valves and dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open positions. 4. Automatic modulating and shutoff valves are properly connected. 5. Interlocked systems are operating. 6. Verify minimum outdoor supply air setting. L. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15990 - 7 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 • Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 3.3 PREPARATION A. Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Sec- tion. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. C. Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes strategies and step -by -step procedures. D. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. 2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. 3. Automatic temperature- control systems are operational. 4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 5. Manual volume dampers, smoke, fire, and combination fire /smoke dampers are open. 6. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 7. Access to balancing devices is provided. 8. Building construction is sealed in areas where specified pressurization of an area is designated on contract documents. 3.4 GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and this Section. B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier and finish according to the insulation Specifica- tions for this Project. C. Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper - control positions, valve indicators, fan- speed - control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15990 - 8 September 22, 1999 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Y I 1 i T 1 1 1 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 D. Set automatic stops on metering balancing valves and butterfly valves with memory, and ensure volume damper locking mechanisms are tightened down in the balanced po- sition. E. Recommend impeller trim dimension for constant flow pumps in lieu of throttling cir- cuit balancing value if pressure drop through valve is more than 2 psig at design flow. 3.5 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet vol- umes with required fan volumes. B. Check the airflow patterns from the outside -air louvers and dampers and the exhaust -air dampers, through the supply -fan discharge. C. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. D. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. E. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. F. Check for airflow blockages. G. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. H. Check for proper sealing of air- handling unit components. 3.6 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system airflow and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply and Exhaust Fans: Minus 5 to plus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Minus 10 to plus 5 percent. 3. Chilled Water and Condenser Water Flow Rate: 0 to minus 5 percent. 3.7 FINAL REPORT A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter - quality font, on standard bond pa- per, in 3 -ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced sys- tems. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15990 - 9 September 22,1999 Group Health #4862 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 1. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibra- tion. C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the follow- ing: 1. Pump curves. 2. Fan curves. 3. Manufacturers' test data. 4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 5. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include ap- proved Shop Drawings and Product Data. D. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Engineer's name and address. 6. Contractor's name and address. 7. Report date. 8. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report. 9. Summary of contents, including the following: a. Design versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15990 -10 September 22,1999 I �.t Group Health #4862 • Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 10. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 11. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings. 12. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design values. 13. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following: a. Conditions of filters. b. Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch di- ameter. c. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. E. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present with single -line diagrams and include the following: 1. Quantities of outside, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Water flow rates. 3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 4. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. F. Fan Test Reports: For exhaust fans, include the following: 1. Fan Data: Include the following: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. h. Sheave dimensions, center -to- center and amount of adjustments in inches. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15990 - 11 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 2. Motor Data: Include the following: a. Make and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full -load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. f. Sheave dimensions, center -to- center and amount of adjustments in inches. g. Number of belts, make, and size. 3. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Suction static pressure in inches wg. G. Chiller Reports: For each chiller, include the following: 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. Unit identification. b. Make and model number. c. Manufacturer's serial number. d. Refrigerant type and capacity in lbs. e. Starter type and size. f. Starter thermal protection size. 2. Condenser Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Refrigerant pressure in psig. CDi Mechanical Engineers Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Section 15990 15990 -12 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 CDi Mechanical Engineers b. Refrigerant temperature in deg F. c. Entering-water temperature in deg F. d. Leaving -water temperature in deg F. e. Entering -water pressure in feet of head or psig. f. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig. 3. Evaporator Test Reports: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Refrigerant pressure in psig. b. Refrigerant temperature in deg F. c. Entering -water temperature in deg F. d, Leaving -water temperature in deg F. e. Entering -water pressure in feet of head or psig. f. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig. 4. Compressor Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a, Make and model number, b, Manufacturer's serial number. c. Suction pressure in psig. d. Suction temperature in deg F. e. Discharge pressure in psig, f. Discharge temperature in deg F.' g. Oil pressure in psig. h. Oil temperature in deg F. i. Voltage at each connection. j. Amperage for each phase. k. The kW input. 15990 -13 September 22, 1999 CDi Mechanical Engineers Group Health #4862 • Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 1. Crankcase heater kW. m. Chilled water control set point in deg F. n. Condenser water control set point in deg F. o. Refrigerant low - pressure- cutoff set point in psig. p. Refrigerant high - pressure- cutoff set point in psig. 5. Refrigerant Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: , a. Oil level. b. Refrigerant level. c. Relief valve setting in psig. d. Vane position. e. Low- temperature - cutoff set point in deg F. H. Rooftop/Make -Up Air Unit Reports: 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Unit make and model number. 2. Heating Coil Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Inlet -duct static pressure in inches wg. b. Outlet -duct static pressure in inches wg. c. Control settings. d. Voltage at each connection. e. Amperage for each phase. f. The kW input. 15990 14 September 22, 1999 r.n• +mv rM �.n•je.Yr 1 I 1 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Section 15990 3. Fan Data: Include the following: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. h. Sheave dimensions, center -to- center and amount of adjustments in inches. 4. Motor Data: Include the following: a. Make and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full -load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. f. Sheave dimensions, center -to- center and amount of adjustments in inches. g. Number of belts, make, and size. 5. Fan Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Suction static pressure in inches wg. CDi Mechanical Engineers 15990 -15 September: 22, 1999 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Service. d. Make and size. e. Model and serial numbers. f. Water flow rate in gpm. g. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig. h. Required net positive suction head in feet of head or psig. i. Pump rpm. j. Impeller diameter in inches. k. Motor make and frame size. 1. Motor horsepower and rpm. m. Voltage at each connection. n. Amperage for each phase. o. Full -load amperage and service factor. p. Seal type. 2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Static head in feet of head or psig. b. Pump shutoff pressure in feet of head or psig. c. Actual impeller size in inches. d. Full -open flow rate in gpm. e. Full -open pressure in feet of head or psig. CDi Mechanical Engineers Group Health #4862 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ROC Chiller Plant Section 15990 I. Pump Test Reports: For pumps, include the following data. Calculate impeller size by plotting the shutoff head on pump curves. 15990 -16 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 • ROC Chiller Plant Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Section 15990 f. Final discharge pressure in feet of head or psig. g. Final suction pressure in feet of head or psig. h. Final total pressure in feet of head or psig. i. Final water flow rate in gpm. j. Voltage at each connection. k. Amperage for each phase. J. Instrument Calibration Reports: For instrument calibration, include the following: 1. Report Data: Include the following: a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number. c. Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration. 3.8 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing testing, adjusting, and balancing, perform additional testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained through- out and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures were not per- formed during near -peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional inspections, testing, and adjusting during near -peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION CDi Mechanical Engineers 15990 - 17 September 22 1999 ' ROC CHILLER PLANT f {•y ��` A 4, GROUP HEALTH atw 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS 16030 TESTING 16050 EXISTING SYSTEMS 16100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16110 RACEWAYS 16120 WIRE AND CABLE 16130 OUTLET, JUNCTION, AND PULL BOXES 16160 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 16170 DISCONNECTS AND FUSED SWITCHES 16180 FUSES 16450 GROUNDING 16700 COMMUNICATIONS 16721 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16999 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1. k`>rri•'iaY) "' %;n j1 *rr4'� 't niNlrk�Vl '�I�Ti }il'�'1 }w. l�tL:t::s:s'�vlr "1�ji• i1 SEPTEMBER 22, 1999 PERMIT SET ME CHAHICAL Sparling, Inc. Electrical Engineers J;18282%SPECSUNDEX Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION INDEX SECTION 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 16030 TESTING SECTION 16050 EXISTING SYSTEMS SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS SECTION 16120 WIRE & CABLE SECTION 16130 OUTLET, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES SECTION 16160 MOTOR CONTROLLERS SECTION 16170 DISCONNECTS AND FUSED SWITCHES. SECTION 16180 FUSES SECTION 16450 GROUNDING SECTION 16700 COMMUNICATIONS SECTION 16721 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16999 PROJECT CLOSEOUT I hereby certify that this project specification was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly registered Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Washington. EXPIRES. 6/18 / 20d1 720 Olive Way, Suite 1100 Seattle, Washington 98101 (206) 667 -0555 Group Health #4862 Section 16010 ROC Chiller Plant General Provisions PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL Conform to the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and related work in other Divisions for all work in Division 15. See Division 15 for sequence of work. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK It is the intention of this Division of the Specifications and the accompanying drawings to describe and provide for the furnishing, installing, testing and placing in satisfactory and fully operational condition all equipment, materials, devices and necessary appurtenances to provide a complete electrical system, together with such other miscellaneous installations and equipment hereinafter specified and/or shown on the drawings. The work shall include all materials, appliances and apparatus not specifically mentioned herein or shown on the drawings, but which are necessary to make a complete, fully operational installation of all electrical systems shown on the drawings or described herein. Equipment and devices furnished and installed under other Divisions of this specification (or the Owner) shall be connected under this Division. The drawings and specifications are complementary and what is called for in either is binding as if called for in both. 1.3 WORK IN OTHER DIVISIONS See all other divisions of specifications for other work which includes but is not limited to: 1.4 CODES AND REGULATIONS A. If any conflict occurs between government adopted code rules and this Specification, the codes are to govern. Nothing in these drawings and specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming with the governing codes. Also, this shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from complying with any requirements of the drawings or specifications which may be in excess of requirements of the hereinbefore mentioned governing codes and rules and not contrary to same. B. The electrical systems shall be installed based on the following current Standards. Spading, Inc. Temporary Power Cutting and Patching Door Hardware Painting, Refinishing and Finishes Equipment Wiring Mechanical Control Wiring Mechanical Equipment Fire Protection NFPA 70 National Electrical Code as adopted and amended by the State of Washington or Local Jurisdiction 16010 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 1 ROC Chiller Plant ' 1 1 and equipment are clear from and in proper relation to these items. precast construction and similar construction methods. Section 16010 General Provisions Uniform Building Code International Conference of Building Officials as adopted and amended by the Local Jurisdiction. The Contractor is required to familiarize himself with the detailed requirements of these standards and any local codes and ordinances as they affect the installation of specific electrical systems. 1.5 PERMITS AND FEES The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all licenses, permits and inspections required by laws, ordinances and rules governing work specified herein. The Contractor shall arrange for inspection of work by the inspectors and shall give the inspectors all necessary assistance in their work of inspection. 1.6 COORDINATION A. The Contractor responsible for accomplishing Division 16 work shall coordinate his work with that of the other Contractors and/or other trades doing work on the project and shall examine all drawings and specifications of other trades including the mechanical, architectural, and structural for construction details and necessary coordination. B. Obtain submittals and shop drawings of all equipment with electrical connections furnished under other divisions of the specifications. Provide all wiring in accordance with requirements indicated. Advise the Architect of any changes which may affect the contract price. C. Special attention is called to the following items and all conflicts shall be coordinated prior to installation. 1 1. Door swings to the end that switches will be located on the "strike" side of the door. 2. Location of illes pipes, sprinkler heads, ducts and other mechanical equipment � APP � P � so that all electrical outlets, lighting fixtures and other electrical outlets and equipment are clear from and in proper relation to these items. 3. Location of cabinets, counters and doors so that electrical outlets, lighting fixtures 4. Recessing and concealing electrical materials in CMU walls, concrete construction, 5. Electrical characteristics (HP, KVA, voltage, phase) of actual equipment furnished under other divisions being different from that shown on the electrical drawings. 1 Sparling, Inc. 16010 - 2 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Section 16010 ROC Chiller Plant General Provisions D. The Contractor will not be paid for relocation of work, cuttings, patching and finishing required for work requiring reinstallation due to lack of coordination prior to installation. 1.7 CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. Raceways, boxes and ground connections are shown diagrammatically only and indicate the general character and approximate location. The layout does not necessarily show the total number of raceways or boxes for the circuits required, nor are the locations of indicated runs intended to show the actual routing of the raceways. The Contractor shall furnish, install and place in satisfactory condition all raceways, boxes, conductors and connections and all other materials required for the electrical systems shown or noted in the contract documents to be complete, fully operational and fully tested upon completion of the project. B. The drawings do not show all requirements of the specifications. The drawings and specifications are complementary and what is called for (or shown) in either is required to be provided as if called for in both. C. The horsepower of motors and apparatus wattages shown on the drawings are estimated requirements of equipment furnished under other Divisions of this contract and bid shall be based on these sizes. Overload elements shall be provided to suit actual equipment nameplate current. Advise Engineer of any equipment changes or substitutions affecting electrical systems. Conform to Substitution Requirements, Section 16100. D. Any minor changes (less than 6' -6" horizontal) in the location of the raceways, outlets, boxes, devices, wiring, etc., from those shown on the drawings shall be made without extra charge, where coordination requires or if so directed by the Engineer before rough - in. E. Contractor shall consult all the construction drawings for the exact height and location of all electrical equipment not specified herein or shown on the drawings. F. Outlet locations shown on the drawings are approximate. Contractor shall study the building drawings in relation to spaces and equipment surrounding each outlet so that the outlet is correctly positioned and symmetrically located for proper usage. Lighting fixtures are to be symmetrically located according to ceiling tile and room layout. G. When inserts or sleeves for outlet boxes, conductors, cables and/or raceways are required, Contractor shall provide and shall fully coordinate the installation thereof with other trades. 1.8 ITEMIZED SCHEDULE OF COSTS Furnish a contract cost breakdown by specification section to the Engineer to allow evaluation of partial payment requests. Refer to the Supplementary Conditions of General Contract for details, and conform thereto. Sparling, Inc. 16010 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Section 16010 ROC Chiller Plant General Provisions 1.9 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall guarantee all work installed under this specification. He shall make good, repair or replace, at his own expense, any defective work, materials or parts which may show themselves within one year after final acceptance, if in the opinion of the Architect said defect is due to imperfection in material, design or workmanship. Incandescent lamps are not warranted, but all shall be operating at time of final acceptance. B. All materials, equipment and systems furnished that include provisions for storing, , displaying, reporting, interfacing, inputting, or functioning using date specific information shall be warranted to perform properly in all respects regardless of the century, commonly known as being "year 2000 compliant ". Any interfaces to other new or existing materials, equipment or systems shall be warranted to function properly and shall be "year 2000 compliant" both in regards to information sent and received. Any defect in any of these materials, equipment and systems resulting from the incorrect handling of century date information that shows itself within 5 years after final acceptance shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor at his own expense. 1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS Continually record the actual electrical system(s) installation on a set of prints kept readily available at the project during construction. These prints shall be used for this purpose alone. Accurately locate with exact dimensions all underground and underslab raceways and stub -outs. At the completion of the work, Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a set of reproducible record drawings (xerox type) and the set of mark -ups. Final payment to the Contractor will not be authorized until these prints have been submitted to and accepted by the Engineer. 1.11 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O &M) MANUALS A. The Contractor shall prepare four (4) O &M manuals for all equipment furnished under Division 16 of the specifications. B. The information included must be the exact equipment installed, not the complete "line" of the manufacturer. Where sheets show the equipment installed and other equipment, the installed equipment shall be neatly and clearly identified on such sheets. C. These 0 & M manuals shall contain all the information needed to operate and maintain all systems and equipment provided in the project. It shall be presented and arranged in a logical manner for efficient use by the Owner's operating personnel. The information provided shall include but not be limited to the following: Sparling, Inc. 1. Equipment manufacturer, make, model number, size, etc. 16010 - 4 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Section 16010 ROC Chiller Plant General Provisions Spar ling, Inc. 2. Equipment nameplate data. 3. Description of system configuration and operation including component identification and interrelations. A master control schematic drawing(s) may be required for this purpose. 4. Dimensional and performance data for specific unit provided as appropriate. 5. Manufacturer's recommended operation instructions as appropriate. 6. Manufacturer's recommended lubrication and servicing data including frequency as appropriate. 7. Complete parts list including reordering information, recommended spares and anticipated useful life (if appropriate). Parts lists shall give full ordering information assigned by the original parts manufacturer. Relabeled and/or renumbered parts information as reassigned by equipment supplier not acceptable. 8. Shop drawings. 9. Wiring diagrams. 10. Signal equipment submittals shall contain step -by -step circuit description information designed to acquaint maintenance personnel with equipment operation in each mode of operation. D. Wiring diagrams for each system shall be complete drawings for the specific system installed under the contract. "Typical" line diagrams will not be acceptable unless properly marked to indicate the exact field installation, E. The information contained in the manuals shall be grouped in an orderly arrangement by specification index. The manuals shall have a typewritten index and divider sheets between categories with identifying tabs. The completed manuals shall be bound with hard board covers. (0 & M manuals shall not exceed 5" thick. Provide two or more volumes if required. Signal and communication systems shall be in separate volume(s).) The covers shall be imprinted with the name of the job, Owner, Mechanical Engineer, Electrical Engineer, Contractor and year of completion. The back edge shall be imprinted with the name of the job, Owner and year of completion. Hard board covers and literature contained may be held together with screw post bindings. Bayless Bindery (206) 622 -6395 acceptable. F. A preliminary copy, complete except for the bound cover, shall be submitted 60 days prior to completion of the project for checking and review. Four (4) bound, final, corrected copies shall be provided. Deliver one (1) to Sparling, Inc. Deliver three (3) to the Owner 16010 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Spading, Inc. 16010 - 6 .,-....,.. ................»... .....,.ar..nc.�. SNY+.. #t7. Section 16010 General Provisions via the Architect 20 days prior to scheduled instruction periods. Obtain a receipt for the manuals and forward a copy of the receipt to both the Architect and Engineer with the completed form. 1 12 FINAL ACCEPTANCE REQUEST The Contractor shall submit to the Architect, with a copy to the Engineer, a Job Completion Form (form attached in this section) properly filled out prior to the time final acceptance of the electrical work is requested. At this time also submit copies of final inspection certificates and receipts for loose materials (microphones, etc.) turned over to the Owner. September 22, 1999 1 1 1 1 1 s 1 1 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 Section 16010 ROC Chiller Plant General Provisions JOB COMPLETION FORM PROJECT NAME: PROJECT LOCATION: DATE: A. Electrical Inspectors Final Acceptance Copy of certificate attached. Name Agency Date B. The following systems have been demonstrated to Owner's representative. 1. Lighting & Power Systems Owner's Rep. Date C. Record Drawings Attached Transmitted previously to Date D. O & M Manuals Attached Transmitted previously to Date E. Test Reports Attached Transmitted previously to Date F. The work is complete in accordance with contract documents and authorized changes except for and the architect/engineer's representative is requested to meet with at on Supervisor of Electrical Work Time Date Sparling, Inc. Contractors Rep. Signature Date Note: Additional copies of this form are available from Sparling, Inc., 720 Olive Way, Suite 1100, Seattle, WA 98101. 16010 - 7 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 • Section 16010 ROC Chiller Plant General Provisions 1.14 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS A. When the following abbreviations and definitions are used in relation to the work for Divisions 16 they shall have the following meanings: Spar ling, Inc. Item Meaning Accepted Reviewed with no exceptions taken to submittal material. See "Submittal" below. AHJ Authority Having Jurisdiction ANSI American National Standards Institute Approved Inspected and accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction ASTM American Society for Testing Materials Boxes Outlet, Junction or Pull Boxes Code All codes currently enforced at project location. Compression Compressed using a leverage powered (hydraulic or equivalent) crimping tool Connection All materials and labor required for equipment to be fully operational. EMT Electrical Metallic Tubing Exterior Outside of or penetrating the outer surfaces of the Location building weather protective membrane. Fully Oper- Tested and approved and operating to the satisfaction ational of the AHJ, manufacturer and contract documents FurnishDeliver to the jobsite ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association Install To enter permanently into the project and make fully operational. KCM Thousand circular mils (formerly MCM) 16010 - 8 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Section 16010 ROC Chiller Plant General Provisions Sparling, Inc. Mfr. Manufacturer NEC National Electrical Code, National Fire Protection Association Publication #70 (latest adopted edition with amendments) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association Noted Shown or specified in the contract documents PVC Polyvinyl Chloride Provide Furnish and install RGS Rigid Galvanized Steel Required As required by code, AHJ or contract documents for the particular installation to be fully operational. Shop Drawing Hand drafted document which fully details the equipment and intended installation relative to this specified project. Shown As indicated on the drawings or details. Submittal Material for Engineer review which may contain catalog cuts, shop drawings, wiring diagrams, etc., of the actual material being furnished. UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Wiring Raceway, conductors and connections B. Year 2000 Compliant: For the purpose of this specification, "year 2000 compliant" or "Y2K compliant" shall be defined according to British Standard Institution DISC PD2000- 1:1998 which states in part: "No value for current date will cause any interruption in operation. Date -based functionality must behave consistently for dates prior to, during and after year 2000. In all interfaces and data storage, the century in any date must be specified either explicitly or by 16010 - 9 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 • ROC Chiller Plant Sparling, Inc. unambiguous algorithms or inferencing rules. Year 2000 must be recognized as a leap year." END OF SECTION Section 16010 General Provisions i Group Health #4862 Section 16030 ROC Chiller Plant Testing PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Test and provide written certification that the entire electrical installation complies with contract documents, code and proper system operation. Perform acceptance tests in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, NFPA 70B and International Electrical Testing Association (NETA) testing specifications NETA ATS -1991. A. Testing company. The following testing shall be performed by an independent testing company: 1. Ground Fault Protection Systems Test & Calibration 2. Molded -Case Circuit Breakers 1.2 SCHEDULE Perform all testing after installation. All systems shall pass tests prior to substantial completion or owner occupancy. 1.3 RECEPTACLE AND DEVICE TEST A. Receptacle Polarity Test: Test every receptacle installed or reconnected under this contract with a receptacle circuit tester. Tester shall test for open ground, reverse polarity, open hot, open neutral, hot and ground reversed, hot or neutral and hot open. Rewire receptacles with faults and retest. Submit test report signed by electrician that performed the test. B. Ground -Fault Receptacle Circuit Interrupter Tests: Test each receptacle or branch circuit breaker having ground -fault circuit protection to assure that the ground -fault circuit interrupter will not operate when subjected to a ground -fault current of less than 4 milliamperes and will operate when subjected to a ground -fault current exceeding 6 milliamperes. Perform testing using an instrument specifically designed and manufactured for testing ground -fault circuit interrupters. Apply the test to the receptacle. "TEST" button operation will not be acceptable as a substitute for this test. Replace receptacles that do not shutoff power with 5 /1000 of an ampere within 1 /40th of a second and retest. C. Operational Tests: Demonstrate the operation of each switch, circuit breaker and other item of electrical control with the systems fully energized and operating. Each shall be demonstrated three times. 1.4 600 VOLT WIRING A. Scope: Test all electrical feeders whose operating voltage is 600 volts or less that are installed or reconnected under this contract. B. Test for continuity of each circuit. Sparling, Inc. 16030 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 1.5 POWER SYSTEM TESTS A. Scope. Inspect and test entire electrical systems provided by this contract to verify equipment and controls are correctly operating. B. Inspect each breaker, operate manually, and electrically. Test shunt trips and alarm devices manually and electrically. C. Adjust breaker trips to settings furnished by the supplier to coordinate with existing upstream overcurrent devices and new chiller equipment. verify settings of the manufacturer's rating by passing controlled current through the trip devices. Record values and report deficiencies. Sparling, Inc. Section 16030 Testing C. Test for grounds in each circuit which shall consist of the physical examination of the installation to ensure that all required ground jumpers, devices, and appurtenances do exist and are mechanically firm. D. Perform a 500 volt megohm meter test on each circuit between the conductor and ground. The insulation resistance shall not be less than 2 megohms for circuits under 115V, 6 megohms between conductor and ground on those circuits (115V-600V) with total single conductor length of 2,500 feet and over, nor less than 8 megohms for those circuits (115V -600V) with single conductor length of less than 2,500 feet. If conductor fails test replace wiring or correct defect and retest. E. Perform torque test for every conductor tested and terminated in an overcurrent device or bolted type connection; torque all connections per manufacturers recommendations and tabulate the results on a tabular form. B. Load Balance Tests: Checks all panelboards for proper load balance between phase conductors and make adjustments as necessary to bring unbalanced phases to within 15% of average load. C. Motor Tests: Check all motors for proper rotation and measure actual load current. Submit tabulation of motor currents for all motors 1 HP or more after the HVAC system has been balanced. D. Phase Relationship Tests: Check connections to all new and existing equipment for proper phase relationship. During such check, disconnect all devices which could be damaged by the application of voltage or reversed phase sequence. 1.6 MOLDED -CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Scope. Test all new circuit breakers 100 amps and over within new switchboards and panelboards. Bench test new circuit breakers 100 amps and over that are installed in existing switchboards and panelboards. 16030 - 2 September 22, 1999 f j a 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant D. Circuit Breaker Electrical Tests 1. Contact resistance shall be measured. Section 16030 Testing 2. Time - current characteristic tests shall be performed by passing three hundred percent (300 %) rated current through each pole separately. Trip time shall be determined. 3. Instantaneous pickup current shall be determined by run -up or pulse method. Clearing times should be within four (4) cycles or less, 4. Insulation resistance shall be determined pole to pole, across pole and pole to ground and across open contacts. Test voltage shall be 1000 volts D.C. 5. Check trip unit reset operation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TESTING COMPANY A. Retain the services of an independent testing company that is qualified to test electrical equipment, and is an approved testing company by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. Approved companies: Electro -Test, Apparatus Service and Engineering Technology, Inc. (ASET), Siemens Westinghouse Technical Services. B. Testing company shall prepare test reports on the systems they test. 2.2 TEST EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall provide all apparatus and material required for testing. The Contractor shall use installation tools and test equipment which are designed for the 1. specific task and shall use this equipment per the manufacturer's instructions. All test equipment shall have current calibration certification by a third party calibration laboratory, and shall have a signed and dated calibration sticker affixed to the device. I Calibration shall be traceable to the National Bureau of Standards and be less than 6 months since last calibration. Defective test equipment and installation tools shall not be used. Installation tools such as torque wrenches shall be calibration certified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROJECT DOCUMENTS Deliver the following project documents to testing company two weeks prior to testing: 1 Division 16 Specification Electrical Floor Plans showing equipment to be tested. Electrical One Line Diagrams Sparling, Inc. 16030 - 3 September 22, 1999 1 Group Health #4862 • ROC Chiller Plant 3.2 SCHEDULE Notify Engineer 10 working days prior to performance of any test. Section 16030 Testing Submittals of Manufacturers Data and Shop Drawings including engineers review letter of all systems to be tested. Recommended Circuit Breaker trip settings. 3.3 TEST REPORTS A. The Contractor shall prepare test reports including description of project, description of equipment tested, description of test, test results, conclusions and recommendations, retesting results and list of test equipment used and calibration date. B. One copy of each test report shall be delivered directly to the electrical engineer and Owner within 7 calendar days of the test. C. Insert a copy of each test report in the operation and maintenance manuals. 3.4 RETESTING Any fault in material or in any part of the installation revealed by these tests shall be investigated, replaced or repaired by the Contractor and the same test repeated at Contractor's expense until no fault appears. 3.5 LABELS Upon completion of the tests a label shall be attached to all serviced devices. These labels shall indicate date serviced and the testing company. 3.6 OBSERVATIONS BY ENGINEER Contractor shall remove and replace covers of electrical equipment, open manholes and remove /replace ceiling tiles to permit engineer to observe equipment and wiring provided. Furnish ladder and flashlight. 3.7 TROUBLESHOOTING If a system or device provided under this contract does not operate per manufacturers specifications contractor shall provide qualified men with tools and test equipment to find and repair problem at contractor's expense. Sparling, Inc. END OF SECTION 16030 - 4 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK Same as in Section 16010. Section 16050 Existing Systems 1.2 EXISTING SYSTEMS MAINTAINED Prior to bidding, existing systems and systems adjacent to the work shall be investigated thoroughly. Any damage resulting from performance of work under this contract shall be repaired to assure continuing operation and integrity during and at completion of the project at no increase in contract cost. Any existing wiring serving devices to remain in service and which is interrupted by work performed under this contract shall be rerouted to maintain circuit continuity. The building will continue operation during the work and it is essential that no systems operation be interrupted unless scheduled with the Architect. Contractor shall assume responsibility for unscheduled interruptions and expedient repair. 1.3 EXISTING SYSTEMS CONCEALED A. The electrical drawings show portions of the existing electrical systems which are to remain, be removed or be modified as a part of the Contractor's work. Concealed features of the existing systems are derived from record drawings and the Engineer's best judgment of the configuration, but no guarantee is made as to their correctness. B. The Contractor shall inspect the existing installation prior to bidding and shall make his own judgment as to the work required to provide a complete installation within the intent of the contract documents. 1.4 DEMOLITION WORK A. All demolition work required under this contract is not shown on the drawings. B. The Contractor shall inspect the existing installation prior to bidding and shall make his own judgment as to the work required to provide complete demolition within the intent of the contract documents. 1.5 TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Removing, temporary hanging by chains and reinstalling in ceilings of light fixtures, speakers, detectors, exit signs and other electrical equipment is not shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall investigate the ceiling demolition work and include this work in the bid. The sequence of work shall be (1) Remove and store fixtures, detectors and speakers along with removal of ceiling, (2) Provide temporary support for wired fixtures and devices to be reinstalled in new ceiling at approximately the same location. Use chains for lighting fixture support, (3) Clean and reinstall in the new or replaced ceilings. Provide new lamps when so noted. Provide temporary relocation of exit signs to original location when exit is reactivated. Sparling, Inc. 16050 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EXISTING MATERIALS All materials which are a part of the building shall remain the property of the Owner. 2.2 EXISTING MATERIALS TO BE REINSTALLED Existing materials and equipment (except interior, undamaged raceways) that are removed as a part of the work or stored in surplus shall not be reinstalled as a part of the new systems unless specifically noted or authorized in writing by the Owner. Forward a copy of the authorization to the Engineer. The requirements of the specifications (i.e., , condition, installation, testing, etc.) shall apply as if the materials were new, furnished by the Contractor. 23 EXISTING MATERIALS NOT TO BE REINSTALLED A. In coordination with the Architect, these materials shall be made available for his inspection and decision as to whether the Owner will retain possession. Items selected for retention shall be turned over to the Owner. These items shall be delivered to a location on the premises selected by the Owner. Take reasonable care to avoid damage to this material. If the Contractor fails to conform to this requirement, he shall purchase and turn over to the Owner replacement material of like kind and quantity. B. All material not selected for retention by the Owner and debris shall be legally disposed of by the Contractor. PART 3 - EXECUTION Section 16050 Existing Systems 3.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS Examine the structure, building, and conditions under which electrical work is to be installed for conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of electrical work. Do not proceed with work until deficiencies or detrimental conditions have been corrected. Report deficiencies or detrimental conditions of existing electrical work which might be unsuitable to connect with or receive other work. Failure to so report shall constitute acceptance of other work as being ft and proper for the reception of electrical work. 3.2 DEMOLITION Signaling and communication systems, other electrical equipment free standing or surface mounted, raceway (exposed) and conductors; which are no longer in service presently or as a result of this contract shall be removed. Unused flush mounted devices, outlet and other boxes in finished areas shall be removed from wall and the remaining hole patched to match adjacent wall surfaces. Unused raceways and sleeves shall be cut flush at ceiling, floor or wall and filled with grout. Sparling, Inc. 16050 - 2 September 22, 1999 1 i Group Health #4862 ' ROC Chiller Plant 3.3 POWER OUTAGES The facility will continue its normal operation during the construction work; therefore it is required that the Contractor schedule electrical system(s) outages with the Architect. Electrical systems(s) outages to Owner occupied areas shall not be permitted from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on any day of the week. In the event that the Contractor's work causes or contributes to an electrical system(s) outage (or other system fault), the Contractor is responsible for immediately correcting the problem. Included (as examples) shall be any premium time required to stay on the job site until problem is corrected and air freight for parts not locally available. 3.4 PREMIUM TIME Premium time shall be included in the Base Bid for electrical system(s) outages and for other work as required by the schedule, as shown on the drawings and as noted in other Divisions of the Specifications. 3.5 ACCESS TO PERFORM WORK Carefully remove, store or temporarily hang and re- install in undamaged condition all electrical equipment, lighting fixtures and ceiling tiles where access to perform work is required. Clean prior to re- installation. Provide new lamps when so noted. END OF SECTION Section 16050 Existing Systems Group Health #4862 Section 16100 ROC Chiller Plant Basic Materials and Methods PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section contains the general requirements for materials and installation methods which apply to all sections of Division 16. All materials and equipment shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and U.L. requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All materials to be new, free from defects and not less than quality herein specified (except as permitted in Section 16050). Materials shall be designed to insure satisfactory operation and operational life in the environmental conditions which will prevail where they are being installed. B. Each type of materials furnished shall be of the same make, be standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such materials and be the manufacturer's latest standard design. C. All materials and equipment installed, including lighting fixtures, shall have been tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories or other approved testing organization and shall be so labeled unless otherwise permitted by the Code Inspector (AHJ) and the Architect. D. All materials, equipment and systems furnished that include provisions for storing, displaying, reporting, interfacing, inputting, or functioning using date specific information shall perform properly in all respects regardless of the century, commonly known as being "year 2000 compliant ". Any interfaces to other new or existing materials, equipment or systems shall function properly and shall be "year 2000 compliant" both in regards to information sent and received. 2.2 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS A. Listing of materials is not intended to prevent listing of other material provided the substitute product is submitted for listing and has been reviewed and listed in accordance with the following Substitution of Materials requirements. Sparling, Inc. 1. No Substitute: It is the intent of this specification to require new materials to be compatible with the existing installation and to this end certain materials and systems are indicated "No Substitute" and shall be provided as specified. 2. Listing Prior to Bid Opening: Listing of products other than those specified will be issued after the following requirements are met: 16100 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Section 16100 ROC Chiller Plant Basic Materials and Methods Requests to be original material, clearly indicating the product fully complies with contract documents and be neatly marked with yellow felt tip marker to clearly define and describe the product for which listing is requested. Include certified laboratory test report for lighting fixtures. Samples shall be submitted if requested. Requests shall be received prior to 10 days before bid opening. Requests containing insufficient information to confirm compliance with contract documents will not be considered, 3. After Award of Contract: Substitution of products will be considered after award of contract only under the following conditions: a. The Contractor shall have placed orders for specified materials promptly after contract is awarded. b. The reason for the unavailability is beyond the Contractor's control, i.e., due to strikes, bankruptcy, discontinuance of manufacture, acts of God. c. Requests for substitutions shall be made in writing and shall be accompanied by complete description of the material or equipment. B, In all cases, should a substituted material result in requiring electrical system or building modifications; the Contractor alone shall pay all costs to provide these modifications including all costs to the Engineer for redesign time required to accommodate the required modifications. 2,3 COMPLETE SYSTEMS All the systems mentioned shall be complete in every detail and fully operational upon completion of the project unless specifically noted otherwise. Mention of certain materials in these specifications shall not be construed as releasing the Contractor from furnishing such additional materials and performing all labor required to provide complete and fully operational systems. 2.4 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submittals: Within 30 days after award of contract, submit common brochure(s) with index and divider tabs by specification section, containing all required catalog cuts, to the Architect in a three ring binder with hardboard cover. The data shall indicate listing by U.L. or other approved testing agency and contain sufficient information neatly highlighted with yellow or blue marker to demonstrate that the materials being submitted fully comply with contract documents. Each item submitted shall have been stamped "Reviewed and Approved" by the Contractor prior to review by the Engineer. (Note: Submittals and shop drawings which are incomplete or which contain insufficient information will be returned for resubmittal.) See General Conditions for format, quantity, etc. Sparling, Inc. 16100 - 2 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Section 16100 Basic Materials and Methods ROC Chiller Plant B. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be submitted as soon as available but not later than 45 days after award of contract. Shop drawings shall show the ratings of items and systems and how the components of an item or system are assembled, interconnected, function together and how they will be installed on the project. System layout drawings shall show floor plans with complete device layout and point -to -point wiring and connection diagrams between all components of the system. Show wire sizes and color coding. C. The contractor agrees that submittals and shop drawings processed by the Architect are not change orders; that the purpose of submittals and shop drawings by the Contractor is to demonstrate to the Engineer'that the Contractor understands the design concept, that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating which equipment and material he intends to furnish and install and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. The Contractor alone accepts all responsibility for assuring that all materials furnished under this Division of the specifications meet in full all requirements of the contract documents. The Engineer's review is for general conformance with the design concept and contract documents. Markings or comments shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from compliance with the project plans and specifications, nor departures therefrom, The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, for selecting fabrication processes and for techniques of assembly. D. Submittals are required for: E. Shop Drawings are required for: F. Year 2000 Compliance Statements. All materials, equipment and systems furnished that include provisions for storing, displaying, reporting, interfacing, inputting, or functioning using date specific information shall include as part of the submittal, statements by the manufacturer guaranteeing proper performance in all respects regardless of the century, commonly known as being "year 2000 compliant ". Sparling, Inc. Qualification Certificates Contract Cost Breakdown Wiring Devices Disconnects and Fused Switches Fuses Motor Controllers Circuit Breakers Fire Alarm w /AHJ approval indicated Year 2000 compliance statements Fire Alarm w /AHJ approval indicated 16100 - 3 September 22, 1999 Sparling, Inc. Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 2.5 NAMEPLATES Provide permanently attached nameplates constructed of plastic (black on white) laminated material engraved through black surface material to white sublayer. Exception: Emergency distribution system component labeling - white letters on red background. A. Motor Disconnect Nameplates: Refer to Sections 16160 and 16170. B. Special Equipment Outlet Nameplates: Refer to appropriate Sections. C. As shown on the drawings and details. PART 3 - EXECUTION Section 16100 Basic Materials and Methods 1 3.1 CUTTING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION A. Obtain permission from the Architect and coordinate with other trades prior to cutting. Locate cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the minimum amount necessary. Cut concrete with diamond core drills or concrete saws except where space limitations prevent the use of such tools. B. All construction materials damaged or cut into during the installation of this work must be repaired or replaced with materials of like kind and quality as original materials by skilled labor experienced in that particular building trade. 3,2 PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED ELEMENTS Must be provided such as to retain that rating. 3.3 PAINTING A. Painting in general will be covered under another Division of this specification, except items furnished under this Division that are scratched or marred in shipment or installation shall be refinished. B. Exposed raceways and /or Wiremold (when allowed) in finished areas, shall be painted with two coats of oil based paint. Paint color, shall match color of surface the raceway is attached to. 3.4 CLEAN UP Contractor shall continually remove debris, cuttings, crates, cartons, etc., created by his work. Such clean up shall be done daily and at sufficient frequency to eliminate hazard to the public, other workmen, the building or the Owner's employees. Before acceptance of the installation, Contractor shall carefully clean cabinets, panels, lighting fixtures, wiring devices, cover plates, etc., to remove dirt, cuttings, paint, plaster, mortar, concrete, etc. Blemishes to finished surfaces of apparatus shall be removed and new finish equal to the original applied. 16100 - 4 September 22, 1999 t 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Sparling, Inc. B. All work and materials shall be subject to observation at any and all times by representatives of the Architect. END OF SECTION Section 16100 Basic Materials and Methods 3.5 WORKMANSHIP AND OBSERVATION A. Workmanship shall be of the best quality and none but competent and experienced electricians shall be employed and shall be under the supervision of a competent and experienced foreman. All completed work shall represent a neat and orderly appearance. 3.6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTION A. For equipment furnished under this or other Divisions of the specifications, or by owner; provide complete all electrical connections necessary to serve such equipment and provide required control connections to all equipment so that the equipment is fully operational upon completion of the project. Whenever the drawings show an equipment connection the Contractor shall provide the code required disconnect switch. B. Prior to rough -in, obtain submittals and shop drawings for all equipment requiring electrical connections being furnished under other divisions of the specifications and by the owner. Provide all wiring per the wiring diagrams and requirements indicated. 3.7 INTERFACE WITH OTHER TRADES A. The Contractor shall continually interface and coordinate the electrical work with the work of other trades, B. At each switchboard, panelboard and motor control center location the Contractor shall monitor the work of all trades to assure that the space and clearance requirements of code are met. 16100 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Provide all raceway systems complete and in conformance with code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Section 16110 Raceways 2.1 RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RGS) AND INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) A. Hot dipped galvanized steel. Fittings: Galvanized malleable iron or noncorrosive alloy threaded fittings compatible with galvanized conduit. Erickson couplings, watertight split couplings, similar to OZ permitted. Set screw and running thread fittings not permitted. B. Wherever rigid galvanized steel conduit is specified, intermediate metal conduit is permitted unless noted or required otherwise. 2.2 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Hot dip galvanized, electrogalvanized or sherardized, steel tubing. B. Couplings and Connectors: Raintight; steel or malleable iron type using a split corrugated compression ring and tightening nut or stainless steel locking disc. Steel set screw fittings are permitted. Indenter, drive -on and pressure cast or diecast type fittings are not permitted. 2.3 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Galvanized, or zinc coated flexible steel for dry locations. Aluminum and flexible metallic tubing not permitted. Fittings: malleable iron or steel, similar to Thomas and Betts "squeeze" type. B. Liquid Tight Flexible Metal Conduit. PVC weatherproof cover over flexible steel conduit. Fittings: similar to Thomas and Betts "Super- Tite ". 2.4 EXPANSION FITTINGS Malleable iron, hot dip galvanized allowing 4" .( +/ -2 ") conduit movement. O -Z /Gedney type AX series. 2.5 RACEWAY PENETRATION SEALS Thruwall and Floor Seals: New Construction - OZ /Gedney FSK Series, existing construction - OZ /Gedney CSM Series, 2.6 RACEWAY SEALING FITTINGS For one through four conductors: OZ /Gedney CSB Series. For greater than four conductors: OZ /Gedney EYA Series with sealing compound. Low Temperature or Hazardous Locations: OZ /Gedney EYA Series with sealing compound. Spading, Inc. 16110 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 3 - EXECUTION B. Supports, bending, reaming and threading of raceway shall conform with code. Section 16110 Raceways 3.1 GENERAL A. Provide raceways concealed in construction unless noted otherwise or unless specifically authorized by the Architect. 3.2 RIGID METAL AND INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT All connections watertight. Shall be used for: 1) all raceways where subject to damage, 2) all stubups in concrete, 3) all stubouts through concrete walls or from slabs, 4) where exposed to weather. 3.3 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) Provide for wiring in masonry or frame construction and for wiring in furred ceilings and above suspended ceilings. May be used for exposed work in unfinished areas where not subject to damage. Where construction involves masonry work, assemble and install at the same time as the wall is erected. Avoid surface cut masonry units wherever such masonry units are to remain unplastered or uncovered in completed construction. EMT not permitted to be encased in concrete slabs. 3.4 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT Provide flexible raceway connection with 90 degree loop minimum for isolation to motors and all other equipment subject to vibration, (i.e. control equipment, such as solenoid valves, pressure controls, aquastats, pneumatic electric relays, etc.). Provide liquid tight for pumps, for equipment in areas which are regularly washed down, and for equipment in damp or wet locations. Provide code bonding jumper. 3.5 RACEWAYS THAT STUB UP THROUGH FLOOR Install at such depth that the exposed raceway is vertical and no curved section of the elbow is visible. 3.6 RACEWAY PENETRATION SEALS A. Exterior wall surfaces above grade: Provide watertight seal around all raceways. For concrete construction above ground level, cast raceway in wall or core drill wall and hard pack with a mixture of equal parts of sand and cement. For other types of construction use method acceptable to Architect. B. Roofs: Provide flashed and hot mopped weatherproof seal, or a pitch pan filled and sealed to be weatherproof where raceway penetrates roof membrane. Provide a weatherhead on all raceway stubups penetrating roof. C. Fire rated construction: Seal penetrations to maintain fire rating of construction penetrated. Caulk around penetration with Thomas & Betts Flame -Safe Compound, 3M Sparling, Inc. 16110 - 2 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Section 16110 Raceways Fire Barrier Caulk, Nelson Electric Flameseal or Dow Corning Silicone RTV foam. Install as recommended by manufacturer. 3.7 RACEWAYS SEALING FITTINGS A. Provide watertight seal in the interior of all raceways which pass through building roof, or through outside walls of the building above or below grade. Seal on the end inside the building, using raceway sealing fittings manufactured for the purpose. Seal poured type fittings with a non - hardening compound manufactured for such service. 3.8 HANGERS FOR RACEWAYS A. Raceways 1" and larger: Provide lay -in pipe hangers on 3/8" all threaded rods attached to metal ceiling inserts or to structural members at not greater than 10' -0" on center and within 12" of each change in direction. B. When more than two raceways will use the same routing, group together on a patented channel trapeze support system supported by 3/8" (minimum) threaded rods attached to metal ceiling inserts or structural members. C. Suspended ceiling systems: Do not attach raceways to ceiling suspension system hangers. Raceways 3/4" and smaller serving equipment located within ceiling cavity or mounted on or supported by the ceiling grid system may be supported by dedicated #9 ga. galvanized, soft annealed mild steel wire hangers. Two raceways maximum per hanger. Attach raceways with clips manufactured for the purpose. Attach hangers to structure and to ceiling system. 3.9 PULL CORDS A. Provide a pull cord in all spare raceways or raceways for use by others. B. In other raceways, provide a nylon pull cord in those which are left empty at end of the project, greater than 25 feet in length. 3.10 PROXIMITY TO HIGH TEMPERATURE SURFACES Maintain 12" minimum clearance. 3.11 RACEWAY FILL Raceways not sized on the drawings shall be sized per NEC Tables. Raceways for signal and communications systems shall be sized per the shop drawings and code. 3.12 EXPANSION FITTINGS Provide expansion fittings for raceways crossing expansion joints, building separation walls, and seismic joints. Provide bonding jumper. Sparling, Inc. END OF SECTION 16110 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes Building wire and cable Remote control and signal circuits Splices, connectors, and terminations B. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 16100 Basic Materials and Methods. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ASTM B1 ASTM B8 Hard -Drawn Copper Wire Concentric Lay Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium Hard, Medium Soft, or Soft B. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) UL 44 UL 83 UL 486A UL 486C C. SUBMITTALS Make submittals in accordance with Section 16100. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Rubber Insulated Wires and Cables Thermoplastic- Insulated Wires and Cables Wire Connector and Soldering Lugs for use with Copper Conductors Splicing Wire Connectors 2.1 WIRE AND CABLE A. General 1. Copper conductor, single insulated wire 2. ASTM BI solid conductors; ASTM B8 for stranded conductors 3. 600 volt insulation class, 90 °C maximum operating temperature for dry and wet locations B. Thermoplastic Insulated Wires and Cables Type THHN/ THWN , UL 83 listed Spading, Inc. Section 16120 Wire & Cable 16120 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant C. Rubber Insulated Wires and Cables Type XHHW -2, UL 44 listed Type USE -2, UL 44 listed Section 16120 Wire & Cable 2.2 REMOTE CONTROL AND SIGNAL CIRCUITS A. Class 1 1. Copper conductor, single insulated wire 2. Insulation type THHN/ THWN (90 °C), 600 volt insulation class. Type XHHW for ambient temperature less than 0 °C 3. UL 83 listed, ASTM B1 solid conductors; ASTM B8 for stranded conductors B. Class 2 and 3 1. Copper conductor, multiple twisted conductors covered with an overall non - metallic jacket unless otherwise noted. 2. 300 volt XLPE insulation rated 105 °C 3. UL listed for use in the space in which circuits will be installed. 2.3 SPLICES, CONNECTORS & TERMINALS A. Splices 1. Electrical Tape: 7 mil thick, PVC backing with flexibility and adhesion at 0 °F. 2. Pre - Stretched Tubing: EPR pre- stretched tubular rubber sleeve suitable for insulation of voltages up to 600 volts. 3M PST series or equivalent. 3. Heat Shrink Tubing: Thermally stabilized cross - linked polyolefin with 3 to 1 expansion and internal adhesive sealant. Thomas & Betts Shrink -Kon or equivalent. B. Connectors 1. No. 10 AWG and Smaller: Pre - insulated "twist -on" type with integral spring and insulated housing per UL 486C. Manufacturers: Ideal, Thomas & Betts, or 3M. Sparling, Inc. 2. No 8 AWG and Larger: Bolt or compression set type per UL 486C. Provide two hole compression set connectors for ground bus applications. Manufacturers: Thomas & Betts, O.Z. Gedney. 16120 - 2 September 22, 1999 Ma 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant C. PLASTIC CABLE TIES Nylon or approved, locking type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WIRE & CABLE A. Sizing Sparling, Inc. 2. Minimum power and lighting branch circuit requirement of #12 AWG. B. Color Coding 1. Color code wire in accordance with the coding shown below: 208Y/120V 480Y/277V A Phase (Left bus in panel): Black Brown B Phase (Center bus in panel) Red Orange C Phase (Right bus in panel) Blue Yellow Neutral White Gray Section 16120 Wire & Cable C. Terminals 1. Stranded Conductors #10 and Smaller: Comply with UL 486A 2. Heavy wall thickness copper, tin plated with nylon insulation 3. Thomas & Betts Sta -Kon Terminals 4. Cable ties - nylon locking type. Thomas & Betts Ty -Rap 2.4 TERMINATIONS A. Compression set, bolted, or screw type lug or direct to bolted or screw type terminal. B. Stranded Conductors #10 and Smaller: Eye type crimped terminal when termination is to a screw type terminal. Forked tongue terminal only when terminal screws cannot be removed. Comply with UL 486A. 1. Use stranded conductors for #8 AWG and larger. Conductors of #10 and #12 AWG may be solid or stranded at the contractor's option. 3. Oversize neutral conductors for receptacle circuits using common neutrals, including those to power poles and powered furniture partitions for possible non - linear loads. See drawings for sizing criteria. 16120 - 3 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant C. Installation 1. Utilize type THHN/THWN wire for all power, lighting circuits except where the ambient temperature is below 0 °C, use Type XHHW installation. 2. Install all wiring in a raceway system unless otherwise specified. 3. Install wire only after building interior has been protected from the weather. 4. Install wire only after mechanical work likely to damage wire has been completed. 5. Pull all conductors into a common raceway simultaneously. 6. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger. 7. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment and panelboards. 8. Provide conductor vertical supporting device as required by NEC 300 -19. 3.2 REMOTE CONTROL & SIGNAL CIRCUITS A. Sizing - #16 AWG minimum. B. Installation: 1. Install cables in cable tray and cable rings. 2. Provide protection for exposed cables where subject to damage. Sparling, Inc. Equipment Ground Isolated Ground Green Green Grn/Yel* Grn/Yel* Section 16120 Wire & Cable 2. If large conductors cannot be purchased with the correct insulation color, color code the conductors with wire and cable markers of the appropriate color. Complete encircle the conductor with color coding tape for a minimum length of 6 inches at all accessible locations. 3. In the event that separate neutrals are specified with each phase conductor, provide a white neutral conductor with a tracer of the same color as the corresponding phase conductor. 9. Conductors from one system shall not be intermixed in the same raceway as another system unless shown otherwise. Examples of circuits not be to be intermixed are 480Y/277 with 208Y /120 volt circuits, emergency power, line voltage circuits with low voltage wiring, etc. 16120 - 4 September 22, 1999 1 1 1 1 I a I 1 1 t 1 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3. Support cables above accessible ceilings; do not rest on ceiling tiles. 4. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. 3.3 SPLICES, CONNECTORS & TERMINALS A. Splices 1. Do not make splices without the approval of the engineer. 2. Splice wires and cables only in accessible locations such as within junction boxes. 3. Make splices to carry full capacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. B. Connectors Spading, Inc. 1. Except where equipment is furnished with bolted or screw type lug, use compression set pressure connectors with insulating covers. Use compression tools and die compatible with the connectors being installed. 2. Use bolt or compression -set type with application of insulating tape, pre- stretched or heat shrinkable insulating tubing for splices and taps of #8 AWG copper conductors and larger. 3. Torque conductor connections to manufacturer's recommended values. 4. Use pre - insulated "twist -on" connectors with integral spring for splices and taps of #10 AWG copper conductors and smaller. C. Terminals 1. Insulate ends of spare conductors with electrical tape and identify spare circuit number where appropriate. 2. Eye type crimped terminal for removable screw type terminal. Forked torque terminal when screw terminal cannot be removed. 3. Train wires to eliminate fanning of stands, crimp with proper tool and die. 4. Torque screw termination per manufacturer's recommended values. Section 16120 Wire & Cable 16120 - 5 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 5. Cable ties: neatly bundle conductors and cables together for support. Size cable ties sufficiently to accommodate the multiple cables being supported. END OF SECTION Sparling, Inc. 16120 = 6 Section 16120 Wire & Cable 1 1 a 1 1 1 1 1 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Provide outlet, junction and pull boxes as required to enclose devices, permit pulling conductors and for wire splices and branches. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Section 16130 Outlet, Junction and Pull Boxes 2.1 INTERIOR WIRING A. General. Outlet and pull boxes shall be pressed steel, zinc coated with plaster ring where applicable. Large junction and pull boxes shall be fabricated sheet steel, zinc coated or baked enamel finish, with return flange and screw retained cover. B. Metal Surface Raceway: Boxes of same manufacture and to match raceway. Boxes to accommodate standard devices and device plates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ANCHORING All boxes shall be firmly anchored directly or with concealed bracing to building studs or joists. Boxes must be so attached that they will not "rock" or "shift" when devices are operated. 3.2 FLUSH MOUNTING A. All boxes shall have front edge (box or plaster ring) even with the finished surface of the wall or ceiling, except for those mounted above accessible ceilings or where drawings indicate surface mounting is permitted. B. Flush mounted boxes on opposite sides of a common wall shall not be mounted back -to- back. Provide 0' -6" minimum horizontal separation between closest edges of the boxes. Option: Use other sound proofing method acceptable to Architect. 3.3 ELECTRICAL OUTLETS A. General: Coordinate the work of this Section with the work of other Sections and trades. Study all drawings that form a part of this contract and confer with the various trades involved to eliminate conflicts between the work of this Section and the work of other trades. Check and verify outlet locations indicated on drawings, door swings, installation details and layouts of suspended ceilings and locations of all plumbing, heating and ventilating equipment, 3.4 CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT For equipment furnished under this or other Divisions of the specifications, or by others; provide outlet boxes of sizes and at locations necessary to serve such equipment and provide final connections to all equipment. Outlet box required if equipment has pigtail Sparling, Inc. 16130 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant 3.5 BLANK COVERS Provide blank covers or plates over all boxes that do not contain devices or are not covered by equipment. D. The drawings do not necessarily show every pull or junction box required. The Contractor shall add all boxes required. Sparling, Inc. 480 Power - Brown Telephone - Black 277V Lighting - - Yellow Intrusion Alarm - Gray 120/208V - Unpainted Fire Alarm - Red Emergency Power - Orange B. Following painting use black felt tip marker to indicate the circuit numbers contained within. END OF SECTION Section 16130 Outlet, Junction and Pull Boxes wires for external connection, does not have space to accommodate circuit wiring or requires a wire with insulation rating different from circuit wiring used. Study equipment details to assure proper coordination. 3.6 DEVICE BOXES CONTAINING MULTIPLE DEVICES AND WIRING RATED OVER 150 VOLTS TO GROUND AND OVER 300 VOLTS BETWEEN CONDUCTORS Permitted only with steel barrier manufactured especially for the purpose of dividing the box into separate compartments for each device having exposed live parts. 3.7 JUNCTION OR PULL BOXES A. Pull and junction boxes shall be installed as shown, or as necessary to facilitate pulling of wire and to limit the number of bends within code requirements. Boxes shall be permanently accessible and shall be placed only at locations approved by the Architect. B. Conductors from one system shall not be intermixed in same junction box or pull box as another system unless shown or specifically authorized otherwise. C. In suspended ceiling spaces shall be supported from structure independently from ceiling suspension system 3.8 COLOR CODING A. All junction boxes installed in accessible ceiling spaces and exposed in unfinished areas shall be color coded using spray paint on the box and cover as applicable in the following manner: 16130 - 2 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Section 16160 ROC Chiller Plant Motor Controllers PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope of work under this Section includes all requirements for motor controllers (starters); to be provided and/or installed under this contract. Motor controls to be part of existing Motor Control Centers shall be of the same model and manufacturer of existing. Motor controls shall conform to NEMA standards for each specific purpose and be U.L. listed. B. The Contractor performing the Division 16 work shall furnish motor controllers for all motors shown unless the controllers are included with the equipment furnished under other divisions of these specifications. The contractor performing the Division 16 work shall install all motor controllers including all controllers not factory assembled into equipment furnished under other divisions of these specifications or by Owner. All motors and motor controllers shall be complete and fully operational upon completion of the project. 1.2 MOTOR VOLTAGE INFORMATION Voltages available are 208 and 480 volt three phase; or 120, 208 and 277 volt single phase. Circuits are designed (in general) for motors with voltage ratings as follows: Sparling, Inc. Smaller than 1/2 HP - 115 volts, single phase. 1/2 HP and larger - 200 or 460 volts, three phase. Obtain submittals and shop drawings and verify motor sizes and voltages provided under other Divisions prior to commencing work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MOTOR STARTERS A. Magnetic motor starters: Shall conform to or contain items called for below and unless noted otherwise, shall be full voltage non - reversing for NEMA size 3 and under. Starters larger than NEMA size 3 shall be closed transition, autotransformer or wye -delta type. No starters smaller than NEMA size 0 and no half size starters are permitted. Wye -delta type must have motor designed for this use. Contractor is responsible for coordination. Conductors and terminations shall conform with 16120. B. Overload devices: Shall be melting alloy or bimetallic type. One overload shall be provided for each phase. Provisions shall be made for resetting the overload devices from outside the starter enclosure. Provide ambient compensated overload devices only when the motor is at a constant temperature and the controller is subject to a separate, varying temperature. Automatic reset overload devices are not permitted. 16160 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 Section 16160 ROC Chiller Plant Motor Controllers C. Accessories: Each magnetic motor controller shall include phase loss protector, "HAND - OFF- AUTO" selector switch, 120 volt coil (unless noted otherwise), red running pilot light, green off pilot light, 100VA (minimum) control transformer (except for 115 volt motors), surge suppression kit, with fused primary and secondary, two spare auxiliary interlock contacts and all other accessories required or noted. D. Enclosures: All motor controllers shall be contained in an enclosure suitable for the environment in which the controller is mounted. Shall be NEMA 3R when exposed to weather. Other enclosures shall be per code or as noted. E. Combination motor controller: Shall be fused switch type (Class RK5), or motor circuit protector type rated for 22,000 RMS A.I.C. minimum unless noted otherwise and containing all accessories as listed above. If externally powered control circuits are used, provide an auxiliary switch on the disconnect switch or protector and fuse in lieu of the control transformer. Switch or protector shall be capable of being padlocked in the off position. F. Manual Starters: Shall be toggle switch type, lockable in the "off' position, with overload relays, pilot light and enclosure per above. 2.2 MANUFACTURER Allen Bradley, General Electric, Square D, Cutler Hammer. When mounted in an existing motor control center, manufacturer shall match the existing. 2.3 NAMEPLATES Provide engraved phenolic nameplates per Section 16100. Permanently attach (with mechanical fasteners) on each controller, nameplates with the following information: load and area served, voltage, phase and (when applicable) fuse size and type. 2.4 FAN SHUTDOWN RELAYS Contractor shall provide relay(s) with sufficient contacts to shutdown all fans over 2000 cfm upon receipt of fire alarm. Coordinate relay coil voltage with fire alarm system supplier. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WIRING Wiring shall conform to applicable sections of these specifications. Provide wiring from branch circuit overcurrent device to motor controller to motor terminals, including installation of starter and all connections. Motor controllers provided under Division 16 shall be combination type. Where starters furnished under other Divisions of the specification or by Owner do not include an integral disconnect switch, a separately mounted disconnect switch shall be provided. Provide raceway and conductors as shown for remote control, or interlock connections. Coordinate other control wiring with Sparling, Inc. 16160 - 2 September 22, 1999 1 1 I ,-9 j 7 J2 i i 1 1 Section 16160 Group Health #4862 • ROC Chiller Plant Motor Controllers Division 15 of the Specifications. Provide overload elements in controllers sized to match motor nameplate full load amperes. Space within controllers shall not be used as a junction box. 3.2 SUPPORTS Securely mount to equipment, wall or acceptable mounting frame suitable to withstand earthquake forces. Controllers supported only by raceways are not acceptable. END OF SECTION Sparling, Inc. 16160 - 3 Group Health #4862 Section 16170 ROC Chiller Plant Disconnects and Fused Switches PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Provide all disconnects, fused and unfused, required by code for equipment furnished under this and other Divisions of these specifications and by Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DISCONNECTS A. Switch shall be heavy duty type, shall be quick -make, quick -break and shall be horsepower rated. Exception: Toggle switches with padlocking provisions are acceptable when applied within their rating. Switch shall have blades as required to open all ungrounded conductors and shall be single throw unless noted. Conductors and terminations shall conform with 16120. B. Enclosure shall have interlocking cover to prevent opening door or removal when switch is closed. Door interlocks shall include a defeating scheme. Shall be padlockable in the "off' position. C. Enclosure shall be suitable for the environment in which mounted. Shall be NEMA 3R when exposed to weather. Other enclosures shall be per code or as noted. 21 FUSED SWITCHES (OR FUSED DISCONNECTS) Shall be as above with addition of fuse space and clips to accept only Class R fuses. 2.3 MANUFACTURER General Electric, Westinghouse, Square D, Gould -ITE, GTE Sylvania, Cutler Hammer. 2.4 NAMEPLATES Provide engraved phenolic nameplates per Section 16100. Permanently attach (with mechanical fasteners) on each a nameplate with the following information: load and area served, voltage and phase and (when applicable) fuse size and type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WIRING Wiring shall conform to applicable sections of these specifications. Location of motor disconnects shall be per code. 3.2 SUPPORTS Securely mount to equipment, wall or acceptable mounting frame. Disconnects supported only by raceway are not acceptable. Sparling, Inc. 16170 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 • ROC Chiller Plant Section 16170 Disconnects and Fused Switches 3.3 SPLICES Wiring space within Disconnects or Fused Switches shall not be used as a junction box. Sparling, Inc. END OF SECTION 16170 -2 September 22 1999 t g s 1 1 1 1 • • Group Health #4862 • ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Provide fuses sized per code as required for systems to be complete and fully operational. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FUSES A. Current limiting, U.L. Class R rejection type or Class L unless noted otherwise. B. 600 Amp and less: Class RK1 except motor circuits Class RK5. C. Manufacturer: Bussmann, Gould, Littelfuse. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FUSES Install in fusible devices. END OF SECTION Sparling, Inc. 16180 . - 1 Section 16180 Fuses Group Health #4862 • ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Grounding systems shall be provided for equipment grounds and bonding as required by code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS Copper only, sized per code. Bare or green insulated in sizes #10 AWG or larger. ,Green insulated for size #12 AWG. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GROUNDING, GENERAL Provide all grounding for electrical systems and equipment as required by codes and as specified herein. 3.2 SIZE OF GROUND WIRE As required by National Electrical Code. Where ground wire is exposed to physical damage protect with rigid non - ferrous conduit as permitted by applicable code. 3.3 CONNECTION TO THE POWER GROUND BUS A. Provide connections in accordance with the codes; including but not limited to: 1. Raceway system 2. Electrically operated equipment and devices. B. No device or equipment shall be connected for electrical service which has a neutral conductor connected to a grounding conductor or to the frame within the device or equipment. Section 16450 Grounding 3.4 METHOD OF CONNECTIONS Make all ground connections and ground cable splices by thermal welding or copper compression set type connectors U.L. listed for grounding purposes. Grounding lugs, where provided as standard manufacturer's items on equipment furnished, may be used. 3.5 EXPANSION FITTINGS In conduit runs requiring an expansion fitting, a bonding jumper shall be installed around the fitting to maintain continuous ground continuity. 3.6 TESTING Conform to Section 16030, Sparling, Inc. 16450 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 • ROC Chiller Plant Sparling, Inc. END OF SECTION Section 16450 Grounding 3.7 GROUND CABLE CROSSING EXPANSION JOINTS Ground cables crossing expansion joints or similar separations in structures or paved areas shall be protected from damage by means of suitable approved devices or methods of installation which will provide the necessary slack in the cable across the joint to permit movement. Stranded or other approved flexible copper run or jumper shall be used across such separations. 3.8 RACEWAY BUSHINGS Provide insulated grounding bushing on service and feeder raceways at panelboards and switchboards. Provide ground conductor sized per code to ground bus. Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL Section 16700 Communications 1.1 DESCRIPTION Provide complete and fully operational signal and communication systems. Exception: Those systems designated as "Raceway" systems only. 1.2 TO QUALIFY AS AN ACCEPTABLE SUPPLIER AND /OR SUBCONTRACTOR For Sections 16701 through 16799 shall fulfill the following requirements: A. Have the ability to provide the systems indicated in the contract documents from the criteria contained in the specification and the information shown on the drawings. B. Provide AHJ approved shop drawings which show complete system plan views indicating equipment layout, device layout, raceway routing and sizing, point -to -point wiring, termination and connection diagrams and wire numbers for all conductors and connections. C. Prior to bid determine the complete system components required to conform with local code and AHJ requirements. Include the cost of all components to all contractors in bid price. D, To have been in the business of installing and maintaining the specific type of system equipment under the present firm name for at least five years. E. To have been distributing and/or installing the specific brand and model line of system equipment for at least three years prior to the date on the contract documents. F. To have the capability of dispatching a maintenance or repair truck with a qualified repairman to the job site within four (4) hours of a request for service on the equipment. 1.3 CONTRACT DRAWINGS The contract drawings indicate the general nature of the components required, but do not necessarily show all components required. , The drawings are intended to aid the contractor and /or subcontractor and /or supplier in providing the complete systems required. Raceways, routing and wiring are not shown on the drawings. Contractor shall provide per system requirements and shop drawings. 1.4 RELEASE OF CADD FILES FOR SHOP DRAWINGS Contractor may request to utilize Sparling CADD files for assistance in producing shop drawings, Request shall be made by signing Sparling's "Agreement for Release of CADD Files" letter and paying $80,00 to cover the cost of reproducing and delivering the files to the Contractor. Sparling, Inc. 16700 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 • ROC Chiller Plant PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL See individual Sections 16701 through 16799. 3.3 O &MMANUAL A. Provide all information as required per Section 16010. B. Include record drawings, letter of certification and test results. 3.4 INSTRUCTION Provide as required per Section 16010, and applicable specification sections. 3.5 RECORD DRAWINGS Provide per 16010. Record drawings shall clearly indicate: Sparling, Inc. Section 16700 Communications 2.2 WIRING Provide as specified herein before, except conductor size and type shall be as required to suit the system involved and shall conform with code and AHJ requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SYSTEM SUPPLIER AND /OR SUBCONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Determine the complete system raceway, wiring and outlet box requirements. B. Provide and/or supervise all wiring, wire terminations and connections. C. Provide and/or supervise all equipment installation. D. Perform and /or supervise all testing during and after installation. E. Certify in writing to the Architect (copy to Engineer) at completion stating that system has been inspected, tested and is complete and fully operational in accordance with contract documents. F. Instruct and/or assist the Contractor in instructing the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the system. 3.2 WIRING Provide all wiring complete per system requirements, including 10% spare conductors not less than two (2). Install all conductors in raceway, unless noted otherwise. Color code all junction boxes. Provide numbered wire markers on each terminal end of all wires, in accordance with shop drawings using permanent pressure sensitive or sleeve type markers. 16700 - 2 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Sparling, Inc. 1, Actual routing of all raceways, and location of all junction boxes. 2. Actual cable type, numbers and routing. 3. Actual system wiring diagrams, connection diagrams and interface of all components in the system. END OF SECTION Section 16700 Communications PART 1 GENERAL Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant Fire Alarm System 1.1 DESCRIPTION Provide design and installation of a complete and fully operational zoned, non - coded, annunciated fire detection and alarm system as an extension of the existing building fire alarm system. System shall fully comply with the local fire code currently enforced at the project location. Plans indicate general device requirements. Contractor shall be responsible for developing complete design documents. If any conflict occurs between government adopted code rules and these contract documents, the codes are to govern. 1.2 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS Provide the system in compliance with the following: A. NFPA Codes, Standards and Manuals (latest issue enforced) 72 - National Fire Alarm Code 90A - Air Conditioning & Ventilating Systems (specifically Chapter 4 "Controls ") B. Other Codes and Standards PART 2 - PRODUCTS Sparling, Inc. WAC (Washington Administrative Code) 296 -46 ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act) System Materials: The Fire Alarm System Supplier shall furnish and install all materials even though not specifically mentioned herein, which are necessary for the proper integration of the system. END OF SECTION Section 16721 Local fire code, building code, mechanical code, electrical code, rules and interpretations required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 2.1 MANUFACTURER All fire alarm equipment and system shall be designed and installed by Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. (Landis Division). System components to match existing. 16721 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION Summary of procedures and requirements for project closeout of electrical portions of work. Conform also with other portions of the Contract Documents. Final payment to Contractor is subject to full completion of this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS Reproducible, Xerox drawings. See 16010, 1.10. 2.2 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (0 & M) MANUALS Hardboard, screw post, imprinted covers. Tabbed dividers between categories. See 16010, 1.11. PART 3 - EXECUTION Section 16999 Project Closeout 3.1 REQUEST FOR FINAL PUNCH LIST To request a final electrical punch list, forward a letter to Sparling, Inc. stating; "The electrical work on this project is complete, all punch list items to date are complete, items 1 - 16 in Section 16999, 3.2 are complete and the project is ready for final punch list observation ". 32 JOB CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE A. Perform the following procedures for project closeout of electrical portions of work: Sparling, Inc. 1. Perform testing, tests and documentation per 16030. 2, Provide engraved nameplates on electrical equipment. 3. Refinish electrical equipment finishes which are damaged. 4. Clean up per 16100, 3.4. Clean all parts of lighting fixtures. 5. Color code junction boxes per 16130. , 6. Type panel schedules with actual "as- built" circuit descriptions. 7. Number all circuit breakers. 8. Obtain final electrical inspection. Include copies in 0 & M manual. 9. Give written one year warranty in 0 & M per 16010,1.9. 10. Furnish Record Drawings per 16010. Obtain signature on Job Completion Form. 11. Furnish 0 & M Manuals per 16010. Obtain signature on Job Completion Form. 12. To request final acceptance of project, fill out Job Completion Form in 16010, 1.12 and forward to Sparling. Note: If inspectors have not signed form, a copy of signed -off permits will suffice. 16999 - 1 September 22, 1999 Group Health #4862 ROC Chiller Plant END OF SECTION Sparling, Inc. 16999 -. 2 :01 ': 4t tt Section 16999 Project Closeout 13. Include with Job Completion Form, a copy of the final punch list with the. word "DONE ", and the date and Contractor's initials after each item on the list. 1 t i t 1 ff 1 1 1 1 ORMATI ROTARY SCREW CHILLER WITH EVAPORATIVE COOLING . - ... Pak amp Olormative nn !rte 11116 A NA 11132 (41301 -I1%S . awe .tye.d r: • Qs . RECEIVED e COI SEP 22 1999 n YrI, 4 e w�• 4z - x/ 3 Rid &tT aL.ar...*we -c. ate- �C. -ix 051 4 .4.cord-Ven. 6e3 -99 C) ez5 cki.egv-ws uilgioe d/core-;-e--4- f • s• 0 - 9 /07C order Dec -449 Per ente Order it: F- f ¢SS 0'3 - 1) D Q R • . • > • C S • .. ID O • z N . •� N • • 33 m 1 co 2 a 1 • n N _ Cn D • M RR 01 Z Q i N n kw 0 • c g � � N A I- im ▪ C • .. 3 0 1p ▪ R y• • ▪ .. � • CD • - CO W G3 • Section 15673 SEMI - HERMETIC ROTARY SCREW DX CHILLER WITH INTEGRAL EVAPORATIVE CONDENSER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Design, performance criteria, refrigerants, controls, and installation requirements for direct expansion, packaged, evaporative condensing screw chillers. A. 1.02 REFERENCES A. A. ARI 550/590: Water Chilling Packages using the Vapor Compressin Cycle B. ANSUASHRAE 15: Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration A. A. C. ASME Section VIII: Unified Pressure Vessel Code A. D. UL Standard 1995: Heating & Cooling Equipment E. ASTM A -525: Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Division 1. B. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Dimensioned plan and elevation view drawings, including motor starter and control cabinets, required clearances, and location of all field connections. 2. Summary of all auxiliary utility requirements such as: electricity, water, compressed air, etc. Summary shall indicate quality and quantity of each required utility. 3. Ladder type schematic drawing of the power and ancillary utility field hookup requirements, indicating all items which are furnished. 4. Manufacturer's performance of each chiller unit. Selection shall indicate, as a minimum, the following: a. a. a. a. Input data used for selection. b. Model number of the unit. c. Net refrigeration capacity. d. Power consumption in kW. a. e. Evaporator fouling factor. f. Evaporator entering and leaving water temperatures. g. Evaporator water flow in GPM, and pressure drop in feet. a. a. h. Rated load amp draw. a. a. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Include data on design, inspection and procedures related to preventative maintenance. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall be submitted at the time of unit shipment. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer shall be a company specializing in the design and manufacture of Packaged Evaporative Condensing Chillers. Manufacturer shall have been in production of Evaporative Condensing Chillers for a minimum of 5 years. B. Each unit shall bear an ETL or UL label under UL Standard 1995 indicating the complete unit is listed as an assembly. ETL or UL listing of individual components, or control panels only, is not acceptable. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under the supervision of the owner. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate work performed under this section with work performed under the separate installation contract. 1.08 WARRANTY A. The complete unit shall be covered by a parts warranty during the fast year of operation. This warranty period shall start on the date of start-up or six months after the date of shipment. B. Labor warranty during the unit's first year of operation shall be provided by the installing contractor. C. {Compressors shall have a four year extended compressor parts only warranty.} A. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Governair, 4841 North Sewell, Oklahoma City, OK 73118 2.02 GENERAL A. Industrial / commercial quality outdoor equipment shall be furnished and installed. Units shall be completely factory assembled and tested. The equipment's cooling capacity and performance shall meet or exceed that shown on the schedule. Tags and decals to aid in service or indicate caution areas shall be provided. Electrical wiring diagrams shall be attached to the control panel access doors. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be furnished with each unit. 2.03 CABINET CONSTRUCTION A. Cabinets shall be constructed in a watertight and airtight manner. Unit serial numbers shall be permanently welded into the base frame. B. The unit shall be constructed on a welded tubular steel frame. The tubing shall be cold formed carbon steel electric resistant welded square and rectangular type complying to ASTM A -500 Grade B. Minimum yield strength shall be 46,000 psi. The unit's upper structural tubing frame shall form an integral structure when assembled with the wall panels thus greatly increasing the rigidity of the unit. Floors and walls shall be designed to deflect no more than 1/240 of span at unit operating conditions. The base frame shall have integral lifting lugs. The lifting lugs shall be fabricated from structural steel with an appropriate rigging hole. The lifting lug shall be fixed {bolt down} {removable }. Lifting lugs shall be located and sized to allow rigging and handling of the unit. Steel internal base frame cross - members shall be internally recessed so the perimeter base can overhang the roof curb in a self - flashing manner. C. Units shipped in multiple sections shall be engineered for field assembly. Demount sealing gasket shall be required and provided. Internal lifting eyes shall be provided so that mating sections can be set together in their proper location by the crane without dragging or pushing them together. The mating upper frame of each section shall also be fabricated with a flanged perimeter. The flanged perimeter shall be drilled with assembly clearance holes and be continuously gasketed. Demount gasket supplied with the unit shall be a high quality weather resistant closed cell type. Assembly lugs, fabricated from structural steel with appropriate assembly clearance holes, shall be electrically welded to the base frame. All gasket and necessary assembly hardware shall ship loose with unit. Junction boxes with a factory supplied numbered terminal strip shall be supplied at each shipping split for reconnection of control wiring. D. Floors shall be fully welded and shall be fabricated of 3/16" OD treadplate minimum sheet steel {aluminum} {galvanized }. All welds shall be coated with cold galvanizing compound conforming to MIL - P46105 weld through primer. Floors shall be completey coated with 1.5 mils of corrosion resistant phenolic primer after fabrication and welding. This coating shall exhibit a pencil hardness of B. (See section on Corrosion Protection Systems for coating specification for steel.) Option - Full Welded Galvanized or Aluminum Treadplate {Floors shall be fully welded and shall be fabricated of 3/16" OD hot dipped galvanized {6061 -T6 aluminum) treadplate. All welds shall be coated with cold galvanizing compound conforming to MIL - P46105 weld through primer. } Option - Floor Drains Floor drains shall be installed as shown on drawings. E. All chiller panels shall be fabricated of 16 gauge galvanized sheet steel outer shell. The steel shall conform to ASTM A -527 for lock - former quality. Outer shell shall have a 5 -step baked -on corrosion protection system applied. (See section on Corrosion Protection Systems for coating specification. Panels shall be sealed to the structural frame with an industrial gasket to form a water and airtight seal with the panel. Fasteners used to attach the panel will pass through into one side of the tube but not penetrate into the air tunnel. Panels shall not exceed 24" without a structural steel support member in at least one axis. F. Durable access doors shall be provided for easy access to components. Access doors shall be double wall and completely insulated between the interior and exterior sheet metal of the door and attached to a 2" thick extruded aluminum frame that has an integral thermal break. Hinges shall be heavy duty {stainless steel} butt-type. High compression latches, operable from both sides of the door, shall be used. All access doors shall be gasketed around the complete perimeter. {All exterior doors shall have door tie backs.} {Door viewing windows shall be double -paned wire reinforced type. All windows shall be fabricated with an integral desiccant between the hermetically sealed panes.} 2.04 CORROSION PROTECTION SYSTEM A. Coating adhesion shall comply with ASTM D- 3359 -B with no lifting of 1/8" squares of coating between scribe lines in cross hatch adhesion testing applied after a 2 x gauge reverse impact. No significant undercutting shall be exhibited on steel panels in a scribed condition after 1,000 hours in 5% salt spray testing at 95 °F and 95% relative humidity as per ASTM B -117. Gloss shall be 20 -30% at 60 degrees. Film pencil hardness shall be in the F -H range. Film solvent resistance shall withstand 100 double rubs with MEK. Color shall be CES Sandstone {selected by architect }. B. The base frame and upper structural frame {and non - galvanized floors} shall be completely coated with 1.5 mils of corrosion resistant phenolic primer after fabrication and welding. This coating shall exhibit a pencil hardness of B. C. Exterior coated sheet metal shall be coated with a 5 -step baked on coating system: 1. Galvanized zinc coating of G60 weight shall be applied as per ASTM A -525. 2. After galvanizing, the material shall be cleaned and immediately pretreated on both sides with Bonderite 1421 or approved equal. 3. The material shall then be immediately primed on with Morton 20Y128 epoxy primer applied at 0.15 to 0.26 mils on each side. 4. The primary finish coat shall be a baked on polyester coating equal to Morton Polyceram 3200 applied at 0.8 mils on the exterior exposed side and 0.3 mils on the reverse. The entire system shall be baked on for 25 seconds in a 650 °F oven. The peak metal temperature shall reach no less than 450 °F. 5. The final coat will be an air -dried acrylic modified alkyd coating. A. A. A. A. A. A. A. 2.05 CHILLER COMPONENTS A. General: Units shall be provided with complete operating and safety controls. Factory start-up supervision services shall be provided. B. Refrigerant: The unit(s) shall be supplied pre- charged with refrigerant on all units where the entire refrigeration system can be shipped in a single piece. All other units will be shipped with a holding charge of dry nitrogen and will be charged in the field by the contractor. {All compressors shall have a four -year extended compressor warranty.) C. Performance: Refer to schedule on the Drawings. A. D. Screw Compressors: Rotors shall be asymmetric rotors, consisting of a five -lobe male rotor and a six - interlope -space female rotor, made from ductile cast iron, which has a tensile strength higher than 85,000 PSI. Four radial roller bearings shall be provided to support radial loads from the rotors. At the discharge end of the compressor, triple angular contact ball bearings for the male rotor and double ball bearings for the female rotors will be located to support axial thrust loads and to position the rotor, assuring long life and high reliability. Each bearing shall be pressure lubricated by the oil from the oil separator. Compressor casings shall be of a double casting structure designed with high strength inner ribs designed to minimize noise and to ensure rigidity. The compressor shall be equipped with a slide valve for capacity control ranging from 100% down to 25 %. An 80 -mesh reinforced stainless steel screen strainer shall be provided at the suction port of the compressor. The motor shall be semi - hermetic, three phase, refrigerant cooled type. Safety controls shall include a compressor high pressure cutout, manual reset time delay low pressure cutout, and compressor anti recycle timer. Provide a three phase monitor to confirm proper phase rotation and shut down the unit on loss of a phase. A. E. Evaporator (Brazed Plate Standard Below 195 Tons): The chiller heat exchanger shall be brazed plate direct expansion type with pressed type 316 stainless steel plates as necessary to provide the required heat transfer area to meet the specified operating conditions. Copper brazing materials shall be 99.9% pure copper. All coolers shall be 100% tested. The test procedure shall include an over pressure test and a helium mass spectrometer test. The helium mass spectrometer test shall verify a leak rate of less than 2.8 grams of R -22 per year. Entire cooler to be insulated with 1/2" closed cell foam. Cooler heater cable to be provided and wired to provide low ambient freeze protection during off cycle. Evaporator shall be designed for a maximum operating pressure of 400 PSI and be UL approved. Victaulic connection shall be provided at all field water connections. Evaporator (Shell And Tube standard above 194 tons, optional below 195 tons): The chiller heat exchanger shall be through -tube direct expansion type with refrigerant in tubes and water to be cooled within the shell. Refrigerant heads shall be removable. Tubes shall be seamless copper 5/8" O.D. having extended internal area and roller expanded into grooved tube sheets. Entire cooler to be insulated with 3/4" closed cell foam. Cooler heater cable to be provided and wired to provide low ambient freeze protection during off cycle. Cooler to be constructed in accordance with section VIII of ASME code for unfired pressure vessels and stamped accordingly. Each refrigeration circuit shall be complete with thermostatic expansion valve, liquid line solenoid valve, sight -glass /moisture indicator, filter /drier, and liquid line shut -off with charging connection. Single or multiple compressor models shall have totally independent refrigeration circuits Option - Hot Gas By -Pass Low load and intermediate stage capacity reduction shall be supplied by means of hot gas by -pass on the lead {all} compressor(s). A minimum suction temperature will be maintained by means of by- passing hot gas into the evaporator's distributor. The hot gas by -pass system shall be designed to provide smooth and stable modulation of evaporator capacity. F. Evaporative Condenser: The evaporative condenser coils shall have all prime surface staggered copper tubes, copper headers, and stainless steel tube sheets with ABS tube isolation to allow for expansion and contraction while avoiding galvanic corrosion. A subcooler circuit integral to the condenser coil shall provide liquid subcooling. The coils shall be factory tested at 300 PSIG nitrogen under water. 1. The sump shall be of heavy gauge 304 Stainless Steel welded watertight. The upper skin is to be made of Stainless Steel panels. 2. The water circulating pump shall be a close coupled end suction type with a mechanical seal. Pump discharge line shall have a flexible connection. The spray header shall be PVC with non - clogging spray nozzles which thoroughly wet all coil surfaces to assure maximum heat transfer and minimum scaling. A PVC mist eliminator shall be provided above the spray header to capture any water carryover and return it to the prime condensing surface. An automatic, factory-set sump water bleed shall be provided. The unit shall be provided with make -up, fast -fill, and overflow and drain connections. 3. All refrigerant piping passing through the housing wall shall be sealed watertight by means of a neoprene boot. All fasteners within the sump are to be stainless steel. 4. The condenser fans are to be direct driven propeller fans with adjustable pitch airfoil blades specially selected for high efficiency and low noise generation. The blades shall be made of high strength, non- corrosive glass reinforced PVC. Removable access panels are to be provided for service access to the condenser fan motors, the pump inlet and float valve. 5. The fan motor(s) shall be severe duty rated for wet applications and have stainless steel shafts. They shall be three phase, 1140 RPM with permanently lubricated ball bearings. The motor and fan assemblies are to be mounted on a 304 Stainless Steel structural steel fan and motor frame. 6. Water treatment, must be provided in the field before beneficial use of the evaporative condenser begins. Proper water treatment and bleed prevents the loss of performance and equipment failure caused by scale buildup. 7. Water treatment shall be provided by a qualified local water treatment specialist since water quality, and therefore water treatment, varies widely with geographic location. The local water treatment specialist shall provide continued monitoring and service for the first year of operation. Contractual arrangements for this service shall be provided by the installing contractor. 8. The following provisions shall be factory installed to aid in field installation of a water treatment system: a. A vestibule area near the condenser is to be provided for the field mounting of the water treatment equipment. b. 115V power is provided in the vestibule for a water treatment controller (by others). The power is interlocked with cooling to prevent pumping of chemicals (by others) when cooling is off. 9. Head Pressure Control: The condenser shall be capable of stable operation with entering condensing air temperature of 50 °F (30 °F with condenser fan VFD's). Incorporate condenser fan cycling {condenser fan VFD} to control head pressure in the system. 1. A. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. A. A. A. 1. 1. A. 2.06 CONTROL CIRCUIT AND PANEL A. The control system shall include all safety and operating controls required to meet the equipment's ETL or UL listing and the requirements of UL 1995. Controls to include branch and sub - circuit fusing, contactors, relays and pressure controls. Panel to be constructed to NEMA 3R requirements and will have hinged access panels. B. Motor Starters: Furnish solid state or electromechanical starters for all auxiliary electric motors required. Contactors for electromechanical starters shall be UL recognized for air conditioning and refrigeration (definite purpose) use and rated in voltage, continuous rated load amperes (RLA) and locked rotor amperes (LRA). The rating shall be equal to or greater than the requirements specified on the compressor motor nameplate. C. Provide a non -fused disconnect of the proper amp rating in the starter cabinet. Starter shall be furnished with special terminals and internal wiring as required to accommodate controls and power wiring to water chilling unit. Starter shall include overload protection devices in each of 3 phases. D. Provide copper wires, bus bars, and fittings throughout, except internal wire of the control transformer may be aluminum, if copper termination is provided. Identify power supply terminals with permanent markers. The maximum temperature of terminals shall not exceed 167 °F (75 °C) when the equipment is tested in accordance with its rating. E. Mount a permanent nameplate on the unit to display the manufacturer, serial number, model number, date of manufacture, and current and voltage readings and ETL or UL Listing. F. Provide permanent schematic and connection wiring diagrams indicating exactly how the starter was manufactured and wired including the wire terminal numbers. G. Safety controls shall include a compressor high pressure cutout, and high discharge temperature limit. Unit shall have freeze and low charge protection through a pressure sensing device with a time delay circuit to prevent nuisance trip on unit start-up. All safety controls are manual reset. Provide a three phase monitor to confirm proper phase rotation and shut down the unit on loss of a phase. H. Flow switches shall be provided for field mounting in the piping from the cooler. I. The unit shall be provided with an open protocol Direct Digital Control system, including provisions for remote start/stop, set -point reset, demand limiting control and short cycle timing. Local display of all set - points and other user adjustable parameters will be provided. All safety controls shall be manual reset. The chiller control panel shall be capable of communicating the following information directly with any other manufacturer's direct digital control (DDC) system. a. Safety shutdown, summary alarm (contact closure). b. Run signal (contact closure). c. Remote chiller water temperature reset. 2.07 FACTORY TEST Standard Factory Tests: The chillers shall be factory run and tested. All electrical circuits shall be tested to ensure correct operation before shipment of unit. Units shall pass quality control and be thoroughly cleaned prior to shipment. A. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's requirements, shop drawings, and contract documents. B. Adjust chiller in alignment on concrete foundations, sole plates or other supporting structure. Level, grout, and bolt in place. C. Furnish and install necessary auxiliary water piping for makeup and drain of the evaporative condensers as required. D. Coordinate electrical installation with electrical contractor. E. Coordinate controls with control contractor. F. Provide all appurtenances required to ensure a fully operational and functional chiller. 3.02 START -UP A. Factory Start-Up Services: Start-up is to be supervised by the unit manufacturer or a manufacturer - certified service organization. Physical connections and start-up are provided by the installing contractor. Provide for as long a period of time as is necessary to ensure proper operation of the unit. The start-up engineer shall conduct such operating tests as required to ensure that the unit is operating in accordance with the specified performance. Such testing includes hourly recording of chilled and condenser water temperatures entering and leaving the unit, operating voltage and amperage readings for each phase of compressor, the position of the unloading devices, condenser and cooler refrigerant pressures, oil pressure, net refrigeration load in tons, compressor kW draw, ambient dry and wet bulb temperature, and other information necessary to evaluate and ascertain that the unit is in proper operation. Complete testing of all safety and emergency control devices shall be made. The start-up engineer shall submit a written report to the owner and manufacturer containing all test data recorded as required above and a letter certifying that the unit is operating properly. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Provide complete with descriptive literature, model, and serial number of all equipment, performance data, manufacturer's instructions for operating and maintenance, lubrication recommendation and schedule, and winter shutdown procedure. B. ChillerR.doc March 3, 1999 10 {....} Optional Features All Governair specifications reflect the construction practices at the time they are written. Continuous product improvement dictates that these specifications may change without notice. {....} Optional Features All Govemair specifications reflect the construction practices at the time they are written. Continuous product improvement dictates that these specifications may change without notice. GROUP HEALTH ROC WASHINGTON AIR REPS, INC. 3290 146 PLACE SE BLDG. A BELLEVUE, WA 98007 ISSUE 1 AUGUST 13, 1999 MODEL NO.: SCE -2102- E OUTDOOR UNIT WEST TEAM UNIT BEARS THE ETL LABEL SALES ORDER NO.:3077 P.O. NUMBER:08 -05 -1999 Page � of 20 . • SN31773 * 4841 N. SEWELL * OKLAHOMA CITY, OK 73118 * PH: 405/525 -6546 * FAX: 405/528.4724 G QW R N A ON PROJECT: GROUP HEALTH ROC SOLD TO: Norman Wright Mechanical 2398 Jerrold Avenue San Francisco, CA 94124 S.O. NUMBER:3077 P.O. NUMBER:08 -05 -1999 Altitude Total Cooling Capacity Total Cooling Capacity Propylene Glycol Concentration Entering /Leaving Fluid Temperatures Volumetric Flow Rate Required Water Pressure Drop Compressor Power Compressor Efficiency Total Unit Efficiency COOLING CAPACITY - CHILLER CONDENSING CAPACITY - EVAPORATIVE Design Air Flow Altitude Ambient Wet Bulb Temperature Shower Flow Rate Bleed Water Flow Rate Total Make -up Water Required Total Sump Capacity SN31773 E N G I N E E R I N G SUBMITTAL DATA ISSUE 1 DATE: AUGUST 11, 1999 SERIAL NO.: 31773 TAG: CH -1 MODEL NO.: SCE - 2102 -E NO. OF UNITS: 1 CONDITIONING CAPACITIES EVAPORATIVE CONDENSING WATER CHILLER TEAM: West UNIT BEARS THE E.T.L . LABEL - 0 ft. above Sea Level - (.075 lbs. /ft. - 2,544 MBH @ 67 F. Ambient WB - 212 TONS @ 67 F. Ambient WB - 20% -52/42 - 526 G.P.M. - 4.10 psi = 9.46ft water -175 kW - 0.82 kW / ton -0.91 kW /ton - 43,400 S C.F.M. - 0 ft. above Sea Level - (.075 lbs. /ft -67 F W.B. - 450 GPM - 6.1 GPM -12.8 GPM - 440 Gallons * 4841 N. SEWELL * OKLAHOMA CITY, OK 73118 * PH: 405/525 -6546 * FAX: 405/528 - 4724 * Page 2. of 20 GOVERNAnt C o H r o H n T I o N SN31773 UNIT CONSTRUCTION SECTION BASE FRAME LIFTING LUGS UPPER FRAME CABINET INSULATION PAINT ROOF CURB ACCESS DOORS DOOR LATCHES -FLOOR -WALLS -ROOF -FRAME -FLOOR - INTERIOR - EXTERIOR - 2" x 6 x 11 gage structural steel tube, electrically welded - Fixed lug - 1" x 2" x 16 Ga Structural steel tube, electrically welded - 3/16" O.D. steel treadplate floor, continuously welded - bright galvanized steel sub -floor -16 gauge single wall pre - coated galvanized steel exterior -16 gauge pre - coated galvanized steel exterior - 2.5" x R8 Fiber Glass Batt on floor only. - Air dried, dark gray epoxy finish - Air dried, dark gray epoxy finish used throughout - None - "SPECIAL EXTERIOR COLOR ". Paint chip to be provided "By Representative" - None Required, unit to sit on concrete pad - Double wall construction with full height stainless Steel hinges and Omega bulb type door gasket - High compression type latches operable from inside and outside of the unit. * 4841 N. SEWELL * OKLAHOMA CITY, OK 73118 * PH: 405/525 -6546 * FAX: 405/528 -,724 * Page of 2 o • G OVERN A J R N CHILLER HEAT EXCHANGER COMPRESSOR SECTION: Compressor (2 Required ) GOVERNAIR CONDENSER SECTION: Condenser Coil CONDENSER FANS (3 required) MOTOR (3 Required ) ELIMINATOR SPRAY TREE SN31773 CONDITIONING COMPONENTS - Model No.FSX -250 -2 Shell & Tube D.X. Chiller Barrel Removable Heads Bolt -on Flange connections (water) 1/2" armaflex insulation Heat cable protection 225 psig Tube ( Refrigerant) Side Rating 150 psig Shell ( Water) Side Rating COMPRESSOR CONDENSER REFRIGERANT SECTION - Model :100 hp, V, Semi - Hermetic Screw Slide Valve unloading Stainless Steel mesh oil and suction strainers Oil Sight Glass Oil Heater 4 year extended compressor warranty - Governair Model:EC9 -76 Staggered Pattern, 5/8" copper tubes Primary Surface condenser coil - 42" Multi -blade composite propeller - 5 hp 460/3/60, Severe Duty - PVC mist eliminator - PVC spray piping with self - cleaning centrifugal type spray nozzles arranged to provide uniform coil coverage SUMP - Large capacity condenser water pan 11 Gauge 304 Stainless Steel Sump with fine mesh pump pickup strainer, float type makeup water valve, Manual Drain Valve and removable overflow stand pipe 16 ga. stainless steel condenser casing Removable access panel provided to service to condenser fan motor, and float valves. * 4841 N. SEWELL * OKLAHOMA CITY, OK 73118 * PH: 405/525-6546 * FAX: 405/528-4724 * Page 4 of 20 • G O 1 VERN A O, SUMP HEATER ( 1 Required ) PUMPS (1 Required) CORROSION PROTECTION WATER TREATMENT ** Operation of unit without proper water treatment will void manufacturer's warranty ** HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT ( EACH COMPRESSOR ) FEATURES SN31773 Recommended city water pressure 20 psig. Maximum water pressure 35 psig. - 9 kW, 460/3/60 - 7.5hp 460/3/60 close coupled centrifufal type water pump bronze fitted and mechanical seals - All internal sheet metal subjected to condenser air or water, to be galvanized steel - Furnished and installed "By Governair" Chemicals and service provided "By Others" - One Fan controlled by VFD, other fans Via cycling of condenser fans - Thermostatic expansion valve - Replaceable core liquid line filter drier - Liquid Line sight glass - Liquid Line Solenoid Valve - Charge /Purge Valve - Refrigerant Line Check valve - 350 Ib. pressure relief valve - 1/2" armaflex suction line insulation - High and Low pressure service gauges - Refrigerant Line service valves - ( Compressor Suction & Discharge Lines ) - Hotgas bypass, each compressor * 4841 N. SEWELL * OKLAHOMA CITY, OK 73118 * PH: 405/525 -6546 * FAX: 405/5284724 !' Page �-' of G Q VE R N A O, ELECTRICAL SECTION ELECTRICAL POWER REQUIREMENTS ' 460/3/60 power with 24 and 120 volt control 24 volt transformer furnished and installed 120 volt transformer furnished and installed ELECTRICAL CONTROLS 100W Vapor Proof Lighting See attached wiring diagram SN31773 NOTE: This unit is designed in accordance with the National Electrical Code and UL Standard -1995. Unless specifically noted, this unit has not been examined for compliance with State and Local Codes. Responsibility of verifying compliance and notifying Governair of any state and local codes which differ from NEC lies with the engineer/job contractor /local representative. * 4841 N. SEWELL * OKLAHOMA CITY, OK 73118 * PH: 40S/52S -6546 * FAX: 4051528.4724 * Page of 1 GQWRN SN31773 PARTS SHIPPED LOOSE WITH UNIT FOR FIELD INSTALLATION ITEM 1 QUANTITY 1 DESCRIPTION • F61MB -1 FLOW SWITCH GOVERNAIR PARTS NUMBER * 4841 N. SEWELL * OKLAHOMA CITY, OK 73118"PH: 405/525-6546 * FAX: 405/528-4 Page`,._? or _31 LUG TYPE MAX. LIFTING CAPACITY "W" I 6500 lbs • D C 8 ADDED LUG TYPE ECNO15. DCNO20 AUTHORGY M 71811 AND 11E IsORMAt1oN MIN MIN . 3.00 / -1-00 — 3.00 ---0-1 3/8" I 1 . MIN CHANGE ANGLE SIZE TO 3x4x3/8 RECORD OF REVISIONS 2.41.4 ,xw XXIV OY 4/7/99 3 -18 -94 5 -7 -92 DATE TOLFRANCEa is � ° o � �.oeo • ra }t1 D IS MC PROPERTY of CORPORA71 STANDARD MANUFAG7URING DRAWING GOV. P /N: 34820020 MATERIAL: 4 x 3 x 3/8 ANGLE 5.00 4 4041 K. *KU. ►"+r)i -03 'FAX 824°3410 TITLE DWG NO WELD -ON LIFTING LUG M1023 -47 BY CHK .p23-47 1 -1/2 DIA. LIFTING HOLE NOTES: 1. THIS "WELD -ON" LIFTING LUG IS "STANDARD" APPLICATION FOR ALL TUBE BASE FRAMES. 2. REFER TO " UFTING LUG SPECIFICATIONS" FOR APPLICATIONS OF UFTING LUGS. DATE 5 -7 -92 DA Sht 1 of 1 1 GPRNAIR SN31773 JOB NAME: Group Health ROC ISSUE -1 8/9/99 TAG: CH -1 MODEL NO.: SCE - 2102 -E SERIAL NO.: 31773 (COMPRESSOR CONTROL TYPICAL) SEQUENCE OF OPERATION (OVERVIEW) Completing the circuit between terminals 311 and 312 located in each chiller control panel enables the chiller system. This will enable the unit microprocessor and allow cooling, provided chill water flow is proven and the leaving water temperature of the chiller barrel is above set point of the manual reset freezestat. 0 -10vdc input can be provided "by others" at terminals 325 and 326 to control demand limiting. 0 -10vdc input can also be provided on terminals 327 and 328 to reset the supply water temperature. These signals are not required for unit operation. The compressor(s) are staged on according to return water temperature. As the return water temperature rises above set point as set on the zone terminal display /keypad the compressor(s) will stage on to maintain return water temperature entering the chiller barrel. Should the retum water temperature be over 15 °F above set point the compressor(s) oad /unload during optimal start to maintain FLA. Current draw of each compressor is monitored. If the current exceeds the current limit set point the compressor will be unloaded and if the current continues to rise that compressor may be shutdown. When the return water is greater that the return water setpoint, compressor #1 will be staged "on" provided the compressor has been in the "off' cycle for at least 5 minutes. The compressor, once called on will remain on a minimum of 3 minutes. Current draw of the compressor is monitored and compressor #2 is not energized unit compressor #1 current has not changed for a pre - determined time. Compressor #2 and #3 are energized and controlled in the same manner. When cooling contacts close power is applied through the compressor safeties (compressor overheat, refrigerant high pressure, refrigerant low pressure, and high compressor discharge line temperature) energizing the liquid line solenoid, hot gas solenoid, compressor soft starter, and compressor auxiliary relay. The compressor will remain in the unloaded condition thirty seconds before being under control of the capacity control. Each compressor is equipped with anti recycle on and off time functions. The compressor will remain unloaded for the initial 30 seconds of start up. When the compressor is off the crankcase heater is energized. (CAPACITY CONTROL) The load and unload function of the compressor(s) is controlled to maintain leaving water temperature. As the leaving water temperature rises above set point as set on the display /keypad the compressor(s) will begin to load to maintain the leaving water temperature. The DDC microprocessor will determine the compressor on and off pulse times of the capacity control outputs based on the difference in actual leaving water temperature and leaving water setpoint. Should the current exceed the must trip amp setting pre - programmed in the controller, the compressor automatically start to unload. Should current continue to rise the compressor will be de- energized and must be manually reset at the keypad. PAGE ' OF 20 GOVERNAIR E VAPORATIVE CONDENSER CONTROL - MODULATED) When the compressor circuit is energized the corresponding evaporative condenser pump is energized via the DDC microprocessor. Modulating condenser fan(s) via head pressure transmitters on each compressor circuit shall control head pressure. The DDC microprocessor shall discriminate the maximum head pressure signal from all compressor circuits and stage /modulate the condenser fans, via vfd's to maintain head pressure control. Each evaporative condenser sump is provided with a sump water sensor, electric sump heater and electric float switch. The sump temperature sensor shall input a signal to the DOC microprocessor and should the sump water temperature be below the sump water setpoint the heater shall be energized. A sump water level switch shall lock out the sump heater on a low water condition. Duplex receptacles are provided at each evaporative condenser for the factory installed water treatment system with built in on board controller. (CHILL WATER PUMP CONTROL) The chilled water pump is controlled by the DDC microproccessor. Upon a closure of the chiller start contact "by others" the chill water pump (by others) shall energize (a dry contact is provided for pump start) and a flow switch (shipped loose) shall close and after a pre- determined time the compressors will then be allowed to start and provide cooling. On a shutdown of the compressors the chill water pump shall remain on for 3 minutes and them cycle off. (PHASE MONITOR) (WATER TEMPERATURE CONTROL) 1. Leaving Water Temperature Indication 2. Leaving Water Temperature Set Point (adjustable) 3. Retum Water Temperature Indication 4. Return Water Temperature Set Point (adjustable) 5. Sump Water Temperature Indication 6. Sump Water Temperature Set Point (adjustable) 7. Shutdown Indication 8. Compressor(s) On Indication 9. Compressor(s) Unload 10. Compressor(s) Load 11. Compressor(s) Current Draw (amps) 12. Compressor(s) Suction Pressure 13. Outside Air Temperature Indication PAGE to OF 21 " SN31773 Each chiller control panel is provided with a phase monitor that will shut the unit down on phase reversal, single phasing or low voltage (brownout). The microprocessor controls the leaving water , retum water , free cooling loop and sump water temperatures. The keypad /display mounted on the control panel door will allow the following functions: GOVERNAII( Unit_ microprocessor is BacNet compatible. HOME COM SUP WTR TEMP COM RET WTR TEMP SUP WTR TEMP RET WTR TEMP OUT AIR TEMP COMP #1 AMPS COMP #2 AMPS �I SW RESET � SIGNAL DEMAND LMT SIGNAL SETPOINTS SW SETPOINT RW DEADBAND OA LOCKOUT COMP #1 FLA COMP #2 FLA COMP #3 FLA COMP #1 MTA COMP #2 MTA COMP #3 MTA GAIN ENABLE DECR ENABLE STATUS CW PUMP STATUS PUMP PROVE STATUS OA LOCKOUT COMP #1 STATUS COMP #2 STATUS COMP #3 STATUS COMP #1 LOAD COMP #1 UNLOAD COMP #2 LOAD COMP #2 UNLOAD , COMP #3 LOAD COMP #3 UNLOAD SN31773 CONDENSER COND FLWT SW1 COND FLWT SW2 CMPR STATUS COMP #1 DIS PRES COMP #2 DIS PRES COMP #3 DIS PRES HEAD PRES SETPT SUMP WTR SPT COND #1 WTF TEMP COND #2 WTR TEMP COND #1 SUMP HTR COND #2 SUMP HTR COND FAN VFD1 -2 ISSUE #1 Aug, 13th 1999 ISSUE ISSUE ISSUE 0 v e Q 'pFPARED BY PREPARED BY PREPARED BY PREPARED BY , . -.JECT ENGINEER J OHNSON MATHEW PROJECT ENGINEER PROJECT ENGINEER PROJECT ENGINEER , C O R P © R A TI O N 4Y4t North StM11 014t411orw City, Of 79110 «031 523 IPROVAL ENGINEER APPROVAL ENGINEER APPROVAL ENGINEER APPROVAL ENGINEER NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ALL DIMENSIONS ARE EXPRESSED IN INCHES. 2' PANEL PLAN VIEW FRONT ELEVATION VIEW Group Health ROC 108' BASE FRAME 2' PANEL 4' ONE WAY PITCHED ROOF 6' BASE 98' BASE FRAME 56 3/4' Make -Up Wat Seattle, WA 45 1 FROM BA FRAME 6' 24' 48' APPROX, TOTAL DRY SHIPPING WEIGHT 17,400 LBS APPROX, TOTAL WET OPERATING WEIGHT 21,400 LBS 5 1/2' FOR 1 1/2' PVC DRAIN 3 1/2' FOR 1' PVC MAKE —UP WATER 200 1/2' FROM BASE FRAME 246' BASE FRAME EC9 -76 103 1/4' FROM BASE FRAME ( a7 Lit[ 36' FROM BASE - FRAME 62 1/2' FROM BASE FRAME 7 45 1/2' FROM BASE FRAME 1' 1' -54' lS 5 1/2' FOR 1 1/2' PVC DRAIN 3 1/2' FOR 1' PVC MAKE -UP WATER v . =,-}; ___.._....__ _ 200 1/2' FROM BASE FRAME 90' 246' BASE FRAME EC9-76 ■ 103 1/4' FROM BASE FRAME fi7I ' r �sz.r� Al 0 rn 1 54' 36' FROM BASE - FRAME 24' — 1' 62 1/2' FROM BASE FRAME 45 1/2' FROM BASE FRAME —24' lO UNIT CONTROL PANEL O2 POWER FEED LOCATION 0 EC9 -76 EVAPORATIVE CONDENSER 0 42' DIA. PROPELLOR FAN W/ 5 HP, MOTOR 0 7' FAN ORIFICE 06 SPRAY SHOWER PUMP 07 1 1/2' MPT DRAIN CONNECTION AND 1' MPT MAKE -UP WATER CONNECTION. 0 A a, 7' 108' BASE FRAME r1 . LIFTING LUG (TYP.OF 8) • 0 WATER SPRAY TREE 0 WATER SUMP it 1 1/4' SUMP DRAIN PAN 0 CONDENSER AIR INTAKE 13 CHILLER BARREL 0 (2) -100 HP COMPRESSOR 0 (2) VAPOR PROOF LIGHTS 0 LIGHT DISCONNECT 0 VFD FOR (1) FAN IN LOUVERED COMPARTMENT Q LIGHT SWITCH 0 WATER TREATMENT 0 (2) 16' X 16' OPENING THRU FLOOR (C) expeut.ze Sheet p'3.s_ St ,..04. v aul l GL G. a., THK. CDRsotailb • .2500 = FRONT ELEVATION VIEW ISSUE O v o i � MODEL: SCE- 2102 -E TAG: CH-1 PREPARED BY NEER PROJECT ENGINEER SERIAL NUMBER: 31773 ORDER NUMBER: 3077 DRAWING NUMBER: GOVERNAIR APPROVAL: , , C O R P O R A TI O N 4641 North s...0 m ishoho City, a 7311• (40S) 5z1-4546 SINEER APPROVAL ENGINEER -54' lS 5 1/2' FOR 1 1/2' PVC DRAIN 3 1/2' FOR 1' PVC MAKE -UP WATER v . =,-}; ___.._....__ _ 200 1/2' FROM BASE FRAME 90' 246' BASE FRAME EC9-76 ■ 103 1/4' FROM BASE FRAME fi7I ' r �sz.r� Al 0 rn 1 54' 36' FROM BASE - FRAME 24' — 1' 62 1/2' FROM BASE FRAME 45 1/2' FROM BASE FRAME —24' lO UNIT CONTROL PANEL O2 POWER FEED LOCATION 0 EC9 -76 EVAPORATIVE CONDENSER 0 42' DIA. PROPELLOR FAN W/ 5 HP, MOTOR 0 7' FAN ORIFICE 06 SPRAY SHOWER PUMP 07 1 1/2' MPT DRAIN CONNECTION AND 1' MPT MAKE -UP WATER CONNECTION. 0 A a, 7' 108' BASE FRAME r1 . LIFTING LUG (TYP.OF 8) • 0 WATER SPRAY TREE 0 WATER SUMP it 1 1/4' SUMP DRAIN PAN 0 CONDENSER AIR INTAKE 13 CHILLER BARREL 0 (2) -100 HP COMPRESSOR 0 (2) VAPOR PROOF LIGHTS 0 LIGHT DISCONNECT 0 VFD FOR (1) FAN IN LOUVERED COMPARTMENT Q LIGHT SWITCH 0 WATER TREATMENT 0 (2) 16' X 16' OPENING THRU FLOOR (C) expeut.ze Sheet p'3.s_ St ,..04. v aul l GL G. a., THK. CDRsotailb • .2500 = FRONT ELEVATION VIEW STANDARD ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 1. RACEWAYS SHALL BE A COMBINATION OF EMT, FMC, MC AND WIRE DUCT. 2. CONTROL VIRING SHALL BE QUAD RATED, STRANDED, COPPER. 3. POWER WIRING SHALL BE STRANDED, 90C, COPPER, THHN. 4. WIRING GENERATING IN CONDUIT SHALL BE LABELED ON BOTH ENDS, WITH COMPUTER PRINTED SELF ADHESIVE LABELS, CORRESPONDING TO UNIT WIRING DIAGRAM. 5. CONTROL WIRING LOCATED IN THE UNIT CONTROL PANELCS) SHALL BE LABELED WITH PRE - PRINTED, NYLON, 'CLIP ON' WIRE MARKERS. 6. DEMOUNT BOXES WITH TERMINALS SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR ALL VIRING UP TO SIZE XXXX WITH THE EXCEPTION OF SHIELDED CABLE WHICH SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE DEVICE AND ROLLED UP AT THE NEXT UNIT SPLIT AND CLEARLY TAGGED WITH THE FINAL DESTINATION. 7. WIRING LARGER THAN SIZE 2/0 THHN SHALL BE PUSHED THRU THE CONDUIT AND AND ROLLED UP, CLEARLY TAGGED WITH THE FINAL DESTINATION. 8. JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE NEMA 1, EXCEPT IN WET AREAS WHICH SHALL HAVE A NEMA 3R RATING OR GREATER. 9. 460/230/208/120 WIRING SHALL BE SEGREGATED IN RACEWAYS AND IN THE UNIT CONTROL PANEL AT THE TERMINAL STRIP FROM ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING. 10. FIRE ALARM VIRING SHALL BE IN DEDICATED CONDUIT. 11. EMERGENCY WIRING SHALL BE IN DEDICATED CONDUIT. 12. POLYETHELENE TUBING SHALL BE USED FOR ALL AIR FLOW SNITCH TUBING. 13. SOFT COPPER TUBING SHALL BE USED ON ALL WATER SWITCH TUBING. HAND SERVICE VALVES, ARE REQUIRED ON ALL WATER APPLICATIONS. 14. FLEXIBLE NYLON IMPREGNATED RUBBER HOSES SHALL BE USED ON ALL REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSING DEVICES. 15. SHIELDED CABLE SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL. DRAWINGS. 16. EQUIPMENT BONDING GROUNDS ARE REQUIRED WHERE INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. GROUNDS SHALL BE GREEN IN COLOR OR BANDED GREEN. SIZING SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ARTICLE 250 -95 OF THE NEC. 17. CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED ON UNIT WALKWAYS WITHOUT ENGINEERING APPROVAL. 18. CONDUIT INSTALLED ON EXTERIOR OF UNIT OR IN HUMIDIFIER GRID SECTIONS SHALL CONSIST OF EMT AND FLEXIBLE METAL LIQUIDTIGHT. 19. LIQUIDTIGHT CONDUIT SHALL NOT EXCEED 617 IN LENGTH WITHOUT ENGINEERING APPROVAL 20. FMC CONDUIT OVER 6FT IN LENGTH SHALL HAVE A SUPPLEMENTARY GROUND WIRE INSTALLED. 21. ALL TERMINAL STRIPS SHALL BE SEGREGATED IN THE CONTROL PANEL WITH DIVIDERS INCLUDING 460V, 230V, 120V, 24V. GROUP HEALTH ROC SPECIAL PROJECT ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS SPECIAL PROJECT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL OVERRIDE STANDARD ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS STAt 0 WIRING TERI WIRING TERI ❑ WIRING TERI MULTIVIRE 31f DENOTES MO it LIGHT SWITC 3 LIGHT SWITC DUPLEX WTI DENOTES - - DENOTES WIRING DIAGRAM SU CHANGE UNTIL AS 0 WIRING TERMINAL IN UNIT CONTROL PANELCS), O WIRING TERMINAL IN UNIT BURNER/HEATER SECTION ❑ WIRING TERMINAL IN CUSTOMER FURNISHED OR TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANELCS). MULTIWIRE SHIELDED CABLE STANDARD ELECTRICAL DESIGNATIONS DENOTES MOUNTED IN CONTROL PANEL DOOR LIGHT SWITCH, SINGLE LIGHT SWITCH, THREE WAY DUPLEX OUTLET DENOTES FACTORY WIRING — — DENOTES FIELD WIRING WIRING DIAGRAM SUBJECT TO CHANGE UNTIL AS BUILT' ISSUE ISSUE ISSUE FINAL AS BUILT PREPARED BY PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE 1 .8/12/99 PREPARED BY RICK BROWN APPROVED SCE- 2102 -E CH -1 31773 MODELS TAG SER, NU" , DWG. NO. MNrMILL WHIM pRst vas , i� iM M• COUP HEALTH ROC 'ECIAL PROJECT ELECTRICAL ONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS :IAL PROJECT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL OVERRIDE STANDARD ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS �'�S u!n, ,i : l3;C4 `fl Part# Descriptor Control 1 51700040 IDISC 400A IN -PANEI 151700045 IDISC 400A TERMINAI 1 50800094 1-6FU 250A 600V TI 117148 1-6FU 400A 600V 3P 151600067 C1 -C2 1S0A CONTACT 51600065 CI -C2 LUG KIT 50600039 1 -2CT CURRENT TRAIN 51800010 IDISC 3 HOLE LUG 20150 IDB POWER DISTRI 50800072 7 -9FU 12A 600V TD 1 11545 7 -I2FU 30A 600V 3P 51600005 ECI -3 30A STARTER 51600031 EC1 -3/01. OVERLOAD ELE 52500005 1VFD 7.5HP VAR FRI 50800076 7 -9FU 25A 600V TD i 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 118 100 101 102 103 460 VAC 3 PHASE 60 Hz 111 IL2 1L3 I II 2L1 2L1 2L2 212 1 DISC 400A IN -PANEL n" 1') 3L1 1 250A 3L2 2 FU 250A 213 313 1 3FU 250A 4FU ® 412 5 FU 250A 2L3 4L3 6fU 250A MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 381.: 500 246 246 246 C1 -1II 234 C1 -1II 234 C2 -1II C2 -1 1T1 173 2C1-11 I 3L1 1T4 C1 -2 235 3L2 I 1T5 235 2 3L3 I) 1T6 235 2 4L1 I 2T1 C2 -1 I 411 2T4 {I 247 21 4L2 11 2T5 247 2 4L3 I) 2T6 247 2 ICT 11 317 318 1T2 1T2 319 320 1T1 1T3 IMm SR -4 SCREW COMPRESSOR 148 RLC 1156 LRC {I MO. 1 IN 2' LC1F150C8 CONTACTORS DZ2FG6 LUG KITS SR -4 SCREW COMPRESSOR 148 1RC 1156 LRC 127 {I NC. 1 1N Y LCIF15006 CONTACTORS DZ2FG6 LUG KITS 128 460 VAC 3 PHASE 60 Hz LI L2 1.3 I 1 D8 125 [LI l2 L31 POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK IMMO 126 811 811 7FU 121 129 130 131 132 117 133 134 119 135 120 136 121 137 122 138 123 139 124 140 • • • 7L1 712 7l3 ® 812 8FU 12A 7 eL3 9FU 12A 10FU 25AA 1IFU 1012 ® ,7L3 ® 10L3 I2FU 25A 0 0 0 0 0 a 1VFD 7.SHP VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE 9L1 9L2 9L3 1 f .-- r X, - r -2 rr+ 1 r Xr• --4 -EGZ 1 EC3 7 8 1 SR -4 SCREW COMPRESSOR 148 RLC 1156 LRC (6) NO. 1 IN 2" 2 LCIF150G6 CONTACTORS 2 OZ2FG6 LUG KITS 460 VAC 3 PHASE 60 Hz L1 U L 108 125 [1•1 l2 13 BLOCK POWER DISTRIBUTION 126 SR -4 SCREW COMPRESSOR 148 LRC 1156 LRC 127 { 61%10. 1 IN 2' 2 LC1F150G6 CONTACTORS 2 OZ2FG8 LUG KITS 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 7L1 7L2 • • • 711 712 713 7L1 _ fl JJ 8L1 7FU 12A 2L2 T ��8FU i�ZA1J 9f 7 10FU® 8L2 813 1011 1012 1IFU 25A 71.3 1013 ® 12FU 25A FINAL AS BUILT ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE .PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE 1 PREPARED BY APPROVED TAG: SER. NO.: OWG. NO DENOTES FACTORY WIRING -- - DENOTES FIELD WIRING WIRING DIAGRAM SUBJECT TO CHANGE UNTIL 'AS BUILT ISSUE ISSUE PREPARED BY 8/12/99 RICK BROWN SCE- 2102 -E CH -1 31773 0 a O O O O 0 0 O O ❑ O O ❑ O Part# Descriptor Control 51700040 51700045 50800094 17148 51600067 51600065 50600039 51800010 20150 50800072 11545 51600005 51600031 52500005 50800076 IDISC !DISC 1-6FU 1 -6FU C1 -C2 C1 -C2 1 -2CT !DISC 108 7 -9FU 7 -l2FU ECI -3 EC1 -3/0L 1VFD 7 -9FU 400A IN -PANEL DISCONNECT 400A TERMINAL SHIELD 250A 600V TD FUSE 400A 600V 3P FUSE BLOCK 150A CONTACTOR LUG KIT SQUARE D SQUARE D CURRENT TRANSDUCER 3 HOLE LUG POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK 12A 600V TD FUSE 30A 600V 3P FUSE BLOCK MAMAC ILSCO GOULD GOULD GOULD 30A STARTER OVERLOAD ELEMENT 7.5HP VAR FREQ DRIVE 25A 600V TD FUSE Manufacturer Manufacturer'st)uantit _ ABB GETL -NF400 ABB GOULD GOULD SQUARE D SQUARE D ABB GOULD OETL -2X111 TRS -250R 64003 LC1F150G6 DZ2FG6 CU -865 P93 -600 67633 TRS -12R 60328 8911DPSO33V02 B11.5 ACH401600632 _TRS -25R 2 4 4 2 3 1 3 2 3 9 3 1VFD 7.5HP VARIABLE DRIVE 9L1 91.2 9L3 5HP EVAP. COND. FAN 11 7.6FLA46LRA NO. 14 IN 1/2 891IDPS033V02 STARTER (3)811.5 OVERLOADS 5HP FAN / EVAP. COND. 7.6 FLA 46 LRA NO. 14 1N 1/Y 89110PS033V02 STARTER (3)811.5 OVERLOADS 5HP EVAP. COND. FAN /3 7.6 FLA 44 LRA NO. 14 IN 1/2' 8911DPSO33V02 STARTER (3)811.5 OVERLOADS PAGE 2 OF 8 160 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 161 460 VAC 3 PHASE 60 Hz 7L1 7L2 7L3 A A • 7L1 ® 13L1 28FU 17.5A 7L1 V 7L1 7L2 713 .7L2 n-n 131.2 29FU 17.5A ,7L3 ® 13L3 30FU 17.SA • 7L1 JL1 43FU rrn 15A .2 fl J812 II 19L2 44FU 15A 21X1 713 n-ri 181.3 • 45FU EP1 I 1 ' 212 212 HCI HC1 F 19L1 19L3 P1149405 PHASE MONITOR t 0 9KW SUMP HEATER EVAP. COND. 111 11.3 AMPS NO. 14IN12" 8910DPA33V02 CONTACTOR a a O ❑ a ❑ a 7.5HP EVAP. COND. ❑ PUMP ❑ 11 FLA 63.5 LRA NO. 12 IN 1/2" 89110PS033V02 STARTER (3)817.5 OVERLOADS Part# 11545 51600005 50800074 51600034 20186 50800012 50200019 19444 13536 51600014 50800073 Descriptor 28- 30FU/43 -45FU EP1 28 -30FU EPI /OL HTR 49 -51FU 49 -51FU PM PM HC1 43 -45FU Control 30A 600V 30A STARTS 17.5A 600V OVERLOAD 9KW 460V 2A 600V Cl 30A 600V 460V PHASI 8 P1N BASE 30A CONTAC I5A 600V T Part# Descriptor Control Manufacturer Manufacturer's uantlty 11545 28- 30FU /43 -45FU 30A 600V 3P FUSE BLOCK GOLD 60328 I11111111 51600005 EPI 30A STARTER SQUARE D 8911DPS033V02 50800074 28 -30FU 17.5A 600V TD FUSE GOULD TRS -17.SR 51600034 EP1 /OL OVERLOAD ELEMENT SQUARE D 817.5 20186 HTR 9KW 460V SUMP HEATER VATLOV BHC721C5 50800012 49 -51FU 2A 600V CLASS CC FUSE GOULD ATOR -2 50200019 49 -51FU 30A 600V 3P FUSE HOLDER GOULD 30313R 19444 PM 460V PHASE MONITOR SSAC PLM9405 13536 PM 8 PIN BASE DAYTON 5 052 51600014 HC1 30A CONTACTOR SQUARE 0 8910DPA33V02 50800073 43 -45FU 15A 600V TD FUSE GOULD TRS -15R 3 FINAL AS BUILT ISSUE PREPARED BY DENOTES FACTORY WIRING -- - - DENOTES FIELD WIRING WIRING DIAGRAM SUBJECT TO CHANGE UNTIL "AS BUILT' ISSUE ISSUE PREPARED' BY APPROVED ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE PREPARED BY ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED TAG: SER. NO.: OYMG. NO.: x/12/99 RIO( BROWN SCE- 2102 - E:,; CH -1 31773 7.5HP EVAP. CONO. PUMP 11 FLA 63.5 LRA NO. 12 IN 1/2" 8911DPSO33V02 STARTER (3)817.5 OVERLOADS 9KW SUMP HEATER EVAP. CONO. /1 11.3 AMPS NO. 14 IN _1/2' 89IODPA33VO2 CONTACTOR ❑ ❑ 0 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ PAGE OF B Part# Descriptor Contr O 50800014 52 -53FU 10A 600V 0 50200016 52 -53FU 30A 600\ 0 52400018 1XFMR 2KVA 46 O 15141 1SS 20A TOG( O 51600014 PNC 30A CON1 0 50800024 55FU 5A 250V ❑ 50200017 54 -55FU 30A 250% ❑ 14131 1OUTLET WEATHER ❑ 12204 1OUTLET GFI DUPL ❑ 16310 !OUTLET RECEPTA( 0 50800029 54FU 20A 250\o 191 192 193 198 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 • 205 206 207 208 211 212 213 214 215 460 VAC 3 PHASE 60 Hz 71.1 71.3 194 2313 H1 H3 • 2 H4 ON/OF CIRCUIT 2KVA ON/OFF 1 XF1 195 IA IA 1 � 0 %_5 54FU 2 20A X1 120 V x _ 1A 1A .1A YI 3 C1/ A�� 238 C2 /AUX 1A PM IH PMC 202 ECR1 389 11 209 1 13 ECR2 210. 1 15 ECR3 SHTR1 344 19 IA IHTR 2HTR 3HTR ICI E 342 EP1 OL 9 A16#1 CRANKCASE 1.% #2 CRANKCASE 55FU • 10 10 10UTLET [CD- DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM '8Y OTHERS - MOUNTED NEAR COND PUMP EC1 /OL 13 EC2 /0L EC3 /OL PMC 9 EPI EC1 EC2 EC3 HC1 . l E A OND. PUMP #1 2. 156 2. 2 • MNOCONTACTOR E 203 )MCONOR 2. 178 ,177,175 Part# D Descriptor C Control M Manufacturer M Manufacturer'stluantity 150800014 5 52 -S3FU 1 10A 600V CLASS CC FUSE G GOULD A ATQR -10 2 2 50200016 5 52 -S3FU 3 30A 600V 2P FUSE HOLDER G GOULD 3 30312R i i ISSUE PREPARED BY ISS UE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE PREPARED BY AP PROVED ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE 1 PREPARED BY APPROVED TAG: SER. NO.: DWG. NO.: DENOTES FACTORY MARINO - DENOTES FIELD WIRING WIRING DIAGRAM SUBJECT TO CHANGE UNTIL AS BUILT' ISSUE 8/12/99 RICK. BROWN SCE - 2102 -E CH - 1 31773 )R CONTAC ONO. PUMP 411 R. FAN C FAN 9 in g. FAN 2 TO lTACR 7,175 Part# Descriptor Contro O 20304 1 -2LPS LOW PRES O 20421 1 -2HPS HI PRESS O 19686 1 -2TAS HIGH LINI1 0 17357 CFRI-2/C1-C2/AUX 120V CONT O 51500001 CFRI- 2/C1 -C2 /AUX 11 PIN HAS 0 50800021 56-57FU 1.25A 250% 0 50200020 56 -57FU 250V 3P F 0 50800024 58FU 5A 250V I 0 52400003 2XFMR 100VA 120d 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 COMPRESSOR 1 INTERNAL OVERLOAD 232 N 32 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 COMPRESSOR INTERNAL OVERLOAD 11 42 COMP. HIGH PRESS. SW. 33 IHPS COMP. HIGH PRESS. SW. 43 L 2HPS ' 46 ILPS AI9ADB -1 HIGH L M DISCH. TEM 1TAS st CFR1 120 FI 315 ll 36 CR1 t 36 314 36 Y� LCR11 UL3 11, 38 650L ULCR 1 317 U a 7 11 LCR11 258 56 FU1.25A 2LPS A19AD8 -1 HIGH 4 OISCH. TEMP 120 FU - 319 2TAS 4 CR2 318 LCR2 ULCR2 320 321 ULCR2 +f 321 ULCR2 I LCR2 321 320 36 36 C1 -2 46 37 45 36 C1 /AUX _ 46 C1 -1 4 CFR2 C2 -1 46 C2 -2 C2 AUX 4 47 950 3S0L 4SOL 5S0L 7S0 8S0L 1OSOL 2 2 gEtA O1 FAIL CSNTACTaR 0 104 .105,103 E8NTACf(R 107 ,108,106 � /1 AUX. 198 UN 8MM //� � E ENAMAOLENOIO E8Mead t&CT10N m )18CMA2GE COMP 12 FAIL RE CONTACTOR c 1 p 111 .112,1110 CONTAAR 114 ,115,113 CQAIP r2 AUX. 8 199 UOMP O° fts 0 ri0 s SOLENOID �S1�CT1ON �I C c COMP en o l2 R. 257 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 201 • 201 FU HI 2XFUR 120V 1E1 XI X2 24V NEC CLASS 1I CIRCUIT H4 1 o0VA 57FU 1 Part# Descriptor Control Manufacturer Manufacturer'sQuantlty P29NC -2 2 a 20304 1 -2LPS LEA/ PRESS SV TIME DELAY JOHNSON CONTROLS ❑ 20421 1 -2HPS HI PRESS SV (MANUAL RESET) TI 29PSL012 -55 2 ' o 19686 1 -2TAS HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT JOHNSON CONTROLS A19ADB -1 2 111 ❑ 17357 CFR1- 2 /C1 -C2 /AUX 120V CONTROL RELAY PRB KUP- 14A15 -120V 0 51500001 CFR1- 2/C1 -C2 /AUX 11 PIN BASE PLB 27E893 ❑ 50800021 56 -57FU 125A 250V CONTROL FUSE GOULD 001 -125A ❑ 50200020 56 -57FU 250V 3P FUSE HOLDER BUSS S8301 -3 ❑ 50800024 58FU 5A 250V CONTROL. FUSE COULD GAB -5 ❑ 52400003 2XFMR IOOVA 120/24V TRANSFORMER SQUARE 0 9070T100023 FINAL AS BUILT ISSUE PREPARED BY DENOTES FACTORY WIRING —� — — DENOTES FIELD WIRING WIRING DIAGRAM SUBJECT TO CHANGE UNTIL 'AS BUILT' ISSUE ISSUE PREPARED BY ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE 1 PREPARED BY APPROVED M00EL: TAG: SER. NO.: DWG. NO.: 8/12/99 RICK BROWN SCE- 2102 -E CH -1 31773 f /1 FAIL ICf11R 105,103 ICf�R 108,106 /1 AUX. ' ' gS / s l 0o 3011 t7.FT1ON 40101 N I /2 FAIL :TOR 15,113 /2 AUX. A soictSTors 3TO ,$CTION 33 92 NI 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 1 201 58FU 56FU 1 25A M1 2XFMR 120V 1E1 1 ■1 X1 x2 24V NEC CLASS X CIRCUIT H4 57FU 1.25A 100VA 203 201 202 PAGE 5 OF 8 Part# Descriptor Contr 1 52100010 TS1 /TS2 INNERS II 52100011 TS1 /TS2 BULB WI 52100013 TS3 OUTSIDE 20305 ITAS FREEZES 20306 ITAS BULB WE 50600017 IFLS FLOW SI 17356 24V COA 51500001 11 PIN 6 50600031 1CNTL I/O CDN1 50600032 IXPNDR 1/0 EXPO 50600035 1DISP DISPLAYd 52400020 IT 100VA 12 300 302 303 304 5/ 305 1F 'J 0 F6IMB -1 FLOW SW. 'SHIPPED LOOSE' 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 298 299 301 14 FROM 'ON% 24Vice 201 AI9ACA -14 FREEZESTAT WEL14A -602R BULB WELL 0 309 1TAS 201 SNLT RW_T 0A-T NET+ NET- Cnd 031 C & 12 START CONTACT BY OTHERS 0 -1OVdc 000440 WIT SIGNAL ' BY OTHERS 0 l �d Y ' QY OTHERS' 0119 0 •®• • • 0 0G 0 OG 0 00 0 0G XI3 TS1 - LEAVING WATER TEMP — TE- 205— C- 12 —A -2 —A SENSOR, A- 500 -1 -8 -1 BULB WELL TS2 - RETURN WATER TEMP — TE- 205— C- 12 —A -2 — SENSOR, A- 500 -1 -6 -1 BULB WELL TS3 - OUTSIDE AIR TEMP — TE- 205 —F -12 SENSOR $ XPNOR NET+ NEV- RX tt RUN ERROR 24 Vac I/ and ADORESS J1ep J17 =I J1ep J20O J211=1 J220 J231 1 :Mo 6416 end AD � Gnd A03 Cnd A04 Gnd A05 Gnd AOC Gnd A07 Gnd Gnd Maul ij naan - 1 0 0 0 Grid Input Mode 142 Dry Contact Cad 0 - 5Vdc R43 Gnd 644 Cnd 645 Gnd 146 and 647 and 1146 Gnd 149 Cnd 6410 Gnd 6411 Gnd 6412 Cnd 6413 Cod 6414 and MEM } 001 002 D04 6415 007 Cnd 1/O 81036 -R Point Expander ON Olt WM 0 OUT Net+ Net 24 Vac Gnd 0 1 =IN 1 =N 1vl I oil 2 8 B 8 8 D07 e 0 0 0 0 0 0 ON _ wive OUT TO ► R 'M 202 end • 202 • )X � RX TX • NET+ 0 1 NET+ our TO WI 1XPNOR '14 4 Shiod 3 Shield IT 100VA COMPRESSOR #1 ENABLE COMPRESSOR 01 2 U 3 CK UNLOAD COMPRESSOR 01 LOAD RELAY 24Q ,242 COMPRESSOR 01 UNLOAD RELAY 241 .2.411242 COMPRESSOR 02 246 COMPRESSOR 12 QUICK UNLOAD 251 COMPRESSOR 02 LOAD RELAY 252 .254 COMPRESSOR //2 UNLOAD 252.254 24V RXTX CO • CO CO 0 0 0 0 0 • • • • laCir 0 0 0 O ON OFF 10ISP 1 NET+ TX 2 NET- FIX 3 NET+ OTR 4 NET- MO 5 Shield 10'S 15 FORMAT i RX Tx 2 NET± ACR15e 3 Shield RUN ERROR 0 1 24Voc 0 2 Gnd • TN t 2W • 4W Pewee POWER 0 0 0 ❑� 1CNTL BACvI.w 2 T ue. Jan 05, 1999 Governair Corporation SW Temp.: 42 OA Temp.: 63 RW Temp.: 55 1 ALARM 1 • • • • • M U T E • 6 7 8 9 0 . • • • • • • E.R 08 :28:10 or A FLOW IN OU A • v -1 BULB WELL -1 BULB WELL �1X RX TX • NE 0 I NET+ NET- OUT IXPNOR ' tH' Shield 2 NET- 0 3 Shield 1 f- 2 • 1201 24V IT 100VA � L R E ESSOR /1 34 ) MPRESSOR /1 JI CK UNLOAD )MPRESSOR /1 )AD RELAY 44 ,242 ) MPRESSOR /1 4LOAD RELAY 41 , 240,242 ) MPRESSOR /2 IABLE 46 IMPRESSOR /2 TICK UNLOAD 51 MPRESSOR /2 AD RELAY 12 .254 MPRESSOR /2 (LOAD RELAY 53.252.254 FINAL AS BUILT ISSUE PREPARED BY DENOTES FACTORY WIRING -- — — DENOTES FIELD WIRING WIRING DIAGRAM SUBJECT TO CHANGE UNTIL "AS BUILT" ISSUE ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE 1 PREPARED BY APPROVED MODEL: TAG: SER. NO.: DWG. NO.: 8/12/99 RICK BROWN SCE - 2102 -E CH -1 31773 V ;,,' CC CC CM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ON OFF • • • • Gino cva Ekcii 0 ro m RX TX 1 NET+ 2 NET - 3 Weld RUN ERROR —0 1 24Voc 0 2 Cod 10ISP TM S 2w • 4W 1 NET+ TX 2 NET- RX 3 NET+ 0111 4 NET- OCO S Weld t05 15 FORMAT tt Powr ACR1S6 POWER 0 ❑ O ❑ 0 ❑ ❑ Part# 52100010 52100011 52100013 20305 20306 50600017 17356 51500001 50600031 50600032 50600035 52400020 Descriptor Control TSI /TS2 IMMERSION SENSOR TS1 /TS2 TS3 1TAS 1TAS 1FLS 1CNTL 1XPNDR 1DISP IT Manufacturer M AM A C BULB WELL MAMAC A- 500 -1 -B -1 OUTSIDE AIR SENSOR MAMAC TE- 205 -F -12 FREEZESTAT (MANUAL RESET) BULB WELL 11 PIN BASE I/O CONTROLLER JOHNSON CONTROLS JOHNSON CONTROLS JOHNSON CONTROLS PLB PLB ALC Manufacturer'sCuantit rL TE- 205- C- 12 -A -2 -A AI9ACA -14 WELI4A -602R FLOW SWITCH 24V CONTROL RELAY F6049 -1 KUP-14A15 -24V 27E893 I/OCNTRL I/O EXPANDER DISPLAY /KEYPAD ALC ALC 100VA 120/24V TRANSFORMER KELE 691 -U100 I/08168 -R BACVIEW2 2 1 I/O Controller Communications Mater 0 1CNit BACvI.w 2 T ue. Jon 05, 1999 08:28:10 a Governair Corporation SW Temp.: 42 OA Temp.; 63 RW Temp.: 55 1 1 ALARM • • • • • • MUTE • 6 7 8 9 0 . • • • • • • E.R 0 FLOW SWITCH SHIPPED LOOSE MOUNTED AND WIRED IN THE FIELD "BY OTHERS IN OUTLET OF CHILLER BARREL PAGE 6OF8 Part# Descriptor Control 52100010 TS4 IMMERSION : 52100011 TS4 BULB WELL 17356 24V CONTRI 51500001 11 PIN BASE 50600032 2XPNDR I/O EXPANDS 50600008 IFS FLOAT SUIT 50600008 1 -2PT PRESSURE T 1 I 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 1 335 L 0 WHT 0 336 rt � 0-- G RN0 12PT 337 8 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 • 04 FROM • 1XPNOR 380 1201 201 swt -T 01901 FLOAT SWITCH FS C CFR1 CFR2 '[44 /1 NET+ NET - 24Voc Cnd 0 154 i 0 • ®• • • w2 • •w3 0 NET+ NET - 24 Voe ACOtt Cnd 0 0C 0C 0 0 0C n � J11 J12 J13 416 417 0 4 160 J19II 420Cp 421 p 422 O 423 0 A02 Cnd A03 Cnd A05 Gnd A07 Cnd lanai 4,14 ERRoR aaaa M1 000 Cnd Input Mod* Theonletor 1142 O ry Contact Gnd ® 0 -5Vdc 043 Cnd 1144 Gnd •• • • •m• • •w6 � • 045 Cnd 016 Gnd 047 Cnd 046 Cnd 0410 Cnd 0411 Cnd 0412 Gnd 0413 Cnd 0414 Cnd M15 Cnd 0416 Cnd Elm t 005 007 A04 I/O 8'188 -R Gnd Point Expander 2XPNOR N.e+ L ° � N•t 24 Vee Cnd Po. OFF 0 On a► Auto Ic o• I CI I vl 001 8 8 9 9 a 007 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 rt kc rt O O • NET + --► 24V c 3p+ DR ' 202 Cnd _ 202 • TS4 - SUMP 11 WATER TEMP - TE- 205- C- 12 -A -2 -A SENSOR. A- 500 -1 -8 -1 BULB WELL 1PT - COMPRESSOR 11 HIGH SIDE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER - P99V -2C 2PT - COMPRESSOR 2 HIGH SIDE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER - P99V -2C EVAP COND. AUTO ALL DRAIN RELAY 01 R EV AP AP Y COND. PUMP /1 SUMP HEATER /1 CHHLAY WATER PUMP EVAP COND. FAN 1,1 START RELAY EVAP COND. FAN 12 START RELAY EVAP COND. FAN /3 START RELAY I A / O O O O O O I 395 1 0 8 ECR 1 I I 395 ' 0 11 I 391 2 II 392 - i3 1VFD CONDENSER FAN VFD Paris# Descriptor Control Manufacturer Manufacturer'seuantlty_ 205- C- 12 -A -2 -A 1 52toocto TS4 IMMERSION SENSOR MAMAC _TE- 52106011 TS4 BULB VELL _ MAMAC A- 500 -1 -9 -1 173 f6 24V CONTROL RELAY P{,B KUP- 14A15 -24V 1 ' 51:100001 11 PIN BASE P19 27E893 5 5 I 5CL,00032 2XPNDR I/O EXPANDER ALC I/08168 -R 50600008 IFS FLOAT SWITCH GEMS 01901 1 2 50600008 1 -2PT PRESSURE TRANSMITTER JOHNSON CONTROLS P99V -2C 202 EVAP COND. AUTO FLU. DRAIN RELAY /1 EVAP COND. PUMP 01 RELAY I EVAP COND. FAN 11 START RELAY SUMP HEATER /1 CHR.11. WATER PUMP RELAY EVAP COND. FAN /2 START RELAY EVAP COND. FAN /3 START RELAY 1 ISSUE FINAL AS BUILT PREPARED BY OENOTES FACTORY WIRING — -- DENOTES F1ELD WIRING WIRING DIAGRAM SUBJECT TO CHANGE UNTIL AS BUILT' ISSUE ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE PREPARED BY APPROVED ISSUE . 1 PREPARED or APPROVE 0/12/99 RICK BROWN SCE- 2102 =E CH - 1 31773 a O a a O TS4 - SUMP /1 WATER TEMP - TE- 205- C- 12 -A -2 -A SENSOR. A- 500 -1 -8 -1 BULB WELL IPT •• COMPRESSOR /1 HIGH SIDE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER - P99V -2C 2PT - COMPRESSOR /2 HIGH SIDE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER - P99V -2C 395 ( 08 ECR1 I 3980 0 11 391 0 2 392 Y ! 0 3 INFO CONDENSER FAN WO PAGE 7 :0F a Part# D Descriptor C Contr 51700011 2 2DISC 3 30A 600 TO UNE SIDE OF MAIN DISCONNECT ' 2DISC 30A NEMA -3R r - ^ e 1 F 7 L3 H4 1 XFMR 1.5KVA a 0 0 0 0 0 0 Part# Descriptor Control Manufacturer Manufacturer'seuantitY O 51700011 2DISC 30A 600V 3 -P NEMA -3R DISC. SGUARE -D H361NR9 1 O 50800068 1 -2FU 7A 600V TD FUSE GOULD TRS7R 2 O 52400017 1XFMR 460 /120VAC LSKVA TRANSFORMEFSGUARE -D 1.5SIF - 1' O 50200021 3FU 20A 250VAC 1 -P FUSE HOLDER SUSSMAN HKP-HH 1' O 50800028 O 16371 3FU 154 250V LIGHTING FUSE GOULD GAB -15 1 1 -2LT VAPORPROOF LIGHT FIXTURE THEPITT TP7800 2 O 12207 1 -2LT 116W SERVICE LIGHT BULB PHILLIPS 1116A21/TS 2 2 O 14131 BOX 2x4 WEATHERPROOF BOX PERFECTLINE 511-L O 14133 1LTS SERVICE LIGHT SWITCH FERFECTLINE SW -1 1 O 12204 1OUTLET GFIC DUPLEX RECEPTACLE PASS t SEYMOUR 1591 -I 1 O 16310. !OUTLET DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER FERFECTLINE VGF100C 1 I 460V GF1C p . H4 1 XFMR 1.5KVA X1 x2 120V FINAL AS BUILT ISSUE PREPARED BY DENOTES FACTORY WIRING - --- - DENOTES FIELD WIRING WIRING DIAGRAM SUBJECT TO CHANGE UNTIL AS BUILY ISSUE • ISSUE PREPARED BY PREPARED BY ISSUE PREPARED BY ISSUE 1 PREPARED BY TAG: SER. NO.: MO. NO.: 8/12/99 RICK BROWN SCE-21027E CH -1 31773 PACE tar B CENTRIFUGAL WATER CHILLER • t 5>(Y r e'� iii esoormi "was r^vswt+ r'd? • - • • 6651 " £1 ' o3i e� C al a c% 710 oh 'Wad sr +`1 ' = _ cT n c-4 .L vQV -N.,pcV ' 'ZSS - v ' D -'& rj1air.aD leN 090MINSWIELIEDI Magi loan Wen lit .141114. emu f1aunovi =• -- C M c .411111 _ M dflau0, � Spa alb ‘`%1 L 1H St) rn O Lo °1 ao novas - --* oomoom .m.ua... �� v0.' arw.� . • h i . .r PROJECT Group Health ROC LOCATION Tukwil la Washington ARCHITECT ENGINEER CDi Lynnwood Washington CONTRACTOR 3290148th PI. s.E. / Bellevue, Wash 88007 (425) 562 -1150 . (425) 562 -5123 fax SUBMITTAL - EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURE SYMBOL NO. Water Cooled Water Chiller Carrier 400 Ton chiller BY: DATE: Ron Marson 08/20/99 1 1. 1_ 1. I_ i 1 7. 1 1 G 1 Equipment Submittal For Group Health Cooperative Rainier Operations Center Tukwila, WA Equipment: Centrifugal Water Chiller Carrier Model 19XR3737352CLS Submitted To: Group Health Cooperative 521 Wall Street Seattle, WA 98121 Submitted By: Airefco, Inc. 7915 South 184th Street Kent, WA 98032 Phone (425) 656 -7876 Fax (425) 656-0121 Date: August 19,1999 Chiller Replacement Proposal Group Health Rainier Operations Center Tukwila, Washington Equipment Description Item Qty Description CH -1 1 Carrier model 19XR3737352CLS nominal 400 ton centrifugal chiller including centrifugal compressor, semi - hermetic motor, evaporator, condenser, refrigerant cooled oil cooler, oil pump, unit mounted starter and DDC control panel. Among the items included with this chiller are: 1. Complete charge of HFC -134a refrigerant and oil 2. Thermal insulation of chiller cold surfaces (excluding water boxes) 3. Victaulic grooved nozzle connections 4. Refrigerant isolation valves to allow storage of the entire refrigerant charge in the cooler or condenser during service 5. Auto-resetting refrigerant relief valves 6. Remote chilled water reset and demand limit reset 7. Flow switches (differential pressure type, factory installed and wired) 8. Neoprene mounting pads 9. Unit mounted wye -delta starter with main circuit breaker 10. Factory start-up service 11. One year parts and labor warranty Among the items not included with this chiller are: 1. Rigging, carting or painting 2. Control interlock wiring to external control devices 3. Installation labor 4. Equipment base or pad 5. Thermal insulation of evaporator waterbox heads 6. Any piping or accessories except as noted above 7. Refrigerant other than initial charge 8. Electrical work including power and control wiring 9. Compressor motor electrical lugs 10. All instrumentation mounted in field piping 11. Relief valve piping to outdoors 12. Any overtime or weekend labor for startup or training Delivery The current lead time for this equipment is twelve weeks after receipt of order and approved drawings. Please allow approximately two weeks for transit time. QTY. 1 MODEL AND SIZE 19XR3737352CLS REFRIGERANT TYPE: HFC -134a • SHIP SEPARATELY ►4 SHIPPED IN MACHINE • NOT BY CARRIER REFRIGERANT TEMPERATURES SUCTION TEMP 'F: 39.87 COND. TEMP 'F: 92.27 LBS.: 860 MACHINE OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: r FACTORY INSULATION • PARTIAL G FULL NEOPRENE ISOLATION PADS WATERBOXES: CLR. M N.I.H. • MWB 150 PSIG Lt. UNIT MOUNTED STARTER - WYE DELTA • REMOTE MOUNTED STARTER ■ BACLINK TRANSLATOR MODULE • SOUND REDUCTION KIT u FLOW SWITCHES (D-P TYPE) QTY. 2 EA. • FACTORY PERFORMANCE TEST QTY. NUMBER OF TEST POINTS = COND N.I.H. • MWB 150 PSIG 17j VICTAULIC CONNECTIONS Li. CLR. I: CND. P. REFRIGERANT ISOLATION VALVES • HOT GAS BYPASS P. WARRANTY TERMS: ONE YEARS PARTS AND LABOR ► :' STEEL BACKED BABBIT LINED BEARINGS • SPECIALS: PERFORMANCE DATA CAPACITY TONS EWT 'F LWT 'F FLOW GPM PRESS. DROP N OF PASSES NOZZLE ARRGT. DESIGN PRESS FOULING FACTOR FLUID TYPE % GLYCOL COOLER 400 52.0 42.0 981 30.9 2 C 150 .00025 PG 20% CONDENSER 80.0 90.0 1125 23.4 2 S 150 .00025 FW N/A ELECTRICAL DATA TOTAL KW RLA OLTA LRYA LRDA MOTOR VOLTS - PH - HZ ORIFIC (MAIN/FLASC) 235 340 367 546 1707 COMPRESSOR 460-3-60 5 1 23 TUBING DATA MATERIAL TYPE WALL PHYSICAL DATA COOLER Copper TB3 .025 RIGGING WEIGHT: 15.764 LBS CONDENSER Copper SPK2 .025 OPERATING WEIGHT: 17.123 LBS MARK FOR: CH -1 MARKET TYPE: • NEW CONSTRUCTION REPLACEMENT • INSTALLING SERVICE OFFICE: CARRIER, TUKWILA (206) 439-0097 ( Carrier Rotary Chiller Model 19XR EVERGREENTM' f JOB NAME: GROUP HEALTH - ROC JOB LOCATION: TUKWILA, WA BUYER: GROUP HEALTH COOPERATIVE ENGINEER: CDi PURCHASE ORDER NO. CARRIER JOB NO. 1:9 CARRIER ES PREPARED BY: Ken Horsfall OFFICE: Seattle SALESPERSON: Ken Horsfall DATE: 8/18/99 PROGRAM VERSION 2:10 JOB ID: GROUP HEALTH - ROC RUN REF SELECTION • PLV % ALTERNATES UNIT -CLR -CND CMPRSR -MOTOR VFD FLOAT VALVE FLASC ORIFICE CLR -CND PASS CLR TUBING CND /SUBC.TBG VOLTS -HERTZ REFR.NBR -LBS COOLING TONS CHILLER INPUT KW CHILLER IKW /TON ARI STANDARD , ISOLATION VALVES STARTER TYPE TOTAL RIG.WT LB TOTAL OP.WT LB COOLER FLUID FOULING FACTOR CLR ENT.TEMP F CLR LVG.TEMP F FLOW,U.S.GPM PD, FT.W.G. WTR BOX TYPE CNDNSR FLUID HT.RJCTN MBH FOULING FACTOR CND LVG.TEMP F CND ENT.TEMP F FLOW,U.S.GPM PD, FT.W.G. WTR BOX TYPE MOTOR INPUT KW MTR RATED - L.AMPS MTR O.L.T.AMPS MTR L.R.Y.AMPS MTR L.R.D.AMPS CHLR RATED- L.AMPS MAX FUSE /CIR BR MIN CIR AMPACITY NPLV CH -1 1 100% FULLLOAD 19XR -3737 352CLS NO 5 23 2 -2 TURBOB -3 SPKFIN -2 460 -60 134a- 860 400 235 0.589 550/590 -98 YES UMS Y -DELT 15764 17123 20 -PG 0.00010 52.00 42.00 981 30.9 NIH- 150 FW 5600 0.00025 89.97 80.00 1125 23.4 NIH- 150 234 340 367 546 1707 343 700 429 0.583 CH -1 2 75% PARTLOAD 19XR -3737 352CLS NO 5 23 2 -2 TURBOS -3 SPKFIN -2 460 -60 134a- 860 300* 162 0.541 550/590 -98 YES UMS Y -DELT 15764 17123 20 -PG 0.00010 49.49 42.00 981 31.1 NIH- 150 FW 4149 0.00025 79.90 72.50 1125 23.9 NIH- 150 160 248 546 1707 250 CH -1 3 50% PARTLOAD 19XR -3737 352CLS NO 5 23 2 -2 TURBOB -3 SPKFIN -2 460 -60 134a- 860 200* 116 0.578 550/590 -98 YES UMS Y -DELT 15764 17123 20 -PG 0.00010 46.99 42.00 981 31.4 NIH- 150 FW 2790 0.00025 69.98 65.00 1125 24.4 NIH- 150 114 191 546 1707 194 BRINES NOT IN ARI CERTIFICATION PROGRAM ON RUN IPLV OR NPLV CALCULATED PER ARI STANDARD 550/590 -98 SALESMAN CODE: 220 DATE 08/18/99 CH -1 4 25% PARTLOAD 19XR -3737 352CLS NO 5 23 2 -2 TURBOB -3 SPKFIN -2 460-60 134a- 860 100* 83 0.830 550/590 -98 YES UMS Y -DELT 15764 17123 20 -PG 0.00010 44.50 42.00 981 31.6 NIH- 150 FW 1479 0.00025 67.64 65.00 1125 24.4 NIH- 150 81 163 546 1707 166 CH - 08/18/99 PROGRAM VERSION 2.10 JOB ID: GROUP HEALTH - ROC RUN REF SELECTION PLV % ALTERNATES UNIT -CLR -CND CMPRSR -MOTOR VFD FLOAT VALVE FLASC ORIFICE CLR -CND PASS CLR TUBING CND /SUBC.TBG VOLTS -HERTZ REFR.NBR -LBS TOTAL RIG.WT LB TOTAL OP.WT LB COOLER FLUID FOULING FACTOR CLR ENT.TEMP F CLR LVG.TEMP F FLOW,U.S.GPM PD, FT.W.G. WTR BOX TYPE CNDNSR FLUID HT.RJCTN MBH FOULING FACTOR CND LVG.TEMP F CND ENT.TEMP F FLOW,U.S.GPM PD, FT.W.G. WTR BOX TYPE MOTOR INPUT KW MTR RATED- L.AMPS MTR O.L.T.AMPS MTR L.R.Y.AMPS MTR L.R.D.AMPS CHLR RATED - L.AMPS MAX FUSE /CIR BR MIN CIR AMPACITY IPLV 1 100% FULLLOAD 19XR -3737 352CLS NO 5 23 2 -2 TURBOB-3 SPKFIN -2 460 -60 134a- 860 IPLV 0.585 IPLV 2 75% PARTLOAD 19XR -3737 352CLS NO 5 23 2 -2 TURBOB -3 SPKFIN -2 460 -60 134a- 860 IPLV 3 50% PARTLOAD 19XR -3737 352CLS NO 5 23 2 -2 TURBOB -3 SFKFIN-2 460 -60 134a- 860 IPLV 4 25% PARTLOAD 19XR -3737 352CLS NO 5 23 2 -2 TURBOB-3 SPKFIN -2 460 -60 134a- 860 COOLING TONS 393 295* 197* 98* CHILLER INPUT KW 237 162 113 81 CHILLER IKW /TON 0.603 0.551 0.574 0.824 ARI STANDARD 550/590 -98 550/590 -98 550/590 -98 550/590 -98 ISOLATION VALVES YES YES YES YES STARTER TYPE UMS Y -DELT UMS Y -DELT UMS Y -DELT UMS Y -DELT 15764 15764 15764 15764 17123 17123 17123 17123 FW FW FW FW 0.00010 0.00010 0.00010 0.00010 53.97 51.48 48.99 46.49 44.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 943 943 943 943 23.7 23.8 23.9 24.0 NIH- 150 NIH- 150 NIH- 150 NIH- 150 FW FW FW FW 5521 4087 2738 1451 0.00025 0.00025 0.00025 0.00025 94.39 81.95 69.66 67.47 85.00 75.00 65.00 65.00 1179 1179 1179 1179 25.3 25.9 26.5 26.6 NIH- 150 NIH- 150 NIH- 150 NIH- 150 235 161 111 79 342 248 189 161 369 546 546 546 546 1707 1707 1707 1707 345 251 191 164 700 431 SALESMAN CODE: 220 DATE 08/18/99 CERTIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARI 550/590 -98 ON RUN IPLV 08/18/99 IPLV OR NPLV CALCULATED PER ARI STANDARD 550/590 -98 19XR CENTRIFUGAL CHILLER ESTIMATED ACOUSTIC DATA Model: 19XR- 3737352CLS64 CH -1 100 % load Octave Band Center Frequency, Hz 31.5 63 125 250 500 lk 2k 4k 8k Airborne Sound Pressure, dB 73 77 79 77 77 75 79 82 82 A- Weighted Sound Pressure Level, dbA: 87 Model: 19XR- 3737352CLS64 CH -1 75 % load Octave Band Center Frequency, Hz 31.5 63 125 250 500 lk 2k 4k 8k Airborne Sound Pressure, dB 73 75 79 78 79 77 77 80 85 A- Weighted Sound Pressure Level, dbA: 87 Model: 19XR- 3737352CLS64 CH -1 50 % load Octave Band Center Frequency, Hz 31.5 63 125 250 500 lk 2k 4k 8k Airborne Sound Pressure, dB 73 73 79 78 79 78 77 78 82 A- Weighted Sound Pressure Level, dbA: 86 Model: 19XR- 3737352CLS64 CH -1 25 % load Octave Band Center Frequency, Hz 31.5 63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k Airborne Sound Pressure, dB 73 73 79 78 79 78 78 79 80 A- Weighted Sound Pressure Level, dbA: 86 Estimated Sound Pressure Levels - dB re: 20 micropascal. Sound pressure levels used to develop this program were measured per ARI Standard 575. Chiller operating conditions, however, were not limited to ARI operating conditions. Sound data were taken at 12 discrete load -lift conditions for each test. The sound pressure levels were measured in an acoustical free - field, i.e. a non - reflective environment. Field sound measurements can vary significantly as a function of the reflectivity and proximity of nearby surfaces and the presence of other sound sources. 1 i i i Description 19XR — High Efficiency Hermetic Centrifugal Uquld Chiller Condenser Size 1012 (Frame 1 XR) 15.17 (Frame 1 XR) 20-22 (Frame 2 XR) 3032 (Frame 3 XR) --- 3537 (Frame 3 XR) 40-42 (Frame 4 XR) 45-47 (Frame 4 XR) 50-52 (Frame 6 XR) 5557 (Frame 5 XR) 6062 (Frame 6 XR) 60-63 (Frame 8 XR1) 85.87 Frame 8 XR) 70-72 (Fr 7 XR) 75.77 (Frame 7 XR) 80-82 (Frame 8 XR) 85-87 (Frame 8 XR) 1 Model number nomenclature 19XRT — Ultra High Efficiency Hermetic Centrifugal Liquid Chiller Cooler Size 10.12 (Frame 1 XR) 15-17 (Frame 1 XR) 20-22 (Frame 2 XR) 30-32 (Frame 3 XF1) — 35-37 (Frame 3 XR) 40-42 (Frame 4 XR) 45-47 (Frame 4 XR) 50-52 (Frame 5 XR) 55-57 (Frame 6 XR) 60.82 (Frame 8 X1 6063 (Frame 6 XRT) 6567 Frame 6 XR) 70-72 (Fram 7 XR) 75-77 (Frame 7 XR) 80-82 (Frame 8 XR) 8587 (Frame 8 XR) Compressor Code First D • t Indicates • • eseor Frame Size ASME 'U' Stamp -) 1 1 9XR 52 51 473 DG Cartier Corporation, TR-1 Plant Registered to ISO 9001 CortiScats No. A1028 H 64 C4 . ARI (Air Conditioning and Refte Performance CeNlkd 8pecld Order Indicator - — Standard eclat Order Motor Voltage Code Code VoksPhassHertz 60 — 2004.60 61 — 230-3-60 62 — 380.360 — 4163.80 480.360 — 5753.60 , 66 — 2400360 87 — 3300,460 68 — 4160380 69— 6900360 50 — 2303 -50 51 — 348 -3-50 52 — 400350 53 — 30003 -50 54 — 3300350 55 — 83003 -50 Motor Efficiency Code H — High Efficiency — Standard Efficlen Motor Code 8D CD D8 EH BE DC EJ BF DD EK BO M DE EL BH CN DF EM CP 00 EN CO DH EP DJ 8 Chiller components (cont) 19XR 4 LEGEND 1 — Guide Vane Actuator 2 — Suction Elbow 3 — Chiller Visual Control (CVC) 4 — Chiller Identification Nameplate 5 — Cooler, Auto Reset Relief Valves 6 — Cooler Pressure Transducer 7 — Condenser In/Out Temperature Thermistors 8 — Condenser Waterflow Device 9 — Cooler In/Out Temperature Thermistors 10 — Cooler Waterflow Device 11 — Refrigerant Charging Valve 1 3 — 01 Drain 14 — 011 Level Sight Glasses 15 — Refrigerant 011 Cooler (Hidden) 18 — Auxdliary Power Panel 17 — Motor Housing LEGEND 18 — Condenser Auto, Reset Relief Valves 19 — Motor Circuit Breaker 20 — Solid -State Starter Control Display 21 — Untt- Mounted Starter (Optional), Solid -State Starter Shown 22 — Motor Sight Glass 23 — Cooler Return-End Waterbox Cover 24 — ASME Nameplate (One Hidden) 25 — Typical Waterbox Drain Port 26 — Condenser Return-End Waterbox Cover 27 — Refrigerant Moisture/Flow Indicator 28 — Refrigerant Filter/Drier 29 — Liquid Une Isolation Valve (Optional) 30 — Unear Float Valve Chamber 31 — Vessel Take -Apart Connector 32 — Discharge Isolation Valve (Optional) 33 — Pumpout Valve 34 — Condenser Pressure Transducer COOLER 1 PASS 2 PASS 3 PASS Frame Size Min Max Min Max Min Max 428 1,711 214 855 143 570 489 1,955 244 978 183 852 1 550 2,200 275 1100. 183 733 l0 1 428 1,711 214 855 143 570 489 1,955 244 978 153 852 550 2,200 275 1100 183 733 20 811 2,444 305 1222 204 815 2 21 733 2,933 367 1468 244 978 22 881 3,446 431 1723 287 1149 811 2,444 305 1222 204 815 733 2,933 367 1486 244 978 3 N 10 M t7 855 3,422 428 1710 285 1141 3 l0 811 2,444 305 1222 204 815 932 3,731 733 2,933 '+ lam 244 978 855 3,422 1 428 1710 t 285 1141 385 1461 989 3,959 495 1979 330 1320 4 N 10 1112 4,448 556 2224 371 1482 4 1222 4,888 811 2444 407 1775 I0 989 3,959 495 1979 330 1320 1112 4,448 556 2224 371 1482 1222 4,886 611 2444 407 1775 5 Nt0 10 10 1316 5,267 858 2634 439 1756 1482 5,927 741 2964 494 1976 5 N *0 1010 1586 1316 6,343 5,267 793 658 3171 2634 529 439 2114 1756 1482 5,927 741 2964 494 1976 1586 8,343 793 3171 529 2114 8 N I0 0 0 1702 6,807 851 3404 731 640 2289 1830 7,320 915 3880 888 2440 6 1934 7,736 967 3868 731 2579 to CO 1702 6,807 851 3404 CO 10 2289 1830 7,320 915 3860 859 2440 7 - V 01N 1934 7,736 967 3868 942 770 2579 1967 7,889 984 3935 859 2623 2218 8,871 1109 4436 942 2957 7 01- N 10OP � 010000 2413 9,853 1207 4827 977 3218 *0 1967 7,889 984 3935 10 0 2623 3485 2932 13,859 11,727 2218 8,871 1109 4438 2957 12,793 1599 2413 9,653 1207 4827 3485 3218 1732 Or NhOt- 1D1001D00 2227 8,908 1114 4454 742 2969 2752 11,010 1378 5505 917 3870 8 2982 11,928 1491 5963 994 3975 2533 10,130 1288 5065 844 3377 2752 11,010 1376 5505 917 3670 2982 11,926 1491 5963 994 3975 CONDENSER 1 PASS 2 PASS 3 PASS Frame Size Min Max Min Max Min Max 533 2,132 267 1066 178 711 592 2,369 296 1185 197 790 1 668 2,685 333 1333 222 888 N 533 2,132 267 1068 178 711 592 2,389 296 1185 197 790 886 2,865 333 1333 222 888 20 848 2,582 323 1291 215 881 2 21 791 3,183 395 1581 264 1054 22 933 3,731 486 1888 311 1244 646 2,582 323 1291 215 881 791 3,182 395 1581 263 1054 3 N 10 M t7 932 846 3,731 2,582 468 323 1865 1291 ,311 215 1244 861 791 3,182 283 1051 932 3,731 486 1885 311 1244 1096 4,383 2192 385 1461 1235 4,940 2470 412 1847 4 N 10 1371 1098 5,485 4,383 100 syr lo 2743 2192 457 385 1828 1481 1235 4,940 2470 412 1647 1371 5,485 2743 457 1828 1507 8,029 754 3015 2010 1646 8,586 823 3293 2195 5 Nt0 10 10 1783 1507 7,131 6,029 891 754 3565 3015 O 1010 2377 2010 1646 8,586 823 3293 2195 1783 7,131 891 3585 2377 1919 7,676 959 3838 640 2559 2058 8,232 1029 4118 888 2744 8 N I0 0 0 2194 1919 8,777 7,876 1097 959 4389 3838 731 640 2928 2559 2058 8,232 1029 4116 888 2744 2194 8,777 1097 4389 731 2928 2310 9,240 1155 4820 770 3080 2578 10,306 1288 5153 859 3435 7 - V 01N 2825 2310 11,301 9,240 1413 1155 5850 4820 942 770 3767 3080 2578 10,306 1288 5153 859 3435 2825 11,301 1413 5650 942 3787 01- N 10OP � 010000 2932 11,727 1466 5864 977 3909 3198 12,793 1599 8397 1066 4264 t1 3485 2932 13,859 11,727 1732 1466 6930 5864 1155 977 4820 3909 3198 12,793 1599 6397 1068 4264 3485 13,859 1732 8930 1155 4820 Performance data iXR HEAT EXCHANGER MIN/MAX FLOW RATES' 'Flow rates based on standard tubes In the cooler and condenser. Minimum flow based on tube velocity of 3 ft/sec (0.91 m/sec); maximum flow based on tube velocity of 12 ft/sec (3.66 m/sec). ENGLISH (Gpm) l Controls Microprocessor controls Microprocessor controls provide the safety, interlock, ca- pacity control, and indications necessary to operate the chiller in a safe and efficient manner. Control system The microprocessor control on each Carrier centrifugal sys- tem is factory mounted, wired, and tested to ensure ma- chine protection and efficient capacity control. In addition, the program logic ensures proper starting, stopping, and recycling of the chiller and provides a communication link to the Carrier Comfort Network (CCN). Features Control system Sixteen -Line by 40- Character Backlit Display Component Test and Diagnostic Check Programmable Recycle Allows Chiller to Recycle at Optimum Loads for Decreased Operating Costs Menu - Driven Keypad Interface for Status Display, Set Point Control, and System Configuration CCN Compatible Primary and Secondary Status Messages Individual Start/Stop Schedules for Local and CCN Operation Modes Recall of Up to 25 Alarm /Alert Messages with Diagnostic Help Two Chiller Lead /Lag with Third Chiller Standby Is Standard in the PIC II Software Optional Soft Stop Unloading Closes Guide Vanes to Unload the Motor to the Configured Amperage Level Prior to Stopping Safety cutouts Bearing 011 High Temperature* Motor High Temperature't Refrigerant (Condenser) High Pressuret Refrigerant (Cooler) Low Temperature *t Lube Oil Low Pressure Compressor (Refrigerant) Discharge Temperature' Under Voltage" Over Voltage* 011 Pump Motor Overload Cooler and Condenser Water Flow Motor Overloadt Motor Acceleration Time Intermittent Power Loss Compressor Starter Faults Compressor Surge Protection* Low Level Ground Fault Low Voltage — phase to phase and phase to ground Medium Voltage — phase to ground Capacity control Leaving Chilled Water Control Entering Chilled Water Control Ice Build Control Soft Loading Control by Temperature or Load Ramping Guide Vane Actuator Module Hot Gas Bypass Valve Power (Demand) Limiter Auto. Chilled Water Reset Interlocks Manual /Automatic Remote Start Starting /Stopping Sequence Pre -Lube /Post -Lube Pre -Flow /Post -Flow Compressor Starter Run Interlock Pre -Start Check of Safeties and Alerts Low Chilled Water (Load) Recycle Monitor /Number Compressor Starts and Run Hours Manual Reset of Safeties Indications Chiller Operating Status Message Power -On Pre -Start Diagnostic Check Compressor Motor Amps Pre -Alarm Alerttt Alarm Contact for Remote Alarm Safety Shutdown Messages Elapsed Time (Hours of Operation) Chiller Input kW 'These can be configured by user to provide alert indica- tion at user - defined limit. tOverride protection: Causes compressor to first unload and then, if necessary, shut down. "''Will not require manual reset or cause an alarm if auto - restart after power failure is enabled, ttBy display code only, CONTROL SEQUENCE A — START INITIATED — Prestart checks made; evapora- tor pump started. B — Condenser water pump started (5 seconds after A). C — Water flows verified (30 seconds to 5 minutes maxi- mum). Chilled water temperatures checked against control point. Guide vanes checked for closure. Oil pump started; tower fan control enabled. D — Oil pressure verified (45 seconds minimum to 300 seconds maximum after C). E — Compressor motor starts, compressor ontime and serv- ice ontime starts, 15- minute inhibit timer starts, total compressor starts counter advances by one, number of starts over a 12 -hour period counter advances by one (10 seconds after D). F — SHUTDOWN INITIATED — Compressor motor stops, compressor ontime and service ontime stops, 1- minute inhibit timer starts. G — Ofl pump and evaporator pumps deenerglzed (60 sec- onds after F). Condenser pump and tower fan control may continue to operate If condenser pressure Is high. Evaporator pump may continue If In RECYCLE mode. OIA — Restart permitted (both inhibit timers expired) (mini- mum of 15 minutes after E; minimum of 1 minute after F). Control sequence To start — Local start -up (manual start-up) is initiated by pressing the LOCAL menu softkey which is indicated on the default chiller visual control (CVC) screen. Time sched- ule 01 must be in the Occupied mode and the internal 15- minute start-to -start and the 1- minute stop -to -start in- hibit timers must have expired. All pre -start safeties are checked to verify that all prestart alerts and safeties are within limits (if one is not, an indication of the fault displays and the start will be delayed or is aborted). The signal is sent to start the cooler water pump. Five seconds later, the con- denser water pump is energized. Thirty seconds later the controls check to see if flow has been confirmed by the clo- sure of the chilled water and condenser water flow switches. If not confirmed, it continues to monitor flows up to the configured flow verify time. If satisfied, it checks the chilled water temperature against the control point. If the tempera- ture is Tess than or equal to the chilled water control point, the condenser water pump turns off and the chiller goes into a recycle mode. If the water /brine temperature is high enough, the start-up sequence continues on to check the guide vane position. If the guide vanes are more than 4% open, start-up waits un- til the vanes are less than 4% open. If the vanes are less than 4% open and the oil pump pressure is less than 4 psi (28 kPa), the oil pump energizes. The controls wait 45 sec- onds for the oil pressure to reach a maximum of' 18 psi (124 kPa). After oil pressure is verified, the controls wait 40 seconds. At that point, the compressor start relay Ls en- ergized to start the compressor and the following start/ timing functions are initiated: • The "start -to -stop timer" is activated • The "compressor ontime" and "service ontime" timers are activated • The "starts over a 12 -hour period counter" advances by one • The "total compressor starts counter" advances by one Once started — The controls enter the ramp loading mode to slowly open the guide vanes to prevent a rapid increase in compressor power consumption. Once ramp loading is completed the controls enter the capacity control mode. Any failure, after the compressor is energized, that results in a safety shutdown energizes the alarm light and displays the applicable shutdown status on the liquid- crystal display (LCD) screen, Shutdown sequence — The chiller can shut down if: • The Stop button is pressed for at least one second • A recycle shutdown is initiated • The time schedule has gone into unoccupied mode • The chiller protective limit has been reached and the choer is In alarm • The start/stop status is overridden to stop from the CCN network or CVC Once the controls are placed in shutdown mode, the shut- down sequence first stops the compressor by deactivating the start relay. Compressor ontime and service ontime stop and the guide vanes are then brought to the closed posi- tion. The oil pump relay and chilled water /brine pump are shut down 60 seconds after the compressor stops. The con- denser water pump shuts down when the refrigerant tem- perature or entering condenser water is below pre - established limits. The 1- minute stop -to -start timer starts to count down. If optional soft stop unloading is activated once the Stop button is pressed or the remote contacts open, the guide vanes close, the motor unloads to a configured amperage level, and the chiller shuts down. The display indicates "Shut- down in Progress." If the compressor motor load is 'greater than 10% after shutdown or the starter contacts remain energized, the oil pump and chilled water pump remain energized and the alarm is displayed. Restart: Restart is permitted after both inhibit timers have expired. If shutdown was due to a safety shutdown, the re- set button must be depressed before to restarting the chiller. 33 19XR CHILLER WITH OPTIONAL UNIT- MOUNTED STARTER MAIN COMPRESSOR MOTOR POWER TO CHILLED WATER PUMP TO CONDENSER WATER PUMP TO COOUNG TOWER FAN Control Wiring Power Wring TO TOWER COOUNG FROM ■_� TOWER LFORAD 10% �11 111W WO 0* o *1* 1 DRAIN LEGEND 1 — Disconnect 2 — Unit- Mounted Starter 3 — Control Panel 4 — Power Panel 6 — Vents 6 — Pressure Gages 7 — Chilled Water Pump 8 — Condenser Water Pump 9 — Chilled Water Pump Starter 10 — Condensing Water Pump Starter 11 -- Cooling Tower Fan Starter (Low Fan, High Fan) Piping NOTES: 1. Wring and piping shown are for general point -of- connection only and are not Intended to show details for a spedflc Installation. Certified field wiring and dimensional diagrams are available on request. 2. All wiring must comply with applicable codes. 3. Refer to Carrier System Design Manual for details regarding piping techniques. 4. Wring not shown for optional devices such as: • remote start-stop • • opt fetydevice • 4 to 20 mA resets • optional remote sensors HEAT EXCHANGER FRAME SIZE VESSEL REQUIRED C FACTOR (Ib airIMin) REUEF VALVE RATED (IFACTOR ir/Min) FIELD CONNECTION SIZE (FPT) COOLER 10 to 12 30.0 37.6 1" 15 to 17 38.0 37.8 1" 20 to 22 35.7 37.8 1" 30 to 32 43.8 70.8 . 1'A" 35 to 37 49.9 70.8 1'4" r COOLER 40 to 42 50.4 70.8 1 45 to 47 57.4 70.8 1 50 to 52 53.7 70.8 1'4" 55 to 57 81.1 70.8 1 60 to 62 57.0 70.8 1 85 to 87 64.9 70.8 1 70 to 72 77.0 141.6 1 75 to 77 88.0 141.6 1 80 to 82 87.7 141.8 1 85 to 87 100.3 141.8 1 --P" CONDENSER . 10 to 12 31.7 40.4 1" 15 to 17 38.0 40.4 1" 20 to 22 34.0 37.6 1" 30 to 32 41.8 70.8 1 35 to 37 47.6 70.8 1'A" 40 to 42 47.1 70.8 1 45 to 47 53.7 70.8 1'4" 50 to 52 51.2 70.8 1 55 to 57 58.3 70.8 1 60 to 82 55.3 70.8 1 85 to 87 63.0 70.8 1'4' 70 to 72 72.3 141.6 1 75 to 77 82.7 141.8 1'4' 80 to 82 80.7 141.6 1 85 to 87 92.3 141.6 1 HEAT EXCHANGER FRAME SIZE VESSEL REQUIRED C FACTOR (Ib aldMln) REUEF RATE RATED D (I FACTOR (Ib alNMln) FIELD CONNECTION SIZE (FPT) COOLER 60-63 74.7 87.4 1 CONDENSER 60-63 89.9 70.8 1'A" Vent and drain connections Nozzle -in head waterboxes have vent and drain connections on covers. Marine waterboxes have vent and drain connec- tions on waterbox shells. Provide high points of the chiller piping system with vents and the low points with drains. If shutoff valves are provided in the main water pipes near the unit, a minimal amount of system water is lost when the heat exchangers are drained. This reduces the time required for drainage and saves on the cost of re- treating the system water. It is recommended that pressure gages be provided at points of entering and leaving water to measure pressure drop through the heat exchanger. Gages may be installed as shown in Pressure Gage Location table. Pressure gages installed at the vent and drain connections do not Include nozzle pressure losses. Use a reliable differential pressure gage to measure pres- sure differential when determining water flow. Regular gages of the required pressure range do not have the accuracy to provide accurate measurement of flow conditions. NUMBER OF PASSES 1 or 3 --� PRESSURE GAGE LOCATION GAGE LOCATION (Cooler or Condenser) One gage In each waterbox Two gages in waterbox with nozzles ASME stamping All 19XR and 19XRT heat exchangers are constructed in accordance with ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers) 15 Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration (latest edition). This code, in turn, requires conformance with ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Code for Unfired Pres- sure Vessels wherever applicable. Each heat exchanger is ASME 'U' stamped on the refrig- erant side of each vessel. Relief valve discharge pipe sizing Frames 1 - 6 19XR heat exchangers and the 19XRT chill- ers are equipped with 4 relief valves: 2 relief valves are mounted on the 3 -way service valve on the condenser and 2 relief valves are mounted on the 3 -way service valve of the cooler. serrieevrelves). The relief pressure for all 19XR/XRT chill- ers is 185 psi (1275 kPa). Relief -valve discharge piping size should be calculated per the current version of the ASHRAE 15, latest edition, code using the tabulated C factors for each vessel shown in the tables below. 1 9XR 19XRT Carrier further recommends that an oxygen sensor be installed to protect personnel. Sensor should be able to sense the depletion or displacement of oxygen in the machine room below 19.5% volume oxygen per ASHRAE 15, lat- est edition. 51 PRESSURES SHELL SIDE (Refrigerant) STANDARD TUBE SIDE (Water) TIONAL TUBE SI (Water) paig kPa psig kPa psig kPa Leak Test at Design Pressure* Hydrostatic Proof Test' 185 — 232 1278 — 1600 150 225 — 1034 1551 — 300 068 ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Shell Tube Sheet Condenser /Cooler Waterbox Cover Condenser /Cooler Waterbox Shell HR Steel HR Steel HR Steel HR Steel ASME SA518 GR .70 ASME SA518 GR .70 ASME SA516 GR .70, SA -36, or SA -285 GRL ASME SA675 GR .60, SA -516 GR70, or SA -181 CL70 Tubes Finned Copper ASME SB359 Dlscharge/Suctlon Pipe Flanges Steel Steel ASME SA106 GRB ASME SA105 1, Application data (cont) Design pressures Design and test pressures for heat exchangers are listed below. r — 'Nitrogen/Helium. *Factory Installed as shown on page 53 and 54. 52 Leak Test at Design Pressure' Hydrostatic Test Pr ooLTes 19XR DESIGN AND TEST PRESSURES 19XR 282 SHELL SIDE (Refrigerant) 5 ASME — American Society of Mechanical Engineers HR — Hot Rolled 19XRT HEAT EXCHANGER MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Insulation MINIMUM FIELD- INSTALLED INSULATION REQUIREMENTS 1944 10-12 15-17 20-22 30-32 37 7 80-62 85.67 70-72 75-77 80-82 85-87 LER 19XRT HEAT EXCHANGER SIZE 60-63 • INSULATION' fN 75 85 125 135 155 170 170 185 185 ' 5 2 :: 295 310 355 250 24.0 6.9 7.9 9.3 11.7 12.6 14.4 15.8 15.8 17.2 17.2 19.1 24.2 27.4 28.8 9 Factory insulation (optional) — The factory insulation option for the 19XR includes the following areas: cooler (not including waterbox); suction line up to the compressor suction housing;• compressor motor and motor cooling re- turn lines; several small oil cooling and oll return system lines, the liquid line, and the float chamber. Optional fac- tory insulation for the 19XRT is available for the evapora- tor shell and tube sheets, suction elbow, compressor motor, and motor refrigerant drain line(s). Insulation applied at the factory is 3 /4 in. (19 mm) thick and has a thermal conduc- tivity K value of (0.28 • Btu • in) /hr • f • F ((0.0404 • W) /(m • 'C)J. Insulation conforms with Underwriters' Labo- ratories (UL) Standard 94, Classification 94HBF. (1) 1 -1/4" NPT 41 RELIEF VALVE OUTLET (SEE FIELD INSTALLATION NOTES) CONTROL Q PANEL 7 RIM ■ ;� �Z ti ( I COOLER : I COND. 41 UNIT POWER PANEL 1' -7 "R 0' -4 7/8" [124mm] OUT f 1' -9" [533 IN -- J O. 9" [229mm] 8" -150/ 044-38e# VICTAULIC GROOVE /WELD TYPICAL 0' -11 7/8" [302mm] (344T .r] COMPRESSOR END COOLER OVERALL LENGTH (F ") NOTE: 1. TOLERANCES ON NOZZLE LOCATIONS AND OVERALL DIMENSIONS ARE 0 1" [25mm]. [+ rr] - 7' 10 1/4" [2394mm] COND. (OVERALL LENGTH) [fir] (2) 1 -1 RELIEF VALVE OUTLET (SEE FIELD INSTALLATION NOTES) 15' -4 3/4" [4693mm] 4 ' [ 1448mm] 15' -4 3/4" [4693mm] PLAN VIEW COMPRESSOR: 19XR 321 -389 COOLER: 2 PASS CONDENSER: 2 PASS LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR W /STARTER (OPTIONAL) W /ISOLATION VALVE (OPTIONAL) TARTER W /ACCESS SPACE (OPTIONAL) 1' -9 3/8" [543mm] 0' 11 7/8" [302mm] [321 mm] 8" -150# O 6j- R - 30 VICTAULIC GROOVE /WELD TYPICAL 0' -9 1/2" [241 mm] L j l i MOTOR 111 S IN 2' -2 1/4" [667mm] 11111 OUT I I 0' -4 7/8" [ 124mm] ( ) DRIVE END mawaNur. comm. •0. Pm .AUT. T>'AKVTT.. JOB NAME: Croup Health — ROC BUYER: Group Health SALES ENC.: Ken HarsIOII MODEL NO.: 19XR3737352CLS JOB NO.: P.O. NO.: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 460/3/60 JOBSITE LOCATION: Tukwila, WA SALES OFFICE: Airetco, Kent REFRIGERANT NO.: HFC -134o NOTES: 19XR35 -37 C014P'R: 19XR 321 -389 MACHINE ASSEMBLY PLAN VIEW DATE: 8/18/99 REVISION: THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PRO- PERTY Di CARRIER CORP. 510 IS DEUVEREO UPON THE EXPRESS CONDITION TWAT THE CONTENTS 55.5 NOT BE DIS- CLOSED OR USED WITHOUT CARRIER CORP. ■RTTEN CONSENT. SUBM69ON Or THESE DWI:S. OR DOCUMENTS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE PART PERFOR- MANCE DR ACCEPTANCE or CONTRACT. CARRIER (50 / 19013SP3 REV. SHT _DJ_ DATE 03 /25/99 SUPERCEOES OM'C. DATED: 07/3)/94 1 9XR3-31 SHT 1 OF 9 COMPRESSOR END 2' -0' [610mm] 2' -0 [610mm] NOTE: 1, TOLERANCES ON NOZZLE LOCATIONS AND OVERALL DIMENSIONS ARE 0 1' [25mm]. 14' 0" [4267mm] MINIMUM SERVICE AREA COOLER MINIMUM SERVICE AREA PLAN VIEW COMPRESSOR: 19XR 321 -389 SERVICE CLEARANCE DRIVE END 411 @Earn •o. !N .1 . pAKTAT. AY. not JOB NAME: Group Health — ROC BUYER: Croup Health SALES ENG.: Ken Horgan MODEL NO.: 19XR3737352CLS JOB NO.: P.O. NO.: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 460/3/60 JOBSITE LOCATION: Tukwila. WA SALES OFFICE: Airefco, Kent REFRIGERANT NO.: HFC -134a NOTES: 19XR35 -37 COMP 19XR 321 -389 MACHINE ASSEMBLY PLAN VIEW DATE: 8/18/99 REVISION: nis =WENT IS NE PRO- PERTY OF COMER CORP. AND 6 DELIVERED UPON THE EXPRESS CONATICN THAT THE CONTENTS IRE NOT eE 1)5 - C.O5ED OR USED 1TN01.0 CARRIER CORP. *TOTTEN CONSENT. SuIDAS51ON OF THESE DOG'S. OR DOCUUEMS DOES Nat CONSTITUTE PMT PERFOR- MANCE OR ACCEPTANCE Cr CONTRACT. CARRIER DIM / 19)0735P3 REV. A. SHY ,Q DATE: 93/25/99 SUPERCEDES DWG. DATED: 47/31/91 19XR3 -31 SHT 2_ OF 9 NOTE: 1. TOLERANCES ON NOZZLE LOCATIONS AND OVERALL DIMENSIONS ARE 0 1' [25mm]. 1. -9 1/4" DIA. [540mm] MOTOR SERVICE CLEARANCE COMPRESSOR END DRIVE END PLAN VIEW COMPRESSOR: 19XR 321 -389 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR SERVICE CLEARANCE - •TI. to. ya. MVOS. . may JOB NAME Group Health - ROC BUYER: Croup Health SALES ENG.: Ken Horsfall MODEL NO.: 19XR3737352CLS JOB NO.: P.O. NO.: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 460/3/60 JOBSITE LOCATION: Tukwila. WA SALES OFFICE: Airefco. Kent REFRIGERANT NO.: HFC -134a NOTES: 19XR35 -37 COMP'R: 19XR 321 -389 MACHINE ASSEMBLY PLAN VIEW DATE: 8/ 18/99 REVISION* 11K ooCUYENr IS THE PRO - PERTY OF CARRIER CORP. AND IS OEWERE0 tW1N THE EXPRESS CONDITION THAT THE CONTENTS lira FAN BE OTS- CLOSEO OR USED WITHOUT CARRIER CORP. BRITTEN CONSENT. SUBMISSION OF THESE P CS. OR OOCWENTS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE Mt PERFOR- MANCE OR ACCEPTANCE OF CONTRACT. CARRIER DWG / 190035P3 REV. SRTALDFAL 04TE: 03/25/99 SUPERCEDES OWG. DATED: 07/31/95 19XR3 -31' SHT 3_ OF 9 MINIMUM SERVICE AREA REQUIRED COMPRESSOR END NOTE: 1. TOLERANCES ON NOZZLE LOCATIONS AND OVERALL DIMENSIONS ARE 0 1" [25mm]. PLAN VIEW COMPRESSOR: 19XR 321 -389 TUBE REMOVAL SPACE & SERVICE AREA FOR NOZZLE IN HEAD WATERBOXES 14' 4" [4369mm] FROM WATERBOX FIANCE TYPICAL TUBE REMOVAL SPACE EITHER END 2' -3 1/4" [692mm] TYPICAL 2'-1 3/4" [654mm] TYPICAL TUBE REMOVAL SPACE EITHER END WATERBOX COVERS & NOZZLES NOT SHOWN. TYPICAL DRIVE END QsgiukQ F Maori TuiaYWe • 1W .q. TANCYIE a•.. Hit JOB NAME: Group Heolth - ROC BUYER Group Health SALES ENG.: Ken Harstall MODEL NO.: 19XR3737352CL5 JOB NO.: P.O. NO.: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 460/3/60 JOBSITE LOCATION: Tuknilo. WA SALES OFFICE: Airef Kent REFRIGERANT NO.: HFC-1340 NOTES: 19XR35 -37 COMP'R: 19XR 321 -389 MACHINE ASSEMBLY PLAN VIEW DATE: 8/18/99 REVISION: DAS DOCUMENT LS THE PRO- PERTY Or CMRKA CORP_ ANO 15 OEUVEREO UPON THE EXPRESS CONDITION THAT THE CONTENTS WILE NOT BE DIS- CLOSED OR USED 1TNOUT CARRER CORP. WRITTEN CONSENT. SUBMISSION OF THESE tics. OR DOCUMENTS DOES Not CONSTITUTE PMT PEWOR- NANCE OR ACCEPTANCE OF CONTRACT. CARRIER OWG # 19XR35P3 REV. _Q. SHTiLOF DATE 93/25/99 SUPERCEDES DWG. OATED: 07/31/91 19XR3 -31 SHT 4 OF 9 O UTo- t 2' -2 3/4" [679mm] 0' -11 7/8" [302mm] (F ifttrumi 8 " -150j 011300fl VICTAUUC GROOVE /WELD TYPICAL IN 1' -4 1/8"- [410mm] DRIVE END NOTE 1. TOLERANCES ON NOZZLE LOCATIONS AND OVERALL DIMENSIONS ARE 0 1" [25mm]. COOLER (OVERALL LENGTH) 15' -4 3/4" [4693mm] ( 9FBrtnn) UNIT MOUNTED STARTER (OPTIONAL) R 4L MOTOR COOLER (2) 1 -1/4" NPT RELIEF VALVE OUTLET ON COND. (SEE FIELD INSTALLATION NOTES) PANEL 1" NPT CHARGING CONN. 14' -0" [3747mm] CONTROL PANEL FRONT VIEW - 7' -0" [2134mm] COMPRESSOR: 19XR 321 -389 COOLER: 2 PASS LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR W /STARTER (OPTIONAL) W /ISOLATION VALVE (OPTIONAL) 0' -4 7/8" [ 124mm] [4 9mm-] (1) 1 -1/4" NPT RELIEF VALVE OUTLET ON COOLER. (SEE FIELD INSTALLATION NOTES) COMPRESSOR END 6'-9 5/ 8" [2073mm] At •4. IP. ..N.. T.KNS. •r, , Ni. J08 NAME: Group Health - ROC BUYER: Group Health SALES ENG.: Ken Hors(aII MODEL NO.: 19XR3737352CLS J08 NO.: P.O. NO.: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 460/3/60 JOBSITE LOCATION: Tukwila. WA SALES OFFICE: Airerco. Kent REFRIGERANT NO.: HFC -1340 NOTES: 19XR35 -37. COMP'R: 19XR 321 -389 MACHINE ASSEMBLY FRONT VIEW DATE: 8/18/99 REVISION: - -- THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PRO- PERTY OF CAMBER CORP. AND 6 OEUVERED UPON THE EXPRESS CONDITION THAT THE CONTENTS WAL NOT BE DS- CLOSED OR USED 'UMW CARTER CORP. METTEN CONSENT. SUBMSSON Of THESE OWLS. OR DOCUMENTS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE PART PERFOR- IAnCE OR ACCEPTANCE Or CONTRACT. CARRIER OWG • 19XR35F3 REV. SHT,.Qt OF_Q1_ DATE: 93/25/99 SUPERCEDES DWG. DATED: 07/31/90 19XR3 -314 SHT 5_ OF 9 0' -11 7/8" ( [302mm] [ 0' -5 7/8" [1 49mm] (3) 1 -1/4" NPT RELIEF VALVE OUTLET (2 ON COND. 1 ON COOLER — SEE FIELD INSTALLATION NOTES) 8" -150# OR -3991 VICTAULIC GR 6' -9 5 /8 "I�CAL /WELD [2073mm] OUTS— c IN 2' -11 1/4" [895mm [635mm] [1143mm] COMPRESSOR END NOTE: 1. TOLERANCES ON NOZZLE LOCATIONS AND OVERALL DIMENSIONS ARE 0 1" [25mm]. COND. (OVERALL LENGTH) 15' -4 3/4" (4693mm] [4718mm] ' 14' -0" [4267mm] 4' -6 7/8" [ 1394mm] 1/2" NPT SERVICE VALVE 1/2" NPT PUMPOUT CONN. CONTROL PANEL COND -3' -10 3/ " [i 187mm] 0 -9 1 /2" [241 mm] REAR VIEW ISOLATION VALVE (OPTIONAL) STARTER (OPTIONAL) /1 7-0" [2134mm] COMPRESSOR: 19XR 321 -389 CONDENSER: 2 PASS LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR W /STARTER (OPTIONAL) W /ISOLATION VALVE (OPTIONAL) 1' -0 1 /2" [318mm] 0' -4 7/8" t [124mm] [13@rt.. ] DRIVE END l� Au.rAn+ 0 .4 1 w •a woat wo.. n_cw[. •• TN J08 NAME: Group Health — ROC BUYER: Group Health SALES ENG.: Ken Horsfall MODEL NO.: 19XR3737352CLS JOB NO.: P.O. NO.: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 460/3/60 JOBSITE LOCATION: Tukwila. WA SALES OFFICE: Airefco. Kent REFRIGERANT NO.: HFC -134a NOTES: 19XR35 -37 COMP'R: 19XR 321 -389 MACHINE ASSEMBLY REAR VIEW DATE: 8/18/99 REVISION: DOS DOCUMENT IS THE PRO- PERTY Or CARRIER CORP. AND 15 DELMRED UPON THE EXPRESS CONpnON THAT ME CONTENTS WU. NOT BE DIS- CLOSED OR USED RrHOuT CARRIER CORP. WRITTEN CONSENT. SUENRSSAON OE THESE DOM OR ooCUYENTS DOES NOT CONSn:UTE PMT PERFOR- MANCE OR ACCEPTANCE or c0MRAcr. CARRIER DWG j )95535R3 REV. Slit . QLOF_QL DATE 0/25/99 SUPERCEDES DWG. DATED: 07/3T/9Q 19XR3 -314 SHT 6 OF 9 1 6' -9 5/8" [2073mm] MACH OVERALL HEIGHT 4' -2 3/8" [1280mm] NOTE: 1. TOLERANCES ON NOZZLE LOCATIONS AND OVERALL DIMENSIONS ARE 0 1" [25mm]. 1 1/4" [489mm] (1) 1 -1/4" NP RELIEF VALVE OUTET (SEE FIELD INSTALLATION NOTES) CONTROL PANEL 2' -8 7/8"1 - 1' -3" [835mm] [381 mm] STARTER (OPTIONAL) —2' -11 3/4'— 2' -6" [908mm] [762mm] OVERALL COOLER OVERALL COND. WIDTH WIDTH COMPRESSOR END VIEW COMPRESSOR: 1 9XR 321 -389 COOLER: 2 PASS CONDENSER: 2 PASS LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR W /STARTER (OPTIONAL) W /ISOLATION VALVE (OPTIONAL) (2) 1 -1/4" NPT RELIEF VALVE OUTLET (SEE FIELD INSTALLATION NOTES) ISOLATION VALVE (OPTIONAL) VICTAULIC /E /WELD TYPICAL OUT r 4 7/8" [152 mm] / / 2•-11 1/4" 2' -1" [895mm] [635 mm] Y 0' -6" [152m m] TYPICAL . 61g170@Q •a OM's T+■COW, w. •fT JOB NAME: Croup Health - ROC BUYER: Group Health SALES ENG.: Ken Horst all MODEL NO.: 19XR3737352CLS JOB NO.: P.Q. NO.: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 460/3/60 JOBSITE LOCATION: Tukwila. WA SALES OFFICE: Airefco. Kent REFRIGERANT NO. HFC- 134o NOTES: 9XR35 - 37 COMP'R: 19XR- 321 -389 MACHINE ASSEMBLY COMPRESSOR END VIEW DATE: 8/18/99 REVISION: TMs DOCIArENT TS THE PRO- PERTY OF CARRIER CORP. ANo S OflMRED UPON THE EXPRESS coNOrtRDN nur THE CONTENTS Inc NOT RE 04- CLOSED CR USED WITHOUT CARRIER CORP. WRITTEN CONSENT. Sa8M59ON OF THESE ORCS OR DOCIAIENTS GOES NOT CONSTITUTE PMT PERTOR- MANCE OR ACCEPTANCE OF CONTRACT. CARRIER DWC / T93R3503 REV. g . sHT, 9 Of Q.L DATE: 43/25/99 SUPERCEDES DWG. DATED: 07/3I/9Q 1 9XR3-31 4 SHT Z OF 9 NOTE: 1. TOLERANCES ON NOZZLE LOCATIONS AND OVERALL DIMENSIONS ARE 0 1" [25mm]. 1' -3" [381 mm] 0' -4 1 /2 [1 1 4mm] ISOLATION VALVE (OPTIONAL) IN > - 2' -6 " [762mm] OVERALL COND. WIDTH 7/8" [835mm] STARTER (OPTIONAL) 2' 1 1 3/4= [908mm] OVERALL COOLER WIDTH DRIVE END VIEW COMPRESSOR: 19XR 321 -389 CONDENSER: 2 PASS COOLER: 2 PASS LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR W /STARTER (OPTIONAL) W /ISOLATION VALVE (OPTIONAL) 1' -7 1/4" [489mm] 8" -150# OR 300# VICTAULIC GROOVE /WELD TYPICAL OUT 1 2' -2 3/4" [679mm] 1' -4 1/8" 0' -8 3/8" [410mm] [213mm] TYPICAL 6' -9 5/8" [2073mm] MACH OVERALL HEIGHT AINYA lrmst1 CowYg • 0 PH I. pwPA . • .. 3711 JOB NAME: Croup Health — ROC BUYER: Group Health SALES ENG.: Ken Harslet! MODEL NO.: 19XR3737352CLS JOB NO.: P.O. NO.: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 460/3/60 JOBSITE LOCATION: 'Tukwila. WA SALES OFFICE: Airefco. Kent REFRIGERANT NO.: HFC -134a NOTES: 19XR35 -37 COMP'R: 19XR 321 -389 MACHINE ASSEMBLY DRNE END VIEW DATE: 8/18/99 REVISION- Did DOCUMENT K THE PRO- PERTY Of CARRIER CORP. AND 6 DELIVERED UPON THE EXPRESS CONDITION TWIT THE CONTENTS WILL BE DIS- CLOSED OR USED MTNOUT CARRIER CORP. MtlTTEN CONSENT. SUI MSS7ON OF THESE CMGS. OR DOCUMENTS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE PMT PERFOR MANCE OR ACCEPTANCE CF CONTRACT. CARRIER DWG J 39583503 REV. SHTst OFAL DATE: 93/25/99 SUPERCEOES DWG. DATED: 07/31/95 1 9XR3-31 4 SHT & OF 9 FIELD INSTALLATION NOTES 1. FIELD - SUPPORTED PIPING MUST BE ARRANGED AND SUPPORTED TO AVOID STRESS ON THE EQUIPMENT & TRANSMISSION OF VIBRATIONS FROM THE EQUIPMENT AS WELL AS TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH ROUTINE ACCESS FOR THE READING, ADJUSTING & SERVICING OF THE EQUIPMENT. PROVISIONS SHALL BE MADE FOR ADJUSTMENT IN EACH PLANE OF THE PIPING AND FOR PERIODIC & MAJOR SERVICING OF THE EQUIPMENT. 2. RELIEF VALVES ON COOLER AND CONDENSER MUST BE VENTED TO THE OUTDOORS AS THE DISCHARGING OF REFRIGERANTS IN CLOSED SPACES MAY DISPLACE OXYGEN & CAUSE ASPHYXIATION. ALL FIELD SUPPLIED REFRIGERANT RELIEF PIPING AND DEVICES MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI / ASHRAE STANDARD 15. 3. SERVICE ACCESS SHOULD BE PROVIDED PER STANDARDS ANSI /ASHRAE 15 AND ANSI /NFPA 70 (NEC) AND LOCAL SAFETY CODES. CLEAR SPACE ADEQUATE FOR INSPECTION, SERVICING & RIGGING OF ALL MAJOR COMPONENTS OF THE CHILLER IS REQUIRED. SELECT COMPONENT REMOVAL SPACES ARE SHOWN AS SHADED AREAS. SPACE FOR RIGGING EQUIPMENT AND COMPRESSOR REMOVAL ARE NOT SHOWN. 0 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES - CARRIER P.O. 80X 480b SYRACUSE. NT. 13221 JOB NAME: Group Health - ROC BUYER: Group Health SALES ENG.: Ken Horsfoll MODEL NO.: 19XR3737352CLS JOB NO.: P.O. NO.: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 460/3/60 JOBSITE LOCATION: Tukwila; WA SALES OFFICE: Airetco. Kent REFRIGERANT NOS HFC -134o NOTES: 19XR FIELD INSTALLATION NOTES DATE: 8/18/99 REVISION: TNS OOCUYENT IS TIE PRO- PERTY OF CARRIER CORP. AND IS OELNERED UPON TIE EXPRESS CONDITION THAT THE CONTENTS WXE NOT RE DIS- CLOSED OR USED vIH UT CARRIER CORP. MWfTEN CONSENT. SUBIRSSION OF TIESE TAWS. OR DOCUMENTS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE PART CERFOR- RANCE OR ACCEPTANCE OF CONTRACT. CARRIER DWG / 19XRNOTE REV. = SHTQI OF..Q DATE: Q6 SUPERCEOES DWG. arm 19XR SHT 9_ OF 9 C-4 3/8 " [111mm] -4: TYP. 1' -8 3/4 l [527mm] � J 2'-8 / 8 " [835mm] A (SEE SHEET 12) 1' -5 7 /8J [454mm] 0' -0 1/2" [ 13mm] TYP. DRIVE END A 3. STUB -UP LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. 6' -6 1/4" "" [ 1987mm] - OPTIONAL SOLE PLATE SEE SHEET 12 0' -3" [76mm] TYP. A 1' -10 5/8" [575mm] �I 3'- 6" [ 1O67mm] 14' -8 3/4" [4489mm] NOTES: 1. USE GROUT AND PACKAGE COMPONENTS AS SHOWN ON SHEET 12 TO ESTABLISH THE LEVEL BASE LINE. 2. IF CHILLER IS SET ON CONCRETE PAD. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT THE PAD BE EXTENDED AT LEAST 2' -6" BEYOND THE WIDTH OF THE MACHINE ON THE COOLER SIDE. 7' -0" [2134mm] 3' -10 1/4" [ 1175mm] VESSELS FRONT g COND 0' -10 1/2" [267mm] - TYP. g COOLER PLAN VIEW OF FOUNDATION CONTACT SURFACE CONDUIT LEGEND: 1' -8 3/4 [527mm] r COMPRESSOR END COMPRESSOR POWER MACHINE CONTROL PUMPOUT POWER (OPTIONAL) SEE DETAIL C -C - OUTSIDE EDGE OF COND END PLATE. (TYP. BOTH ENDS) O' -O 1/2" [13mm] 5' -5 1/4 [1670mm] 1' -0" i t i [305mm] 0' -0 1 2" T'P. B B [13mmj (SEE SHEET ►2) OUTSIDE EDGE OF COOLER TUBESHEET. (TYP. BOTH ENDS) 0' -1 7/8&- [48mm] 0' - 3/16 - [5mm] 7/16"R t DETAIL C -c 3/4 TS HK 0' -1 1 /8 [ 28mm] 4� Cantor 'fits .u..ularum kA far 40L 7+KfL S 'R• JOB NAAE: Group Health - ROC BUYER. Group Health SALES ENG.: Ken Horatoll u00EL NO.: 19(R3737352CLS JOG NO.: P.O. NO.: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 160 /3/60 JOBSITE LOCATION. TuLwilo. 14A SALES OFFICE: A:retco. ltenl REFRIGERANT NO.: HFC -134o NOTES: CONDENSER: 19XR35 -37 COOLER: 1911R35 -37 ISOLATION PACKAGE k £LECTR$CAL STUB up. DElARS DATE: 8/18/99 REVISION: 116 OMAN! 6 11( MO OttMKO boor bC MOOS 001411101 AMT 114 00110111 wlt 1101 aE DS- CLOUD 04 *1910 WNW 4.4441 MOP. 99U1M 0015111. 7J:11.1a7011 or um oars. 09 coma/Pal =I 101 manna 1911 map- tram= AO (p wC[ CARRIER 090 1 /911931/1 KV. ! 3a_o_o<_22 DATE: 07 -31 -98 311CRCEO(a PP D OMM 06 -31 -91 19XR3 SI-IT 1 OF 2 ISOLATION PACKAGE V ISOLATION PACKAGE ONLY STANDARD (SEE VIEW 9-9) SOLEPLATE PACKAGE OPTIONAL (SEE SECTION A -A) [38mm] 1' -6" [457mm] E 2 2� v , 0 —8 1/2f. 1216mm] 1 -3" [381mm 0 I- - O' -11 1/2=-1 [292mm] SOLE PLATE DETAIL SEE NO 1' (25rnm] THK. H.R. . SOLE PLATE SUPPORT PLATE 0 b ISO 0' -1 1/2" [38mm] P. c O g 2 3 o O: _ 114 7/8 -9 UNC -28 (4 HOLES) ' ►' JACKING SCREWS .J (A W 0 2 •.•� W FaB 6 rW W a 0 TUBE SHEET OR END PLATE LEVELING PAD M SHEET #1) O (.1 f - - TUBE SHEET OR END PLATE :1 - ibmrgiligg FliBliiislig V INDICATES: CHECK BOX roa APPLICABLE CONDfTION JACKING SCREW SEE NOTE 12 ORT PLATE LEVEL BASE LINE 0 - 3/8" [35mm] SEE NOTE 13 FLOOR LINE NOTES: 1. OPTIONAL PLATE PACKAGE INCLUDES 4 SOLEPLATES, 16 JACK SCREWS AND LEVE PADS. REOUIRES ISOLATION PACKAGE. 2. ING SCREWS TO BE REMOVED AFTER GROUT HAS SET. • THICKNESS OF GROUT WILL VARY, DEPENDING ON THE AMOUNT NECESSARY TO L CHILLER. U E USE S636�0- 1P1 /2MI�38mm]NTO 0' -2IN /4 R[57mm]LTHICK HT -64$ OR MAST . r..-0 3/8" (1 Dmm] LEVEL BASE LINE KIM ' WV; • SHEAR FLEX PAD (3/8" [10mm) THK.) VIEW B -B (FROM SHEET .1) ISOLATION WRH ISOLATION PACKAGE ONLY (STANDARD) NOTE: ISOLATION PACKAGE INCLUDES 4 SHEAR FLEX PADS. M EC a) CV L. 0 c STARTERS A B C D Ni SOLID STATE (7'{" 1 -10' 7 -T 3'- -91/8' (102mm] [559mm] [787mm] [1148mm] W-4 yr 1 =9 1/8' 7-9 T -7 118' / WYE DELTA [121mm] [538mm] 1838mm] [1095mm] V SOLID STATE AND WYE DELTA STARTERS VIEW C -C (ROTATED 90' CCW) DRIVE END J INDICATES. CHECK BOX FOR APPLICABLE CONDITION. MOUNTED STARTER ACCESS SPACE TYPICAL NOTE 1. MOUNTED STARTER IS NOT AVAILABLE FOR HIGH VOLTAGE MOTOR. PLAN VIEW JOB NAME Group Heat & -ROC BUYER: Crag Health SALES ENO.: Kan Hooka MOOEL NO. I YXR3737352CLS JOB NO. P.O. NO: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRIC & CHARACTERISTICS: JOBSITE LOCATCN Tunas, WA STILES OFFICE: Alnico, Kad REFRIGERANT NO: IWC -13r. NOTE& COMDR. 321481 OPTIONAL STARTERS SOLD STATE AND WYE DELTA DATE 8/18199 REVISION: _ TMa{ COCIANAT KM PRO- RRTYOI DOOR CORP. A10 us amino Isom nit WNW COMMA TNATTI COIRIER RILLL NOT E OT T IR CU. CICaaOw u0/DMINOUT CARINA CORP. WORN SUOIRMONOFTION D M OR occurun COW INOT COSISITRITE PARTRQOR. wacI OA ACCUTANCewP CARRIER MVO S 1100130Q REV. A jltT OF 01 DATE 9713110 SUPIRCEDES OWO. DATER 0013110 CONTROLS 1 P/C 2 1 9XR3 SHT OF 1 19XR WITH 320-389 COMPRESSOR ✓ HERTZ VOLTAGES MOTOR COOS A 8 g § :I@E) 00 0000 0 0 0 n z m o o w 7 -11 12" 7.7 Ire" (902mmJ (610mmJ 50 1 ow-0zao U U 00 00 2400 4180 12 a 0 000 1 7 -21/8" 7 -1012" m o o W .j Z z a Q 00000000 (968mmJ (876mm] 50 990 i 1 g 0 a J 1 a O y c COMPRESSOR END VIEW CONTROL PANEL RV-3 5/8" (R397mm] i N Ili/ , 1'-4 5/16" (415mm1 COMPRESSOR END CONTROL PANEL ACCESS SPACE 3'- 1013/16" (1190mm] POWER-. PANEL TERMINAL BOX PLAIN VIEW REAR VIEW 1'-5 1/4" (438mm) A q. 1'-4 114" (413mmJ 73" (685rnmJ 1'-7 314" (502mm( AN 1'•91/4" Mr (540mmJ i l I■ I III II MOTOR TERMINAL BOX DRIVE END r 0.9 /d' 5 (244mmJ SPACE REQUIRED FOR MOTOR MAINTENANCE S-0 114 (1883rn l 1 (4IBmmJ DATE: 8/18/89 fflffi , . t TTTTTT TTTTTTTTTTTT TTT 91101 YE NM 13E di E d d - 7C t2 J2 J3 (LOWER) J1 ag in nn 1 12343979 J3 (UPPER) TTTTTT ffffff n n . " C g >_ 4...4.1 Y Y Y Y T T L�I� "11_I TIT' Tat J4 (LOWER) J12 I 1 /MIA 11 III J11 ; 0 0 0 SO foe r Vb CR ga TTTTTTTT let^ f .14 (UPPER) .110 J9 ❑ ❑ - zo °o pa ag taw sS p t' 11 1.T1 CO 0o- .o- 4.a ~o- 1 L t L t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 , 1 i i � 1 1 1 MEET 1 62 WET 2 6 2 q • 4 1101 .p 1OOUf. 1'. 1221 JOB NMI( Group Health - ROC BUYER: Group Health SALES ENG.: Ken Horst all YODEL NO.: 19XR3737352CLS JOB NO.: P.O. NO.: PREPARED 8Y: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERLSfICS: 460/3/60 JOBSITE LOCATION: Tukeao. WA SALES OFFICE: Airefco. Kent REFRIGERANT NO.: HFC -134o NOTES: CO1P'R: 221 - 299/201 -2 COAP'R: 321 -399 Melt 424 -499 WRING DX PIC CONTROL MCI C POSER PANEL) DATE: 8/18/99 REVISION• OM DOCUMENT 6 TK PRO- PERTY Or C4 19 COOP. M40 6 OfNOIW UPON TIE C1PIN=S COIdUON TWAT =DRS R1. NOT-RE 06- 0.DSEO OR USED WITHOUT CARER CORP. MIIEN CONSENT. SUOMISOON Or THEN MOO. OR 000UIEIRS DOES NOT c06STIME PMT PERRR- NANCE 01 /CCEP1NI t 6 CONTRACT. CARER DWG j J9XRC1 -I REV. SH1_91,,,0FAL DATE: 3-25-99 11-23- S 0110. 0A11O: CONTROLS / PIC 19XR SHT 1 OF 3 NAMM Ile t11.1OI SSE 1 1 1I 11 1 1 11 1 11 11 I1 11 1 a 4 n 2 9ETT 1 OF 9EET 262 •0. MO! •4. T a .•. 1 m( JOB NAME: Group Health - ROC BUYER: Group Health SALES ENG. Ken Morefa11 MODEL NO.: 19XR3737352CIS JOB NO.: P.O. NO.: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 460/3/60 JOBSITE LOCATION: Tukwila. M41 SALES OFFICE: AJrefca. Kent REFRIGERANT NO.: HFC -134o NOTES: CoM p R 121- 299120+ -209 CO11r'It 321 -399 CO11PTt 421 -439 CONTROL OIAC AN ( villa m R PM1E) DATE: 8/ 18/99 REVISION 7133 000UYO11 IS MC PM- MIN OF CARTIER CORP. /MID b OD11KI W UPON 1NE DENIM C0101101.1W 110 CONTENTS NRL NOT CC OM- CLOSED CO IMO RIINOUT COMER CORP. MTTEN CONSENT. SINVISS131 OF 1102 0B3. OR O0CU EMS DOES NOT COMMIE PMT PERFd1- WWCE OR ACCEPTANCE 6 CONTRACT MASER OY10 119040 -2 RE. " SHT S2.OF..Q DATE: 3 -25-99 SIR ONTO. OATEO: e -25 -17 CONTROLS / PIC 2 19XR SHT 2 OF 3 OPTION USTINC DESCRIPTION E CARRIER NO OPTION MODULE DL/DP JJ��YEESS %/// // V AUTO DEMAND RESET OPTION (4 -20 rnA CONTROLLER) SEE NOTE 3 �j�j AUTO CHILL WATER RESET OPTION SEE N CONTROLLER) SEE NOTE TE 3 REFRIGERANT LEAK f ✓ SENSOR RESET�SEN�SOR t/ SPARE TEMP 1 ✓ (COMMON SUPPLY SENSOR) SPARE TEMP 2 (COMMON SUPPLY SENSOR) ✓ NOTE: MIEN 4 -20rnA SIGNAL IS SUPPLIED AND CONTROLLED FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE. CONNECT UNGROUNDED (FLOATING) SIGNAL BETWEEN EXT 4-20( +) AND COMMON( -). WHEN 4-20mA SIGNAL IS SUPPLIED FROM OPTIONS MODULE AND CONTROLLED FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE, INTERNAL 4-20 1S ( -) AND COMMON 1S (+). 00 NOT GROUND 4 -20mA SIGNAL 1 INSIDE PANEL COVER 2C POWER PANEL COMPONENT LAYOUT (SHOWN YAM COVER REMOVED) • • » (•l i ■y CONTROL PANEL COMPONENT LAYOUT • • GROUND SCREW CB1 A TF Au,1100110.1••O.I.. ra FA Mil r'-o s It MO JOB NAME Group Health - ROC BUYER: Croup Health SALES ENG.: Ken Hor3fall MODEL NO.: ISXR3737352CLS JOB N0: P.O. NO.: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 460/3/60 JOBSRE LOCATION: Tukw1o, WA SALES OFFICE: Airefco, Kent REFRIGERANT NO.: HFC -134o NOTES: COMM 221- 21a/201 -10a COMM 321 -3011 COMPR 421 -NMI WORM o1ACRAM ( walla PIC CONTROL. E L ) DATE: 8/18/99 REVISION: —_ MS 000mon a nE PRO- PERTY OF C1 R CaT. A!O d DELNEED UPON TIE DPRE33 COMMON 1HAT THE CONTENTS *J. NOT FE DC- CLOSED OR IZEO TOTHOUT criMER CORP. waTRN cams. awsmE OF THESE OTN:t OR DOCUMENTS ODES ROT CONSUME PART PEWEE - M NCE ON ACCEPTMICE Of CONTRACT. CARRIER ONG 119=1-3 REM. A ]HE_¢_OE_¢Z DATE 2 2 a ws MC. DEEM CONTROLS / PIC 2 19XR SHT 3 OF 3 ITEM DESCRIPTION BY CARRIER YES NO 1 BENSHAW SOLID STATE W /SHUNT TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKER (30k AMPS) NO3H3 BENSHAW SOLID STATE W /SHUNT TRIP HI INTERUPT CIRCUIT BREAKER (65K AMPS) CUTLER HAMMER WYE —DELTA W /SHUNT TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKER (30K AMPS) CUTLER HAMMER WYE —DELTA W /SHUNT TRIP HI INTERRUPT BREAKER (65K AMPS) INTEGRATED STARTER MANAGEMENT MODULE (ISM) 1 N.O. CHILLED WATER PUMP CONTACT 1 N.O. CONDENSER WATER PUMP CONTACT 1 N.O. SHUNT TRIP CONTACT 1 N.O. TOWER FAN LOW / #1 CONTACT 1 N.O. TOWER FAN HIGH / #2 CONTACT 1 N.O. ALARM CONTACT o3aino3a Ir 3 PHASE UNDER / OVER VOLTAGE ✓ PHASE LOSS / IMBALANCE / REVERSAL ■ PHASE TO PHASE / PHASE TO GROUND FAULT W /SHUNT TRIP ✓ FREQUENCY SHIFT ■ KW TRANSDUCER / KW HOURS / DEMAND KW ✓ SINGLE CYCLE DROPOUT ✓ MOTOR / STARTER OVERCURRENT V CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER (3KVA) (INTEGRAL) / / CONTROLS AND OIL HEATER CIRCUIT BREAKER (INTEGRAL) OIL PUMP CIRCUIT BREAKER (INTEGRAL) 3 PHASE ANALOG VOLTS / AMPS METER PACKAGE (OPTIONS) POWER FACTOR CORRECTION PACKAGE ✓ LIGHTNING / SURGE ARRESTOR PACKAGE ✓ 2 COMPRESSOR MOTOR STARTER BRANCH DISCONNECT ✓ A CHILLED WATER PUMP STARTER DISCONNECT ■ B CHILLED WATER PUMP MOTOR STARTER ✓ C CONDENSER WATER PUMP STARTER DISCONNECT ✓ D CONDENSER WATER PUMP MOTOR STARTER ✓ E COOLING TOWER FAN MOTOR STARTER DISCONNECT (LOW /M1) ✓ F COOLING TOWER FAN MOTOR STARTER (LOW / #1) ✓ G COOLING TOWER FAN MOTOR STARTER DISCONNECT (HIGH /#2) ✓ H COOLING TOWER FAN MOTOR MOTOR STARTER (HIGH / #2) ✓ J SPARE SAFETY DEVICES [ N.C. ] SEE NOTE 3.1 ✓ K REMOTE START / STOP DEVICE [ N.O. ] SEE NOTE 3.1 ✓ L REMOTE ALARM SEE NOTE 3.3 ✓ M REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR SEE NOTE 3.3 ✓ N LUG ADAPTERS SEE NOTE 2.1 / ✓ P ICE BUILD START / TERMINATE DEVICE SEE NOTE 3.1 ✓ 0 ° a it m O 0 0 t7 o . 6 „ V 0 Z O ■ r 0 O g o u C O Y n 0 E \p Syyyy i ulai tuft a, co co H D 0 N X rn 0 -1 1— N UNIT MOUNTED STARTERS — BILL OF MATERIAL NOTES: 1 GENERAL 1.0 STARTERS SWILL BE DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CARRIER ENGINEERING REQUIREMENT 2 -415. 1.1 ALL FIELD - SUPPLIED CONDUCTORS, DEVICES AND THE FELD- INSTALLATION MIRING, TERMINATION OF CONDUCTORS AND DEVICES, MUST BE IN COMPUANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND JOB SPECIFICATIONS. 1.2 THE ROUTING OF FIELD- INSTALLED CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS AND THE LOCATION OF FIELD- INSTALLED DEVICES, MUST NOT INTERFERE WITH EQUIPMENT ACCESS OR THE READING, ADJUSTING OR SERVICING OF ANY COMPONENT. 1.3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND ALL STARTING AND CONTROL DEVICES, MUST COMPLY WITH DETMLS IN EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL DRAWINGS AND LITERATURE. 1.4 CONTACTS AND SWITCHES ARE SHOWN IN THE POSIDON THEY WOULD ASSUME WITH THE CIRCUIT DE- ENERGIZED AND THE CHILLER SHUTDOWN. 1.5 WARNING - DO NOT USE ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS. 0 POWER W11RNC TO STARTER 2.0 PROVIDE A MEANS OF DISCONNECTING POWER TO STARTER. 21 POWER CONDUCTOR RATING MUST MEET MINIMUM UNIT NAMEPLATE VOLTAGE AND COMPRESSOR MOTOR RLA (MINIMUM CIRCUIT AIPACITY). 2.2 LUG ADAPTERS MAY BE REQUIRED IF INSTAUJITION CONDITIONS DICTATE THAT CONDUCTORS BE SIZED BEYOND THE MINIMUM AMPACITY REQUIRED. BREAKER LUGS WILL ACCOMMODATE THE QUANTITY (1) AND SIZE MCM CABLES /PER PHASE) AS FOLLOWS: 2.3 2.4 2.5 W- \ /1 - 2501CM a'IL_ mama 201 -30M 301 -4!3A 461- BEMAN (SOUR STATE) CUTLER HAMMER (WYE DELTA) -1250A 4 350 - 7 ' • 607 -66111 ee : -13 M LUG CAPAOIY (PER PHASE) / ODCLKICR6 1 2 2 2 4 4 CON:MCTQl RANGE - 3501K31 2/0 - 25011C11 250 - 35010A 1 - 50011CY 4/0 - 5001K3I 5o0- 10oo1ECY POWER CONDUCTORS TO STARTER MUST ENTER THROUGH TOP OF ENCLOSURE. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHOULD BE USED FOR THE LAST FEW FEET TO THE ENCLOSURE TO PROVIDE UNIT VIBRATION ISOLATION. COMPRESSOR MOTOR AND CONTROLS MUST BE GROUNDED BY USING EQUIPMENT GROUNDING LUGS PROVIDE INSIDE UNIT MOUNTED STARTER ENCLOSURE. STARTERS WITH 'RATED LOAD AMPS' (RLA) GREATER THAN (BENSHAW 740 RLA) OR (CUTLER HAMMER 935 RLA) REQUIRE THE ASSEMBLY AND THE INSTALLATION OF A 'T0P WIT" (LOCATED INSIDE ENCLOSURE) TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED WIRE BENDING SPACE FOR INCOMING POWER LEADS. Al CONTROL WIRING 3.0 FIELD SUPPLIED CONTROL CONDUCTORS TO BE AT LEAST 18 AWG OR LARGER. 3.1 OPTIONAL ICE BUILD START / TERMINATE DEVICE CONTACTS, OPTIONAL REMOTE START / STOP DEVICE CONTACTS AND OPTIONAL SPARE SAFETY DEVICE CONTACTS, MUST HAVE 24VAC RATING. MAX CURRENT IS 60 MA, NOMINAL CURRENT IS 10 MA SNATCHES WITH GOLD PLATED BIFURCATED CONTACTS ARE RECOMMENDED. 3.2 REMOVE JUMPER WIRE BETWEEN J2 -1 AND J2 -2 BEFORE CONNECTING AUXILU ARY SAFETIES BETWEEN THESE TERMINALS. 3.3 ISM CONTACT OUTPUTS CAN CONTROL COOLER AND CONDENSER PUMP AND TOWER FAN MOTOR CONTACTOR COIL LOADS (VA) RATED 5 AMPS AT 115VAC UP TO 3 AMPS AT 277 VAC. CONTROL WIRING REQUIRED FOR CARRIER TO START PUMPS AND TOWER FAN MOTORS MUST BE PROVIDED TO ASSURE MACHINE PROTECTION. IF PRIMARY PUMP AND TOWER FAN MOTOR CONTROL IS BY OTHER MEANS, ALSO PROVIDE A PARALLEL MEANS FOR CONTROL BY CARRIER. 00 NOT USE STARTER CONTROL TRANSFORMER AS THE POWER SOURCE FOR CONTACTOR COIL LOADS. 3.4 DO NOT ROUTE CONTROL WIRING CARRYING 30V OR LESS WITHIN A CONDUIT WHICH HAS WIRES CARRYING 50V OR HIGHER OR ALONG SIDE WIRES CARRYING 50V OR HIGHER. 3.5 CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN STARTER AND POWER PANEL MUST BE SEPARATE SHIELDED CABLES WITH MINIMUM RATING OF 600V, 80o0. GROUND SHIELD AT STARTER. &M6I •6 P1 .a. 1 N,. IMO JOB NAPE: Group Health - ROC BUYER Group Health SALES ENG.: Kan Horafoll YODEL NO.: 19XR3737352C1S JOB NO.: P.O. NO.: PREPARED BY: KJH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 460/3/60 JOBSITE LOCATION: Tukwila. WA SALES OFFICE Airafco. Kant REFRIGERANT NO.: HFC -134o NOTES: CORP.: 221 - 211/201 -209 COMP. 321 - 341/421 -469 FIELD WiNC TIGCRAM (LON VOLTAGE MOTOR) RC CONTROLS WITM WO MOUNTED SIN77ER DATE: 8/ 18/99 REVISION' DNS OONI(NT 0 THC PRO— purr OF FARMER CORP. ANO IS DOMINO UPON TI E0PRESS CO1011013 01AT THE Ca ITDRI IRL ROT 0C 010 - «OSE13 oR MD Maui CAROM CORP. MOD( CONSENT. SU6M1SG1 OF THESE 01163. OR 00171MDIT0 00(3 NOT CONSOME PM! PRiOR- NANCE OR ACCIPIN CE OF mNiRACI. CARRIER ONG /1111RFWt2 -3 REV. = SMTS2_0F_Qi. MATE: 97/31/96 SUPERCEOES DWG DATED CONTROLS / PIC 19XR SHT 2 OF 4 5 EE NOTE 2 0 BRANCH DISCONNECT P Z W o X .1 4a i5MTE4_ SEE NOTE 3.1 --I I- L M NOTE 3.1 —� L •MC ENVY ca4Ac (s) L su NOTE 3.1 �- "7"--- J2 2 3 4 8i1 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Q SEE NOTE 3.3 j } I J CUSTOMER SUPPUED REMOTE ALARM (OPTIONAL) © SEE NOTE 3.3 CIRCUIT BREAKER (OPTIONAL) J9 7 e 9 10 gI 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 1a WOO -VOLTS 3 -PHASE E O SEE NOTE 2.1 n SEE NOTE 2.2 COMP'R MOTOR STARTER ( ( (10} --/ (11)- -/ (12) ---/ (13)} -/ (14) ---/ i s ' CUSTOMER SUPPUED REMOTE ___-_ __ i _ ANNUNCIATOR DEVICE 1 (OPTIONAL) - -_-I' -_ S LEGEND: c co c - c* 0 z O cr �- ■— REQUIRED POWER WIRING REQUIRED CONTROL WIRING - - - ---• OPTIONS WIRING COMPRESSOR MOTOR TERMINAL 80X 19 -9/16' SO. X 22 -1/6 DEEP (APPROX. INSIDE DIMENSIONS) V -1 PH -50f 60HZ . a 0 o Li. 0 N a 0 0 0 a 7 W 1 g O d C R u a X 0 4 —VOLTS "f D —MOLTS 3 -PHASE }PHASE W z 3 OPTIONAL HAND—OFF—AUTO—SW. S EE NOTE 3.3 MHO AUi0 arI CHILLED WATER PUMP MOTOR (NOT BY CARRIER) i OPTIONAL HANG— OFF — AUTO —SW. SEE NOTE 3.3 HANG AUTO CONDENSER WATER PUMP MOTOR (NOT BY CARRIER) 0S PRIMARY COOLING TOWER FAN MOTOR HIGH /12 (NOT BY CARRIER) '"L LOO -VOLTS OPTIONAL HAND — OFF — AUTO —SW. SEE NOTE 3.3 3 - PHASE HAND AUTO oar I OPTIONAL HAND —OFF— AUTO —SW. SEE NOTE 3.3 OPTIONAL COOLING TOWER FAN MOTOR LOW //1 (NaT BY CARRIER) ACTIVITY NUMBER: M99 -0196 DATE: 10 -13 -99 PROJECT NAME: GROUP HEALTH COOPERATIVE XX Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # _ Revision # _ After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Builtf Division 1 fiy Public ( Works I DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete 50 Incomplete n Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Approved \PRROUTE.DOC 5/99 c , t . Co?( r PLAN REVIEW /ROUTINE SLIP 51 Fire Prevention Structural Structural Review Required n No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE Approved n Approved with Conditions • Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 10 -14 -99 Not Applicable n n DUE DATE 11-11 -99 Not Approved (attach comments) n Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Fire Department Review Control #M99 -0196 (510) Re: Group Health - 12400 East Marginal Way South Dear Sir: City of Tukwila Fire Department October 15, 1999 The attached set of mechanical plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. H.V.A.C. systems supplying air in excess of 2,000 cubic feet per minute to enclosed spaces within buildings shall be equipped with an automatic shutoff. Automatic shutoff shall be accomplished by interrupting the power source of the air - moving equipment upon detection of smoke in the main supply -air duct served by such equipment. Smoke detectors shall be labeled by an approved agency for air -duct installation and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. (UMC 608) 2. H.V.A.C. units rated at greater than 2,000 cfm require auto - shutdown devices. These devices shall be separately zoned in the alarm panel and local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #1742) Dedicated fire alarm system circuit breaker(s) shall be equipped with a mechanical lockout device. (NFPA 72 (1- 5.2.8.2)) Duct smoke detectors shall be• capable of being reset from the alarm panel. (City Ordinance #1742) All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1742) (UFC 1001.3) John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief iii • _ i_..__ n__f. •__. _ •r! .i_. at- fIF -IL I__.__ tin 4nn _ ne ___ tn." LAr . in• _ r .,_ innt► •use AA911 Page number 2 Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1742) 3. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) An aisle to and working space shall be provided for each electrical panel. An aisle width not less than 24 inches shall provide access to the panel and 30 inches of working space shall be provided directly in front of the panel. (NEC 110- 16(a), NEC 110- 16(c)) Each circuit breaker shall be legibly marked to indicate it's purpose. (NEC 110 -22) Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. Yours truly, The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc: TFD file ncd City of Tukwila Fire Department 5 1� John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Llvailnstariarc Clatlnn• 444 dndnwr Dade Fact • 71r1•udla Wachlnatnn nf11111 . Dhnnn. /WM) C C AAnw L .,. MAA1 M[_AA20 •.• "..,... 4 • • F62.5.052-000 (8/97.1 • Gary Dart DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES REGISTERED AS PROVIDED BY LAW AS CONST CONT GENERAL ; 5 7 g di MI t. • _ )1 T k 1 ;41 11; ,:trargTOWAya.,A:1:tk :?;....agittlA OA- St figt*302p0 ‘: ;(1600fdk r A..2. pg., ..' t gli'l ......,, root ./ il'Attievi2 SELLtN,CONSTR CO INC PO'BOX 9970 SEATTLE 98109 I certify that the above registration number is true and accurate as a sworn notary in the City of Seattle, State of Washington, County of King. SELLEN Const rue( ion Company Date June 1, 1999 GROUP HEALTH Roc IC ILLER p T - - . -_ M., MECHANICAL ENGINEERS • iEisis� =6 �o; „,,,„ a .,„:2,s SUBCONSULTANTS f ' 2124 Third Avenue Suite 100 Seattle, Washington 98121 Ph (206) 443-6212 Fs X206) 44,` -4870 - n SPARL ING aP , upG • . PA o.TE PERMIT IEOUiRED FOR: ,.: ❑ g1AECH 'NICAL 2( ECTRICAL T 4862 Et �.� e FtLE COPY •L nclerstan 01, 11 ePI T Check approvals are to errors. d. =Ions. lndapprovalat NO REVISION DATE GROUP HEALTH ROC UPGRADE C,LER PLANT PERMIT SET ,•�o aces not a 1ho -e +01.1 on of an Tpt ,! coke o r,.rc Rec.e Vt o1 con - pERmn �r,°ctor scat"'' 'O d "�s'��nowled9ed- i ,.i e,�- IZI - ra`t ` "' � e m, a q� —Olq(o CONSULTANTS LEGAL DESCRIPTION PROJECT GENERAL NOTES PROJECT MAP DRAWING INDEX MECHANICAL _ - M C N ERs L IN " =576;= O F a,ae 2" STRUCTURAL 2124 Third Avenue Sate 100 Seattle, Washington 981z1 Ph 206 443 -6217 F. (206) 443 -4e70 ELECTRICAL SPAKLING nuvr E .7. wwnavwnunc.co_ THAT PORTION OF TRACTS 21, 22, 31, AND 32, RIVERSIDE INTERURBAN TRACTS, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT RECORDED IN VOLUME 10, OF PLATS, PAGE 74, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT A POINT ON THE WESTERLY MARGIN OF PRIMARY STATE HIGHWAY NO. 1, FOSTER INTERCHANGE TO SOUTH 118TH STREET, AS CONDEMNED UNDER SUPERIOR COURT CAUSE NO 646846, THAT BEARS SOUTH 0433'59" EAST 165.03 FEET DISTANT FROM THE POINT OF CURVATURE. OF THE WEST MARGIN HIGHWAY ENGINEERS' STATION 76 +05.30 SAID POINT ALSO BEING THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THAT CERTAIN TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED IN OPTION AGREE- MENT RECORDED UNDER AUDITOR'S FILE Na 7506090402; THENCE SOUTH 0433'50" EAST ALONG SAID MARGIN 615.17 FEET TO A POINT LYING 110 FEET WESTERLY OF AND OPPOSITE ENGINEERS' STATION 68 +25; THENCE SOUTH 5819'00 WEST ALONG SAID HIGHWAY MARGIN 230.32 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 1809'20" EAST ALONG SAID HIGHWAY MARGIN 36.80 FEET TO THE SOUTH LINE OF TRACT 32 OF THE RIVERSIDE INTURURBAN TRACTS THENCE NORTH 8917'24" WEST 476.97 FEET ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF TRACTS 31 AND 32 TO THE EASTERLY M ARGIN OF EAST MARGINAL WAY AS ESTABLISHED BY WAR- RANTY DEED FOUND IN KING COUNTY RECORDS, KING COUNTY RECORDER'S NO 7412090465, THENCE NORTH 1838'24 WEST 44248 FEET ALONG SAID EASTERLY MARGIN; THENCE NORTH 1254'24" WEST 443.48 FEET ALONG SAID EASTERLY MARGIN; THENCE NORTH 1007 "24" WEST 333.78 FEET ALONG SAID EASTERLY MARGIN; TO THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF OPTION AGREEMENT RECORDED UNDER AUDITOR'S FILE NO 7506090402; THENCE SOUTH 8917'24" EAST PARALLEL TO THE SOUTH LINE OF TRACTS 31 AND 32 RIVERSIDE INTURURBAN TRACTS, A DISTANCE OF 774.30 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING. T0.1 TITLE SHEET 51.0 GENERAL NOTES AND DETAILS S2.0 CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - STRUCTURAL MO.1 MECHANICAL LEGEND, NOTES AND DRAWING INDEX M7.1 SITE PLAN AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES M2.1 CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION M3.1 CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - PHASE 1 MECHANICAL M3.2 CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - PHASE 2 MECHANICAL M4.1 FLOW DIAGRAM M4.2 SECTIONS M5.1 DETAILS M5.2 DETAILS, DIAGRAMS AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION E0.0 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND KEY PLAN E1.1 RISER DIAGRAM AND LOAD CALCULATIONS E20 ELECRICAL DEMO AND NEW. HVAC POWER PLAN E2.1 PARTIAL ROOF AND ELECRICAL EQUIP LOCATIONS PLAN " 1 lS A `' — _ -- ' t (11161-.(1):1 mq I EIVEu TtI!(tNIL PERMIT CEN GHC PROJECT NO 4862 t -• _ 1 1 � '•. X1 - 1 t I 1 '1�' 1 r, o j l J - _ I1I - 11; ��_ I 1 �� . . 1 7F7 ‘1— ' I � " - - a 1 �, C- \ c 1 I j;\ \ � - — ' ITV I j III 1I / / �� 1 � 1 i ^ I '1` I � -- -- o ° " - 1 " 3; �1tt - zPANSAO+ ` �' + E? \ F ! 'Q QiH !t• N r � � T °an1.� t 1 , � 1 It , j it \1 11' I, t I �\ 1 1 1 , t� 1 1 E>mwaa' " ' a° ' 1 • j , r ` - , �' a 0� ` d r \\ „ i r-- `I . ) PROJECT N0: 99009 DATE: 9/22/1999 DESIGN BY: 00 ..PROJECT LOCATION 1\ 1 l DRAWN BY: CMS CHECKED BY : PMD �� I i • 1 1' TITLE: TITLE SHEET SHEET NO TO .1 1 CRITERIA 1. ALL MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN, AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND 111E UNIFORM BUILDING CODE (1997 EDITION). 2. DESIGN LOADING CRITERIA ROOF LIVE LOAD 25 PSF FLOOR LIVE LOAD (OF -ICES) 50 PSF MECHANICAL UNITS WEIGHTS FURNISHED BY MANUFACTURER WIND 80 MPH, EXPOSURE "B EARTHQUAKE ZONE 3 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING FOR THE STRUCTURE AND STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS UNTIL ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS HAW BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND THE METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES OR PROCEDURES REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER HAS NO OVERALL SUPERVISORY AUTHORITY OR ACTUAL AND /OR DIRECT RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SPECIFIC WORKING CONDITIONS AT THE SITE AND /OR FOR ANY HAZARDS RESULTING FROM THE ACTIONS OF ANY TRADE CONTRACTOR THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER HAS NO DUTY TO INSPECT, SUPERVISE, NOTE, CORRECT, OR REPORT ANY HEALTH OR SAFETY DEFICIENCIES OF THE OWNER, CONTRACTORS, OR OTHER ENTITIES OR PERSONS AT THE PROECT SITE. 5. DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL AND TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION. WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED BUT ARE OF SIMILAR CHARACTER TO DETAILS SHOWN, SIMILAR DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE USED, SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT AND THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 6. SHOP DRAWINGS FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF THESE ITEMS. REINFORCING STEEL STRUCTURAL STEEL 7. SHOP'. DRAWING REVIEW: DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES ARE NOT REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD, THEREFORE MUST BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND STAMP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO REVIEW BY ENGINEER OF RECORD. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR CONFORMANCE.WIT-I THE MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND OPERATIONS OF CONSTRUCTION, AND All SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS INCIDENTAL THERETO. SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE A REPRODUCIBLE AND ONE COPY; REPRODUCIBLE WELL BE MARKED AND RETURNED. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER ARE NOT CHANGE ORDERS. THE PURPOSE OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS BY THE CONTRACTOR IS TO DEMONSTRATE TO THE ENGINEER THAT THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THE DESIGN CONCEPT, BY INDICATING WHICH MATERIAL IS INTENDED TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AND BY DETAILING THE INTENDED FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION METHODS. IF DEVIATIONS, DISCREPANCIES, OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE DISCOVERED EITHER PRIOR TO OR AFTER SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS ARE PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER, THE DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONTROL AND SHALL BE FOLLOWED. 8. SPECIAL INSPECTION OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS 108 AND 1701 OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE AND THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY DESIGNATED BY THE ARCHITECT, AND RETAINED BY THE BUILDING OWNER. THE ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH COPIES OF ALL INSPECTION AND TEST RESULTS. STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATION AND ERECTION (INCLUDING FIELD WELDING AND HIGH — STRENGTH FIELD BOLTING) GEOTECHNICAL 9. FOUNDATION NOTES: ALLOWABLE SC_ PRESSURE AND LATERAL EARTH:PRESSURE' ARE ASSUMED AND THEREFORE SHOULD' BE VERIFIED BY A QUALIFIED SOILS ENGINEER. IF SOILS ARE FOUND TO BE OTHER THAN ASSUMED, NOTIFY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR POSSIBLE FOUNDATION REDESIGN. FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR ON FIRM, UNDISTURBED EARTH AT LEAST 18 BELOW ADJACENT FINISHED GRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, FOOTINGS SHALL BE CENTERED BELOW COLUMNS OR WALLS ABOVE BACKFILL BEHIND ALL RETAINING WALLS WITH FREE DRAINING, GRANULAR 5I11 AND PROVIDE FOR SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE. ALLOWABLE SOIL PRESSURE 2000 PSF LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE (RESTRAINED/UNRESTRAINED) 50 PCF /35 PCF RENOVATION 10. DEMOLITION: CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE COMMENCING ANY DEMOLITION. SHORING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO SUPPORT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED AND IN A MANNER SUITABLE TO THE WORK SEQUENCES. EXISTING REINFORCING SHALL BE SAVED WHERE AND AS NOTED ON THE PLANS. SAW CUTTING, IF AND WHERE USED, SHALL NOT CUT EXISTING REINFORCING THAT IS TO BE SAVED. DEMOLITION DEBRIS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO DAMAGE OR OVERLOAD THE EXISTING STRUCTURE. LIMIT CONSTRUCTION LOADING (INCLUDING DEMOLITION DEBRIS) ON EXISTING FLOOR SYSTEMS TO 40 PSF. A. C. D. ALL NEW OPENINGS THROUGH EXISTING WALLS, SLABS AND BEAMS SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY SAW CUTTING WHEREVER POSSIBLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LOCATION OF MEMBERS PRIOR TO CUTTING ANY OPENINGS. SMALL ROUND OPENINGS SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY CORE DRILLING, IF POSSIBLE. WHERE NEW 'REINFORCING TERMINATES AT EXISTING CONCRETE, DOWELS EPDXY GROUTED INTO EXISTING CONCRETE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO MATCH ITORIZOHTAL REINFORCING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. General Structural Notes OLE FOLLOWING APPLY UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS CONCRETE 11. CONCRETE SHALL BE MIXED, PROPORTIONED, CONVEYED AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UBC SECTION 1905 AND ACI 301. CONCRETE SHALL ATTAIN A 28 —DAY STRENGTH OF fc =2,500 PST A110 MIX SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM ABSOLUTE WATER: CEMENT RATIO OF 0.58 FOR NON —AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE AND 0.46 FOR AIR— ENTRAINED CONCRETE CONCRETE SHALL BE PROPORTIONED TO PRODUCE A SLUMP OF 5" OR LESS. THE MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF CEMENT AND MAXIMUM AMOUNTS OF WATER MAY BE CHANGED IF A CONCRETE PERFORMANCE MIX IS SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR APPROVAL TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO PLACING ANY CONCRETE THE CONCRETE PERFORMANCE MIX SHALL INCLUDE THE AMOUNTS OF CEMENT, FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATE, WATER AND ADMIXTURES AS WELL AS THE WATER CEMENT RATIO, SLUMP, CONCRETE YIELD AND SUBSTANTIATING STRENGTH DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.B.C. 1905.3. REVIEW OF MIX SUBMITTALS BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD INDICATES ONLY THAT INFORMATION PRESENTED CONFORMS GENERALLY WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER MAINTAINS FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE. ALL CONCRETE WITH SURFACES EXPOSED TO STANDING WATER SHALL BE AIR— ENTRAINED WITH AN AIR— ENTRAINING AGENT CONFORMING TO ASTN 5260, C494, and C618. TOTAL AIR CONTENT FOR FROST— RESISTANT CONCRETE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 19 —A -1 OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE. 12. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615 (INCLUDING SUPPLEMENT 51), GRADE 60, Fy-65,000 PSI. EXCEPTIONS: ANY BARS SPECIFICALLY SO NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE GRADE 40, Fr40,000 PSI. WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A -185. SPIRAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PLAIN WIRE CONFORMING TO ASTM A615, GRADE 60, Fr60,000 PSI. 13. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DETAILED (INCLUDING HOOKS AND BENDS) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315 -92 AND 318 -95. LAP ALL REINFORCEMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH "THE REINFORCING SPLICE AND DEVELOPMENT LENGTH SCHEDULE." PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT ALL WALL AND FOOTING INTERSECTIONS LAP ADJACENT MATS OF WELDED WIRE FABRIC A MINIMUM OF 8° AT SIDES AND ENDS. NO BARS PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN HARDENED CONCRETE SHALL BE FIELD BENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SO DETAILED OR APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 14. CONCRETE PROTECTION (COVER) FOR REINFORCING ,STEEL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WLTH UBC.'. SECTION' 1907.7.' FOOTINGS AND OTHER UNFORMED SURFACES CAST AGAINST AND PERMANENTLYIEXPOSED TO EARTH 3' FORMED SURFACES EXPOSED TO EARN 01 RTATHER (#6 BARS OR LARGER) (45 BARS OR SMALLER) 1 -1/2" COLUMN TIES OR SPIRALS A110 BEAM STIRRUPS 1 -1/2" SLABS AND WALLS (INT. FADE). .GREATER OF BAR DIAMETER PLUS 1/8" OR 3/4 STEEL 15. STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGN, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION SHALL BE BASED ON THE LATEST EDITIONS OF THE AI.S.C. SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES: 1. SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS — ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN. 2. CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS A110 BRIDGES, AMENDED BY THE DELETION OF THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE IN PARAGRAPH 4.2.1: "THIS APPROVAL CONSTITUTES THE OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE OF ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE DESIGN ADEQUACY OF ANY DETAIL CONFIGURATION OF CONNECTIONS DEVELOPED BY THE FABRICATOR AS PART OF HIS PREPARATION OF THESE SHOP DRAWINGS" 3. SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING ASTM A325 OR A490 BOLTS. 16. STRUCTURAL STEEL, INCLUDING PLATES AND ROLLED SHAPES, SHALL CONFORM TO AS1M A36, Fr36 KSI. STEEL PIPE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A -53, TYPE E OR S, GRADE B, Fr35 KSI. STRUCTURAL TUBING SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A500, GRADE B, Fr46 KSI. ANCHOR BOLTS AND CONNECTION BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A307. 17. ALL WELDING SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE'' WITH A.I.S.C. AND A.W.S. STANDARDS AND SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WAB.O. CERTIFIED WELDERS USING E70 XX ELECTRODES. GNU' PREQUALIFIED WELDS (AS DEFINED BY A.WS.). SHALL BE USED. SEE MECHANICAL FOR SIZE AND LOCATION (5) JOIST PER PLAN (2) ¢3 BARS AROUND OPENING, EXTEND" BARS W —U" BEYOND OPENING Opening Reinforcing at Concrete Slab 4 SHEAR PLATE W/ (2) 3 /4'0 M.B. \ \ 111 ° y4 V 3/ 6 V2° 346 V 3 A6 NOT 0 SIM. 3 " =1 -0" Typical Channel to Channel Connection 9 OPENING PER MECH. EXIST. CONC. NEW CONC. , EXIST. CONC. PER PLAN 1 HOUSEKEEPING PER PLAN PAD PER PLAN TOP #5 CONT. T & DOT. # ®18 "oc SLAB & REINF. PER PLAN - --� 24" #4x ® 18 ° oc. #4 CONT. (2) #4 CONT. 1 MIN. COVER 3 /4 " =1' -0" HOUSEKEEPING PAD 5 9) Mitikva ago \ SEE DETAIL 9/51.0 - (E) 5" SLAB VERIFY 3 /4 " =1' -0" SLAB EDGE 10 (E) DECKING L ' I; E C 1 1'709 CHANNEL PER PLAN W/ COPED FLANGE 1 =1' -0 15 tint of *uuwicr ran q q- Di g L' e,RM, CELL,,N SHEET NO: ENGINEERS s 213 SUBOONSULTANIS 2124 Third Avenue -Ste 100 Seattle Washington 98121 Ph 12001 443 -6212 Fx (2081 443 -4870 REVISION GROUP HEALTH ROC CHILLER PLANT UPGRADE BID SET GEC PROJECT NO. 4862 KEY PLAN PROJECT', NO: 99009 DATE 9/7/9 DESIGN BY: MKR DRAWN BY: RJ CHECKED BY: DJS SCALE: AS NOTED TITLE: GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES Sc DETAILS S1.0 DATE Y9 (E) W12x14 J(E�W17x14 �i 3 I (E) W12x14 C4x5.4 I 40 5/51.0 SIM r � �11�E1l (E) LEDGER L3x3x /4'___/ (typ. ALL AROUND) (E) 6 CONCRETE PANEL, (t)p.) (5) W24x68 it 6061 00 C4x.4 LOCATE 0 PANEL 5 POINT (E) W18z35 ` (E) 192" ON 16ga STEEL DECK C4x5.4 LOCATE M PANEL POINT C4x5. 15/510 lip \Ilrl J y � 1 C4x5.4 LOCATE' ® PANEL POINT o m UPPER CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - STRUCTURAL 1/4.•-1'_5" —4x12 DUCT 05 5 AFF SCREENED 00ENING CENTER C4x5.4'S BELOW CURB BY OTHERS, (typ.) O 5 [4" CONCRETE SLAB '/ M6x6 M1.4x10.4 IOW 0 MID-DEPTH OVER 4 CRUSHED RUCK OR GRAVEL ON FIRM UNDISIlRBED SOIL OR ENGINEERED COMPACTED BACKFO L PROVIDE 6 MIL VAPOR BARRIER BELOW SLAB 0 INRRIOR SPACES E a -, 0 FUNidEL OR r (E) 5" CONCRETE SLAB, FIELD VERIFY l .— 0HL ICI 5/01.0 1- 616'4 HOUSEKEEPING PAD, CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOCATIONS LOWER CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - STRUCTURAL 1/4'4-0" (0 D EC 1 l3-J RECEIVED CITY OF TUK\VILA /1/ q / t _ Di c I _ PERMIT CEN1cF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS NO. REVISION GROUP HEALTH ROC CHILLER PLANT UPGRADE BID SET GHC PROJECT NO. 4862 PROJECT N0: 99009. I DATE: 9/7/99 DESIGN BY: M DRAWN BY: RJ CHECKED BY: DJS SCALE: TITLE: HEET NO: KEY PLAN aD AS NOTED CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN — STRUCTURAL S2.0 DATE MECHANICAL LEGEND GENERAL NOTES GENERAL EQUIPMENT PLUMBING AND PIPING (CONT) ABBREVIATIONS 1. THE MECHANICAL SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST OF ALL WORK SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, DIAGRAMS, AND AS DESCRIBED IN SPECIFICATIONS. 2_ THE MECHANICAL PLANS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE AND DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SHOW ALL REQUIRED OFFSETS. 3. COORDINATE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. IN CASE OF CONFLICT BETWEEN SPECIFI- CATIONS AND DRAWINGS THE MORE STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. 4. PROVIDE NEC CODE MINIMUM HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL WORKING CLEARANCES FOR ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS AND EQUIPMENT. OFFSET MECHANICAL WORK AS REQUIRED. 5. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE COMMENCING ANY WORK ON AN EXISTING MECHANICAL SYSTEM. ALL DUCTWORK SIZES SHOWN ARE INSIDE CLEAR. ADD APPROPRIATE DIMENSION , MECHANICAL ENGINEERS II I i92O3 = "a W �� 5u �� 213 :zsi - /51 -e�ss SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ACU AIR CONDITIONING UNIT AFF ARC FINISH FLOOR THERMOSTAT OR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 UNION HEAVY LINE INDICATES NEW WORK Qr ARCH ARCHITECTURAL TECTURAL LIGHT LINE INDICATES EXISTING WORK OR lo PIPE TURNING UP OR TOWARD BACKGROUND i i :i--1 PUMP, SEE SCHEDULE BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER D PIPE TURNING BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER DOWN OR AWAY i CENTERLINE CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE PLUMBING AND PIPING PRESSURE - - - - MATCHLINE GAUGE CLG CEILING T. CO CLEANOUT WORK TO BE REMOVED SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 7. CONN CONNECTION THERMOMETER MAVy - CW COLD WATER ► PIPELINE - NORMAL DIRECTION OF FLOW - COLD WATER MANUAL AIR VENT DB DRY BULB SA F_OW ARROW AIR SHOWN) SOIL OR WASTE ABOVE GROUND AA.V ( ) - y"' DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL AUTOMATIC 6. FOR INSULATION OR SOUND LINING TO OBTAIN "TOTAL" DUCT SIZE. SUSCONSULTANTS: AIR VENT DEG DEGREE SOIL OR WASTE - BELOW GROUND /� � O7 KEY NOTE CALLOUT RELIEF VALVE JN - rvPw - NON - POTABLE WATER DOWN �1 REVISION CALLOUT CHS- CHILLED WATER SUPPLY JAL VENT THROUGH ROOF DWG DRAWING EA EXHAUST AIR ® POINT OF CONNECTION CHR- CHILLED WATER RETURN 0 FLOOR DRAIN AT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE ' -cWE- CONDENSER WATER EQUALIZING LINE EF EXHAUST FAN alga PIPE FLOW CALLOUT: INSTRUMENTATION EFF EFFICIENCY 1. HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE MINIMUM PERFORMANCE AT SPECIFIED RATING y fi CONDITIONS NOT LESS THAN THE VALUES INDICATED IN TABLE 14 -1 THROUGH t1 i° 14 -3 OF THE WSEC AND AS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. a, §' ws- CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY ELEC ELECTRICAL PIFE SIZE (IN) -cam - ENT ENTERING CONDENSER WATER RETURN SYMBOL DESCRIPTION _ ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE VOLUME FLOW RATE (GPM) ^ I EXHAUST EX Fcs FREE COOLING SUPPLY X 1 DENOTES CONTROL POINT EXIST (E) EXISTING EF -1 I EQUIPMENT CALLOUT, SEE SCHEDULE FCR FREE COOLING RETURN EWi ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE A A SUMMARY ALARM CD2 -300 DIFFUSER OR GRILLE CALLOUT, SEE SCHEDULE DI - GATE VALVE AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT F FAHRENHEIT \ FCO FLUSH CLEANOUT VOLUME FLOW RATE NONE INDICATED 2. PROVIDE BALANCING DEVICES IN ALL BRANCH DUCTS AND PIPE RUNS TO TERMINAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1472.7 OF THE WSEC , ^,ND AS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 3. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1414.2 OF THE WSEC AND AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 15250 OF THE PROJECT MANUAL. DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON PLANS ARE NET INSIDE FREE AREA DUCT SIZES: DUCT TYPE LOCATION R- VALUE zlz rn�.a A�e�ue - s��te T oo sea°tie, wosn�„ 92°21 PI (206) 443 - 6212 F. (zos) 443 4870 ' 1 ° _ S PA IZL I N G _ v �„,,,,.,,,�,,,,,,,„ Pao. ,. II \ (CFM), C•1 GLOBE VALVE Al ANALOG INPUT FD FLOOR DRAIN /FIRE DAMPER FOR TRANSFER GRILLE OUTPUT GLY GLYCOL FILL AO ANALOG OUTPU FLA FULL LOAD AMPACITY DIFFUSER OR GRILLE TYPE AUX AUXILIARY DEVICE OR CONTACT FU2 FLOOR BUTTERFLY VALVE FPM FEET PER MINUTE 0 INDICATES DIAMETER OR ROUND --IV- CONTROL RELAY FEET /FOOT v- CHECK VALVE CS CURRENT SENSOR AIM DETAIL CALLOUT: - MEMORY STOP BALANCING VALVE CT CURRENT TRANSMITTER GAL GALLONS NIFF GPM GALLON PER HOUR DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE SUPPLY /RETURN NOT WITHIN CONDITIONED SPACE & EXTERIOR R -7 .(INCLUDE WEATHERPROOF BARRIER) SUPPLY/ RETURN/ OUTSIDE AIR IN GROUND OR CONCRETE R -5.3 INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER (P BALL VALVE DI DIGITAL INPUT OPS GLYCOL PRESSURE SYSTEM SHEET NUMBER WHERE DETAIL IS DRAWN a ,RR CALIBRATED BALANCING VALVE DO DIGITAL OUTPUT HP HORSEPOWER OUTSIDE AIR WITHIN CONDITIONED SPACE R -7 SECTION CALLOUT: I PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE DP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH MI HOT WATER HNC HOT WATER CIRCULATING INDICATES DIRECTION OF 'CUTTING PLANE -∎ I BACKFLOW PREVEN TER DPH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH - HIGH LIMIT MVO DPL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH -'LOW LIMIT 'INSIDE 'INSIDE DIAMETER pp ID -WAY SUPPLY /RETURN 4. ALL PIPING SHALL BE S THE 'WSEC AND AS DESCRIBED WITHIN. CONDITIONED SPACE INSULATED AS REQUIRED BY SECTION IN SECTION ' 15250 OF R- 3.3 1415.1 OF THE PROJECT INDICATES SECTION LETTER D°4 TWO CONTROL VALVE' INVERT ELEVATION DPS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR /TRANSMITTER INCH I MANUAL: PIPE DIAMETER: SHEET NUMBER WHERE SECTIOiI DRAWN THREE-WAY CONTROL VALVE FCV FLOW CONTROL�VALVE W K KILOWATT SYSTEM /TEMP ( INSULATION CONDUCTIVITY >1 <1' -2 "' <2' " -4'" k4 ° -o " "" CI AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL VALVE FM. FLOW METER VENTILATION FPT FREEZE PROTECTION THERMOSTAT KWH KILOWATT HOUR -MI- FLEXIBLE NSULATION THICKNESS. CONNECTION L.4T LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE FS FLOW SWITCH LBS SINGLE HEATING 207 -250 141 -200 105 -140 DOMESTIC 105+ COOLING OR 40 -55 .27 -.30 .25 -.29 .24 -.28 .24 -.27 .23 -.27 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0 0.5 7.5 1.5 1.0 7.0 0.75 2.0 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.0 2.0 DOUBLE DESCRIPTION --11-- FLANGED CONNECTION LS LEVEL SWITCH .LVG LEAVING LEANING DUCT: 1ST SIZE INDICATES 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 (IN) SDE SHOWN, D CONCENTRIC REDUCER MOD MOTOP. OPERATED DAMPER LINT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE 1 1 2ND SIZE (IN) INDICATES SIDE NOT SHOWN, INSIDE FREE AREA ECCENTRIC REDUCER (TOP) NC NORMALLY CLOSED MAX MAXIMUM � ,�(�I AIR TURNING NO NORMALLY OPEN MBH BRITISH THERM AL UNIT PER HOUR (THOU SAN D) SUPPLY DUCT - UP OR TOWARD ECCENTRIC REDUCER (BOTTOM) t-'`� ) MCA MINIMUM CURRENT AMPACITY PB PUSH - BUTTON MECH MECHANICAL 5' CONDENSER BELOW 40 .23 -.27 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 ,1. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR VARIABLE FLOW HEATING ND AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1 OF THE E SEC AND AS DESCRIBED IN THE E CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDING TEMPERATURE CONTROL SEQUENCES. 6. PER TABLE 14 -4 OF THE WSEC MINIMUM MOTOR EFFICIENCY SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THE FOLLOWING FOR 1800 RPM MOTORS: r 2-® SUPPLY AIR DUCT - TURNING DOWN OR AWAY PORTABLE INSTRUMENT CONNECTION PI PULSE INPUT MIN MINIMUM I I STRAINER PM PULSE METER OR IN171ATOR MOD MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER RETURN OR EXHAUST AIR DUCT - TURNING UP SCR SIUCON.RECTIFIER NIC NOT IN CONTRACT OR TOWARD b VENTURI FLOW ELEMENT I SS START/STOP NO NORMALLY OPEN RETURN OR EXHAUST AIR DUCT - TURNING DOWN NOM NOMINAL SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR /TRANSMITTER 1 1 VOLUME DAMPER TEMP TEMPERATURE OA rn OR AWAY T OUTSIDE AIR OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER D TCV TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE 0. Ci OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED H- EFF HP EFF I -5 87.5% 30 -50 93.0% 7.5 -10 60 -75 94.1% iBDD TS TEMPERATURE .SENSOR /TRANSMITTER OSA OUTSIDE AIR 2 1 BACKDRAFT DAMPER (DUCT OR PIPE) 91.7 15 -25 91.7% 100 -125 94.5% F--- -F I R/D 9/D VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME PD PRESSURE DROP POI POINT OF EONNECTION 1 1 INDICATES RISE OR DROP VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH RA RETURN AIR ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE WITH 1997 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE (WSEC). NO. REVISION DATE 1- 1 I - SUPPLY GRILLE (SIDEWALL) RM ROOM RO RETURN RPM REVOLUTIONS OPENING PER MINUTE �1-'r 1-1-'r RETURN /EXHAUST GRILLE ( SIDEWALL) SA SUPPLY AIR 5D SMOKE DETECTOR DRAWING INDEX - GROUP HEALTH ROC T0.1 TITLE SHEET HI T n P ,��, T MO.1 MECHANICAL LEGEND, NOTES AND DRAWING INDEX CHILLER PLANT M1.1 SITE PLAN AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES LTF' M2.1 CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION - M3.1 CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - PHASE .1 MECHANICAL PERMIT SET M3.2 CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - PHASE 2 MECHANICAL SMOKE DETECTOR IN DUCT SE SUPPLY FAN D SO SCREENED OPENING SS STAINLESS STEEL SP STATIC SPEC SPECFICATION TSP'I TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE ':YP TYPICAL V VENT VEL VELOCITY VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF W WASTE /WATT WB WET BULB WCO WALL CLEANOUT WG WATER GAUGE WSEC WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE M4.1 FLOW DIAGRAM M4.2 SECTIONS GHC PROJECT NO. 4862 M5.1 DETAILS M5.2 DETAILS, DIAGRAMS AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION n i D IOr., M. / Vy 0 P a �o I.- 1 / R C oNA 1 ew,wrs .-2.°I I 1 PROJECT N0: 99009 DATE: I 9/22/1999 DESIGN BY ' DZ DRAWN BY: CMS CHECKED BY: PMD SCALE: TITLE: A E °E CITY OF TUM,n - MECHANICAL LEGEND, NOTES AND DRAWING INDEX ����/�\ A /��} '.. 1 • q �C vEAUiT ,:�. LHEETNO a® I Ir� o.1 PUMPS MARK CHP -1; 2 CHP -3 CHP -4 CWP- 1, -2, -3 FCP -1 HXP -1 GPS -1 SERVICE COMPUTER CENTER CHILLED WATER LOOP CHLR -2 CHLR -1 CHLR -2 HX -1 HX -1 GLYCOL FILL CAPACITY FLOW: GPM HEAD: FT EFFICIENCY: % 500 985 526 740 240 300 6 90 50 30 70 35 50 93 75 80 79 80 63 59 - DESCRIPTION TYPE RPM SUCTION SIZE: IN. DISCHARGE SIZE: IN. IMPELLER DIA: IN. BASE TYPE SUCTION DIFFUSER CENTRIFUGAL CENTRIFUGAL CENTRIFUGAL CENTRIFUGAL CENTRIFUGAL CENTRIFUGAL CENTRIFUGAL 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 4 6 5 5 5 5 1 -1/4 3 5 4 4 4 5 1 10 8 6.625 9 6.25 8 - INTEGRAL INTEGRAL INTEGRAL INTEGRAL INTEGRAL IN -LINE N.A. YES YES YES YES YES NO NO MOTOR BHP: MAX HP RPM VOLT /PHASE 15 15 5.1 17 4 8 - 20 20 7.5 20 5 15 1/3 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 460/3 460/3 460/3 460/3 460/3 460/3 120/1 VIB ISOLATION TYPE RSR PADS RSR PADS RSR PADS RSR PADS RSR PADS N.A. N.A. UNIT WEIGHT WEIGHT: LBS MAKE MANUFACTURER MODEL REMARKS PACO PACO PACO PACO PACO PACO MYERS 3012 -7 5095 -7 4070 -7 4012 -7 4070 -7 VL 5095 -7 1N366 [1] [2] [3] [3] [4] CHILLERS: CENTRIFUGAL MARK LOCATION CH -2 EF -1A ROOF OUTDOORS SUPPLY FAN TYPE AIRFLOW: CFM TOTAL PRESS: IN WG WHEEL DIA RPM BHP (MAXIMUM) CAPACITY TONS 400 CENT. 0.5 COMPRESSOR KW max input 235 700 WHEEL DIA 0.93 VOLTA..GE 460/3 MOTOR HP VOLT /PHASE 1 0.25" FLA 340 COILS COOLING HEATING HEAT RECLAIM LVG TEMP: F ENT TEMP: F FLOW - gpm PRESS. DROP: ft LRA 1707 0.17 46 KW PART LOADING TYPE motor TYPE TYPE 2" 30 -30 KW PART LOADING IPLV 1000 0.589 CONTROL DDC ',. 75% 0.541 M10 -BFG VIB ISOLATION MAKE 50% 0.578 RD -6 WEIGHT: LBS 25% 0.83 MACE COOLER LVG WATER: F 42 MODEL CRE -15 ENT WATER: F 52 REMARKS [1] [2] FLOW: gpm 981 PRESS. DROP: ft 31 FOULING FACTOR 0.00025 CONDENSER LVG WATER: F 90 CONDENSER ENT WATER: F 80 FLOW: gpm 1125 PRESS. DROP: ft 24 FOULING FACTOR 0.00025 MAKE MANUFACTURER CARRIER MAKE MODEL 19XR373752CLS REMARKS [1],[2] CHILLERS: ROTARY EVAPORATIVE CONDENSING MARK LOCATION CH -1 EF -1A ROOF OUTDOORS SUPPLY FAN TYPE AIRFLOW: CFM TOTAL PRESS: IN WG WHEEL DIA RPM BHP (MAXIMUM) CAPACITY TONS 200 CENT. 0.5 COMPRESSOR KW max input 175 700 WHEEL DIA 0.93 VOLTAGE 460/3 MOTOR HP VOLT /PHASE 1 0.25" MCA 382 COILS COOLING HEATING HEAT RECLAIM LVG TEMP: F ENT TEMP: F FLOW - gpm PRESS. DROP: ft TYPE motor HC -1 0.17 46 KW PART LOADING '� EER TYPE TYPE 2" 30 -30 INTERNAL IPLV. 100 %'. 0.887 i CONTROL DDC ',. 75% 0.747 M10 -BFG VIB ISOLATION MAKE 50% 0.607 RD -6 WEIGHT: LBS 25% 0.555 MACE COOLER LVG WATER: F 42 MODEL CRE -15 ENT WATER:. F 52 REMARKS [1] [2] FLOW: gpm 526 PRESS. DROP: It 10 FOULING FACTOR 0.0001 EVAPORATIVE AIR FLOW: cfm'. 43,400 CONDENSER FANS: hp (3) -5 FLOW: gpm 450 PUMP: hp 7.5 BLEED RATE:gpm 6.1 MAKE -UP RATE:' gpm.. 12.8. MAKE MANUFACTURER GOVERNAIR MODEL SCE - 2102 -E REMARKS [1],[2] MAKE -UP AIR UNITS MARK LOCATION MAU -1 EF -1A ROOF CHILLER RM SUPPLY FAN TYPE AIRFLOW: CFM TOTAL PRESS: IN WG WHEEL DIA RPM BHP (MAXIMUM) DWDI MBH 2,900 CENT. 0.5 COOL FLUID 12" 50 700 WHEEL DIA 0.93 14" ELECTRICAL MOTOR HP VOLT /PHASE 1 0.25" 460/3 RPM COILS COOLING HEATING HEAT RECLAIM LVG TEMP: F ENT TEMP: F FLOW - gpm PRESS. DROP: ft 53.8 HC -1 0.17 46 ELECTRICAL FILTERS VIB ISOLATION TYPE TYPE 2" 30 -30 INTERNAL 460/3 UNIT CONTROL CONTROL DDC ALFA LAVAL UNIT WEIGHT WEIGHT: LBS M10 -BFG VIB ISOLATION MAKE MANUFACTURER MODEL REMARKS TEMTROL RD -6 WEIGHT: LBS [1],[2],[3] HEAT EXCHANGER: PLATE & FRAME MARK LOCATION HX -1 EF -1A CHILLER RM ROOF AIRFLOW: CFM TOTAL MBH CAPACITY MBH 1170 CENT. AIR COOL FLUID LVG TEMP: F ENT TEMP F FLOW - gpm PRESS. DROP: f± 50 50 WHEEL DIA 60 14" ELECTRICAL 240 0.375 0.25" 10 RPM 525 WARM FLUID LVG TEMP: F ENT TEMP: F FLOW - gpm PRESS. DROP: ft 53.8 0.31 0.17 46 ELECTRICAL HP 300 1/6 13 460/3 120/1 MAKE MANUFACTURER MODEL REMARKS ALFA LAVAL DDC DDC M10 -BFG VIB ISOLATION TYPE [1] N.A. 'FANS: EXHAUST MARK LOCATION EF -1 EF -1A ROOF ROOF AIRFLOW: CFM TOTAL MBH FAN TYPE CENT. CENT. AIR AIRFLOW: CFM 1,500 1,500 50 WHEEL DIA 12" 14" ELECTRICAL TOTAL PRESSURE 0.375 0.25" 4 RPM 525 1140 _ MAKE BHP: MAXIMUM 0.31 0.17 ELECTRICAL HP 1/2 1/6 VOLT /PHASE 460/3 120/1 CONTROL FAN CONTROL DDC DDC VIB ISOLATION TYPE N.A. N.A. UNIT WEIGHT WEIGHT: LBS MACE MANUFACTURER PACE GREENHECK MODEL CRE -15 G -140 REMARKS [1] [2] COILS: ELECTRIC HEAT MARK LOCATION HC -1 CAPACITY AIRFLOW: CFM TOTAL MBH 2,900 82 AIR ENT DB: F LVG DB: F '',. ',. FACE VEL: FPM 1 24 50 500 ' ELECTRICAL KW STAGES (MINIMUM) VOLT /PHASE 24 4 460/3 _ MAKE MANUFACTURER MODEL REMARKS TEMTROL MECHANICAL ENGINEERS iz >is� = 0 ,iiF�'i»e -ease ,,, nnEMAKS: 1. OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. 2. CHILLER CAPACITY BASED ON 20% PROPYLENE GLYCOL IN THE EVAPORATOR. REMARKS: REMARKS: 1. EXISTING FAN. PROVIDE NEW FAN MOTOR DRIVE AND BELT. 2. PROVIDE ROOF CURB, BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND SOLID STATE SPEED CONTROL IN FAN MOTOR ENCLOSURE. REMARKS 1. COOLING FLUID IS 20% PROPYLENE GLYCOL. REMARKS: 1. SEE DETAIL ON PLANS FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF UNIT. 2. PROVIDE INTAKE DAMPERS AND INTAKE HOOD. 3. VFD. REMARKS: 1. REPLACE PUMPS. PROVIDE VFD FOR EACH PUMP_ 2. EXISTING PUMPS. TWO PUMPS WILL BE REQUIRED FOR MAXIMUM CHILLER CAPACITY EACH AT 600 GPM. 3. EXISTING PUMPS. BALANCE FOR NEW OPERATING CONDITIONS. 4. SHALLOW PRESSURE SYSTEM COMPLETE WITH PRESSURE SWITCH AND 2 GALLON BUTYL BLADDER TANK_ PRECHARGE TO 20 PSIG. REMARKS. 1. OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. 2. CHILLER CAPACITY BASED ON 20% PROPYLENE GLYCOL IN THE EVAPORATOR_ ■ N'IPU TER �EITEP -27- e �� r E �'1 I _REMOVE, TREE H i 'l II \ \\ 1 , COMPUTER CENTER SITE PLAN a D SCALE: 1" = 32' -0" Int\ (Act- D (q(pDLl3r PERMIT 32' r3 64' SUBCONSULTANTS' 2124 Third Avenue - Suite 100 Seattle. Washington 98121 Ph (291) a43_6212 Fx (206) 443 -4870 SPARLING N0. REVISION DATE GROUP HEALTH ROC CHILLER PLANT UPGRADE PERMIT SET GHC PROJECT NO. 4862 KEY PLAN PROJECT NO: 99009 DATE: 9/22/1999 DESIGN 80: DRAWN BY: CHECKED 80: SCALE: TITLE: SHEET N0: DZ CMS PMD SITE PLAN AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES M1.1 SPARLING REVISION GROUP HEALTH ROC CHILLER PLANT UPGRADE PERMIT SET (.HC PROJECT NO. 4862 CAP 71 I ! I � 1i TEE ! CAP TEE 1 ' I I #;` 4ti , rry l uII ►qi® sway, I % I; % 4 ifl ! II �� ����ArAr �o� INVAPAPA f II i i1I IlIII1U i I� i /' i o -, LARM /./.I,/ / _ i EUL V W - • MEM afro P CAP TEE 1 �� IMMO 77,,, gull did 0 0 ch' /. 11 CT -31 SCALE: %" = 1' 0" (0) 1 EF -1 UPPER CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION . a 0 . 8 1 L (0) 1}6" DN 1 T0 FUNNEL DRAIN (E) 3" DN 10 FUNNEL DRAIN Ii I8 FUEL TANK FUEL TANK 1-�.- : ■ - - SE SCHR -SCHS _- - I 1 1 1 CT -2 1 1 CT -3 L J J PHASE 2 DEMO (0) CHP -1, 2. INSTALL NEW CHP -1, 2 IN/- THIS LOCATION PHASE 1: DEMO SCHP- FILTER AHU -11 PHASE 2: DEMO PHASE 2: DEMO (0) AIR COMPRESSOR LOWER CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION a SCALE /- = 1 -0" PHASE 2: DEMO (0) CHP -3, INSTALL NEW CHP -3 IN THIS LOCATION to DEC, 1 1990 RECEIVEp CITY'OR TUK4vil �. PERMIT CENTEH qq b l � (i ) L � ` O 2' 4' 8' PROJECT N0: DATE: DESIGN BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: TITLE: SHEET N0: 99009 9/22/19991 CMS PMD CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION M2.1 SCALE: %" = 1' -0" PROVIDE AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS CT -L II I I I —I MAKE TEMPOR CONNECTION 110 COMPRESSION TANK PROVIDE VAL AT TEE J 119 l (E) 2" CHS UPPER CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN PHASE 1 MECHANICAL 0.) 1" GLY FILL CONNECTION TO AS -1 PHASE 2 1" GLY FILL DN "-1" GLY FILL TO (E) OFFICE SYSTEM AIR SEPARATOR PIPING ABOVE GROUNI, PIPE SUPPORT (TYP). KEY NOTES: 0 HEAT TRACE CHILLED WATER PIPING (SUPPLY AND RETURN) NPW FROM BUILDING TO CHLR -1. SLOPE PIPING TO BUILDING AND PROVIDE DRAIN VALVES IN BUILDING_ 0 TEMPORARY PIPING- REMOVE IN PHASE 2, CAP VALVES_ ® EXISTING CHP -1 AND CHP -2 TO REMAIN IN BERM IN PHASE 1. ® REINSULATE EXISTING CHILLED, CONDENSER, DOMESTIC AND NON- POTABLE WATER PIPING PER SPECIFICATIONS_ SD (E) 12 "SD LIGHT 500 - 1 "NPW MAKE-UP CONNECTION i 2" VTR AND DN 4 FLOOR SINK I p (E) 12 "SD (E) 6 "SS rn FUEL TANK (E) 1)z DNITO FUNNEL DRAIN -1 (E) 3' DN 1!0 FUNNEL DRAIN {� o (2) 2 CONDUITS BY ELECTRICAL FUEL TANK I - 1 L S FCP- MAKE TEMPORARY CONNECTION TO EXISTING COMPRESSION TANK SHUT- DOWN TIE -IN SHUT - I DOWN TIE -IN PROVIDE TEMPORARY CHEMICAL FEED CONNECTIONS O EXISTING CAPPED VALVES (Fe) PROVIDE AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS FILTER 3 UP rngq AHU -1 1 MAKE -UP WATER UP GLYCOL MIXING TANK "NPW, CONNECT TO NEAREST NPW SOURCE DEC 1 1999 LOWER CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - PHASE 1 MECHANICAL O SCALE: % = 1' -0" ( p H : - i , SUBCONSULTAN1S 2124 Third Avenue — Suite 100 Seattle, Washington 98121 Ph (206) 443 -6212 Fx (206) 44? -4870 SPARLING NO. REVISION DATE GROUP HEALTH ROC CHILLER PLANT UPGRADE PERMIT SET GHC PROJECT NO. 4862 1 PROJECT N0: DATE: DESIGN BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED NY: SCALE: TITLE: I SHEET NO: 99009 9/22/1999 DZ CMS PMD CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - PHASE 1 MECHANICAL M3.1 (E) 6 ( MAU -I ON ROOF 24x12 DUCT DN AFF UPPER CHILLER ROOM FLOOR ,PLAN - PHASE 2 MECHANICAL O SCALE: % "' = V-0" (E) 1" DN TO FUNNEL DRAIN (E) 3" DN TO FUNNEL DRAIN — (E) AREA DRAIN LIGHT tsp o- H Eli /! J SCALE 14" V-0" FUEL TANK �I � I L_ FUEL TANK muilmard • R'!' . NEIE •, `0' SC w FILTER 3 "CHS UP 4 CAP O AHU -1 0.8 ) 0, 4 ) VFD FOR CHP -1 VFD FOR CHP -2 VFD FOR MAU -1 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH FOR EF -1A LOWER CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - PHASE 2 MECHANICAL a 1-1 I 0 1 2' 4' 13,-_C 1 189 CITY OF T: FEFMIT MECHANICAL MI ENGINEERS 5ui1e 213 i s "sie z6 o;vc��'ina -a >sP SOBCONSULTANIS SPARLING NO. REVISION DATE GROUP HEALTH ROC CHILLER PLANT UPGRADE GHC PROJECT NO. 4862 I E>mwes 22 -2001 PERMIT SET PROJECT NO: DATE: DESIGN 80: DRAWN 80: CHECKED 8Y: SCALE: TITLE: SHEET N0: 99009 9/22/1999 DZ CMS PMD CHILLER ROOM FLOOR PLAN - PHASE 2 MECHANICAL M3.2 CHILLER -2 400T (E) FILTER CHP -1 I CHP -2 CHILLER - 200T MECHANICAL ENGINEERS i <z "sie i• +o >vc� >a -e>sa z SHEET NO: r— I a CHP -3I I 1: 10" CHILLED WATER HEADER CHS -CHR - CHR - I AS -1 6 I I I I ® GLYCOL MIXIN L A G TANK 1CHP- 1000 GPM AAV - CHR - - CHR (OFFICE) IP 125 PSIG ISCHP -1I 4 CHS CHR - - -- CHR - - -- -CHR CHP -� I P -CAP — 1 L FCP -1 CHS -► CHS (OFFICE) HX -1 r 1 HXP -1 I (E)I CT -1 c•$ CI i I IL- REMOVE (E) AIR SEPARATOR FLOW 'DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE 6 500 GPM 110 GP (CWP -3 CHS ► CHR - - f - - - CHR 6 ° CHR (COMPUTER CENTER EXPANSION -41-- - _ CHR t ,, 4" CHR COMPUTER r CENTER 2 ° CHR (AHU -1)10^ -I 411 .4 4 "C R COMPUTER m TE L — •� VF~' .411 4-"CHR (UPS) CHS CHS 10 SCHS SG" 2 ° 0H0 (AHU =1) CHS Cwo -2 I CWS 3`- cws CAP Q7600 GPM I 70 SCHS - - -► ES (COER CENTER EXP 2 "SCHR (COMPUTER '..CENTER EXPANSION) SCHS - -► 2 SCHS (COMPUTER j - 70 GPM 1T0 DRAIN CENTER)' Q 2 ° SCHR (COMPUTER - - - - - - 36 GPM -.- Q: i CENTER) -► LH I - -► 6'"CHS COMPUTER TO DRAIN tp�Q{rEpjr - CHS -► CENTER EXPANSION 600 GPM CHS - 4 "CHS (UPS) -CHS ► 4"CHNTES (COMPUTER CER) HS -i 4 ° C EN HS R COMPUTER CTE p I �DQi yID�D4� � CONDENSER .600 GPM WATER FILTER YYI SYSTEM 10" KEY NOTES: 0 RECONNECT .° LINES FROM CHEMICAL FEEDER. 0 RECONNECT Y4" LINES FROM CHEMICAL FEEDER. Q3 RECONNECT N." LINES FROM CONDENSER BLEED SYSTEM. 0 RECONNECT X" LINES FROM CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN. ® MAKE TEMPORARY CONNNECTIONS TO EXISTING VALVES IN PHASE 1. ® REPLACE DIAPHRAGMS IN EXISTING. (7) REPLACE CARTRIDGE IN EXISTING AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL VALVE -. FOR INDICATED FLOW RATE 1 D 1 199 CITY OF Tg 1 . 1 EPIRCS 22.200; TITLE: SUBCONSULTANTS 2124 Third Avenue — Suite 100 Sea ; 3 ^ , "121 Ph (2 06) 443 -6212 Fx (206) 443 -4870 SPARLING N0. REVISION DATE GROUP HEALTH ROC CHILLER PLANT UPGRADE PERMIT SET GHC PROJECT NO. 4862 PROJECT N0: DATE: DESIGN BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: SCALE: 99009 '9/22/1999 DZ CMS PMD FLOW DIAGRAM M4.1 GRANDE SECTION SCALE: %" = 1' -0" TCHR WP-31 (E)... 6'CHS- (E)' o CHR- I 6 6 "CWR / (E) 6 "CHS (E) 4 "CHR\ 10 "CHS ,-6" 8 "CWS HEADER ti sw� ∎� - 7�l07WN . e :>: *!8 CWS H �r� s ri.... X111' e (E) 8 "CHS & CHR (OFFICE) 4 "CHS FROM HX -J 4 "CHR TO IFCP -1 6"CHS TO CHP -1 (CHP -2I 8 "CWR 8 "CWS SECTION SCALE: %" = 1' -0" FCP -1 6"CHR TO pEC 109 m qq 0(9C RECE c o lry of ruKwlu PERMIT CENTER IT i l 1 0 1' 2' 4' 8' ENGINEERS i =zsie ze �o�,iti�i »e -e >ss =1} SUBCONSULTAN R 2124 Third Avenue - Suite too Seattle. Washington 98121 Ph (206) 443 -6212 Fr (206) 443 -4870 SPARLING NO. DATE REVISION GROUP HEALTH ROC CHILLER PLANT UPGRADE PERMIT SET PROJECT 'NO: DOTE: DESIGN BY: DRAWN 8Y: CHECKED 8Y: SCALE: TITLE: SHEET NO'. 99009 9/22/1999 DZ CMS PMD SECTIONS M4.2 INSULATION U -BOLT PIPE FLASHING ROOF -,,,, ��, REFRIGERANT RELIEF 1ROOF DOWN AT 7 ABOVE R0 WELD END REDUCER OR EXTENSION STEM AS THREADED OR PLAIN END REQUIRED TO CLEAR SWAGGED NIPPLE AS INSULATION -�• ENGINEE i RS ® s =oa 36< %=5is�_e,ss =,a z_, „ >a ~ � - -C 3 ` 4 WITH SCREEN OVER OPENING COMMON OR INDIVIDUAL RELIEF PIPES AT CONTRACTORS OPTION COMMON RELIEF SIZED PER CODE AND J- 01 ' - �� -CWS BUTTERFLY VALVE O SUPPORT RELIEF I INDEPENDENTLY -. T4 YP RE, 4 BAR INSULATION SHIELD (TYP) THERMOMETER D FROM VALVE MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS IIII ' iii( NPW PIPE II! O OUTLET (TYP) p > CHS�� CHR --- SUBCONSOLTANIS 't1g- 2124 Third n Suite 100 .,., S (2 W h gt 98121 Se (206) 443 - 62+2 , (206) 443 -4870 _ .}. A SPARLING •..,EFI .En.,. (TYP) FLOW SWITCH (TYP) FLEX CONNECTION p • PRESSURE GAUGE ( ) fj D PORTABLE INSTRUMENT REQUIRED TO MATCH PIPING SPECIFICATION OF SMALL PIPE. CONCENTRIC FOR 6000/ FORGED STEEL THREDDLET CONTINUOUS METAL \ FRAMING CHANNEL 3” PIPE STAND Y CONDENSER II VERTICAL RUNS. ECCENTRIC FOR HORIZONTAL RUNS 2)6'' MINIMUM III GP....ADE " > [ r — (T I. • FLEX m —� E (TYP) _ LJ ._4 ,. ! --- t fi + _ -J- ' CONTROL PANEL ::;:; REINFORCED CONCRETE BASE 12 "Lx4S "Wx24 "H EVAPORATOR THERMOWELL IMMERSION LENGTH AS REQUIRED THERMOWELL INSTALLATION IN HOUSEKEEPING PAD RSR ISOLATION PAD ° 'a — I I - =1 .- i 1 -I �I I FOR SINGLE PIPE SUPPORT PROVIDE 12•12•24 HIGH RC BASE. 7 PIPE SUPPORT SEISMIC BOLT THRU NOTE: 1. ARRANGE PIPING TO PERMIT WATER BOX HEAD REMOVAL OF VALVES. SENSORS. FLEX CONNECTORS. ETC. PIPING HOUSEKEEPING PAD (TYP) 4 CHILLER M5.1 STRAIGHT RUNS OF PIPE M 1 SCALE: NONE M 1 SCALE NONE SCALE: NONE I 300 GPM -. • U- i- THERMOMETER 240 GPM PRESSURE GAUGE (TYP) o %4" PET COCK (TYP) - ®� 1 I 163x18 OPENING 4' FLOOR SINK l ' LESS ZURN GRATE SPACE FOR Z - 7407 2'V, (2) 2" CONTROL CONDUITS VIBRATION ISOLATOR ATTACH SECURELY TO STRUCTURE (TYP) "U" BOLT (TYP) ' PIPE. (TYP) I SEAL WITH MASTIC REDUCER C . AND INSULATION A,.,, JACKET EVAPORATOR HANGER r' ��\ IZ� r� i ROD (TYP) II ICI ii /., ' ' _ _ ._ A © • • a— =111'® ANGLE OR SECTION CHANNEL �11 _ I U u ♦ F LEX CONNECTOR ® SLACK CABLES TO ANCHOR I _z_z___ 10 /11 111.161. U BASE. REFER � =, PLATE HEAT Er:�HANCFR.. HOSE END DRAIN VALVE (TYP) f TO STRUCTURAL lir D .. • A NGLE OR C HANNEL. NO. REVISION DATE GROUP HEAL'T'H ROC �� D � ,�' CHILLER rLA1` 1 UPGRADE PERMIT SET SEWER 5 CHILLER -1 BASE SANITARY EQUIPMENT PAD NUMBER OF PIPES VARIES '.. AND PIPING SEISMIC BOLT HEAT. EXCHANGER THROUGH EQUIPMENT PAD HEAT EXCHANGER PIPING PLAN VIEW . 2 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGER GHC PROJECT NO 4862 ® SCALE NONE M 1 SCALE NONE M 1 SCALE NONE BUTTERFLY VALVE 1 I 1" l., _~ > HB Y4"CW (TYP) CALIBRATED BALANCING VALVE (TYP) PRESSURE - © GAUGE OI �" pET COCK (TYP) = i II _ A ` � '.. NPPLE & CAP FLEX CONNECTION1 HANGER ROD LOCKING NU I VIBRATION ISOLATORS HANGE ROD �L I WHERE HEAVYDUTY RE:SPECIFICATION �I E€ LOCKING NUT CLEVIS HANGER _ \ HEAVY DUTY CLE S HA GER- nom\ \ \I SUPPORT NUT VIBRATION ISOLATORS WHERE REQUIRED RE SPECIFICATION SUPPORT NUT 03A, O r w q c• , P _ o UNION (TYP) WALL 1%" SUCTION COPPER (COPPER) BRACKET � BRACKET � ..(T>P) rL < _ t t 1 CONCENTRIC REDCER ( TYP ) SUCON DIIIFFSER INTEGRAL�g Ill WITH ¶_I IN STRAINER Al PIPE - i �� 1• =� d (I) 1• . •il INSULATION, WHERE PIPE 1 BUTT AGAINPPE 1 ••• :i 'i :i$. CLEVIS . SHEET STEEL SADDLE BARRIER � � : v: AT LEAST 12" LONG COVER, ;GTON NALGENE 11100 -0030 FOOT VALVE RSR ISOLATION PAD SEISMIC BOLT THRU HOUSEKEEPING PAD (TYP) ® _ -11'' LATION NSUO HANGER ••.•• SINGLE HORIZONTAL RUNS PROJECT NO 99009 9/22/1999 DRAIN NO VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION .CLEVIS HANGER SINGLE. HORIZONTAL RUNS VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION . l /� ► / ( �- I VVV RECEIVED CITY OF TUKN'I,n 3 PIPE SUPPORTS 1 1 ';1 , .;!1, IMMIIMMIMMIMMIMIM DESIGN BY DZ DRAWN BY CMS ♦ 1111111111MII — CHECKED PMD IIIIII PADSEKEEPING BASE 6 END SUCTION PUMP 9 G LYCOL PRESSURE SYSTEM DETAIL TITLE DETAILS SHEET N0: 1\45.1 M5 SCALE NONE M5 1 SCALE NONE M5., SCALE NONE PERMIT CENTER 1 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION ELECTRIC _ HEATING vFD MUA -1 ` 12 COIL 1 EF -1 } CHILLER ROOM HEATING & VENTILATION: MAU -1 & EF -1 AND EF -1A. THE DDC SYSTEM SHALL CONTROL THE CHILLER ROOM HEATING AND VENTILATION SYSTEM, INCLUDING AIR HANDLING UNIT MHU -1, INTAKE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER AND EXHAUST FAN EF- 1 AND EF -1A. -1 SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY. ABOVE 55 F. EXISTING OSA DAMPERS SHALL BE CONTROLLED TO MAINTAIN A NEGATIVE 0.05 IN. WG_ PRESSURE RELATING TO THE OUTDOORS. BELOW 55 F, EXISTING OSA DAMPERS SHALL CLOSE AND MAU -1 SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY. THE FAN MOTOR VFD SHALL BE IN CONTROL TO MAINTAIN A NEGATIVE an IN. WC. PRESSURE RELATING TO THE OUTDOORS. ELECTRIC HEATING COIL SHALL CYCLE TO MAINTAIN 50 F SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE AND 50 F SPACE TEMPERATURE. WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE REACHES 80 F, EXHAUST FAN EF -1A SHALL START AND STOP WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE FALLS BELOW 75 F. EMERGENCY VENTILATION MODE: ABOVE 55 F, EF -1 AND EF -1A SHALL OPERATE AND THE EXISTING OSA DAMPER SHALL BE CONTROLLED TO MAINTAIN A NEGATIVE 0.05 IN. WG. PRESSURE RELATING TO THE OUTDOORS. BELOW 55 F, EXISTING OSA DAMPERS SHALL CLOSE AND MAU -1 SHALL RUN AND MAINTAIN A NEGATIVE an IN. WG. PRESSURE RELATING TO ME OUTDOORS WITH THE FAN VFD. ELECTRIC HEATING COIL SHALL CYCLE TO MAINTAIN 50 F SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE AND 50 F SPACE TEMPERATURE. REFRIGERANT LEAK SHALL ACTIVATE THE ROOM VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARMS. ALSO, PROVIDE DIAL -UP CONNECTION TO SECURITY UPON SYSTEM ACTIVATION. KEY ACTIVATED SWITCHES FOR MHU -1, EF -1 AND EF -1A SHALL BE PROVIDED AT A LOCATION INDICATED ON THE PLAN DRAWINGS. THE SWITCHES SHALL BE THREE POSITION, LABELED: "AUTO - ON - OFF ". WHEN PLACED IN THE "ON" POSITION THE SYSTEM SHALL OPERATE IN THE EMERGENCY VENTILATION MODE AS DESCRIBED IN THE PARAGRAPH ABOVE WHEN PLACED IN THE "OFF" POSITION, MHU -1, EF -1 AND EF -1A SHALL BE STOPPED AND THE EXISTING INTAKE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER AND MHU -1 OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE DAMPERS CLOSED. TWO INDICATOR LAMPS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH FAN. SYSTEM (AHU -1, EF -1 AND EF -1A). ONE LAMP WILL INDICATE AIR FLOW AND THE OTHER NO FLOW. THEY SHALL BE LABELED WITH THE FAN NUMBER AND "FLOW" & "NO FLOW". CHILLED WATER SYSTEM AND CONDENSER WATER SYSTEM: I *' ►••• :: ♦♦ ���� ►�j! ►�i� \ EF all 01 FILTER DUCT' TEMPERATURE SENSOR i t HIGH EXHAUST C SPACE C-0 TEMPERATURE SENSOR VARIES I TO OUTDOORS p REFRIGERANT SENSOR SWITCH • EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR EXISTING MOD -- °4r LOW EXHAUST • -"V OSA 1 CHILLER ROOM VENTILATION M52 SCALE: NONE '.. GENERAL: THE DDC SYSTEM SHALL CONTROL: 1. THE EVAPORATIVE CHILLER CH -1 AND THE PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMPS CHP -3 2. THE CENTRIFUGAL WATER CHILLER CH -2, THE PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMPS CHP -4 3. THE COOLING TOWERS CT -1, CT -2 & CT -3, AND THE CONDENSER', WATER PUMPS CWP -1, CWP -2 & CWP - 3 4. COMPUTER SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMPS CHP -1 AND CHP -2! 5 THE PLATE FRAME HEAT EXCHANGER PUMPS HXP -1 AND FCP 1, EQUIPMENT SEQUENCE WINTER OPERATION:' COMPUTER ROOM SYSTEM TEM OPERATING. ONLY i. CH-1 WILL OPERATE ABOVE 46F SUMP. TEMPERATURE AND SHUT v^ � BELOW 44 F SUMP MP RAT R TE E U E i 2. PLATE FRAME HEAT EXCHANGER WILL OPERATE. BELOW 44 F SUMP TEMPERATURE AND SHUT OFF ABOVE 46 F SUMP TEMPERATURE. SUMMER OPERATION: COMPUTER ROOM AND OFFICE BUILDING 1. WHEN SECONDARY PUMP FOR OFFICE BUILDING' IS ENERGIZED, ,BOTH CH -1 AND CE? -2 SHALL BE OPERATIONAL 2. CH -1 WILL BE LEAD CHILLER AND CH-2 LAG CHILLER (REVERSE ORDER OF OPERATION,. DURING THE MONTHS OF JUNE, JULY AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER)_ CHILLERS: THE DDC SYSTEM SHALL ENABLE AND DSABLE CHILLERS CH -1 & CH -2. THE DDC SYSTEM SHALL BE CAPABLE OF REMOTE SETPOINT ADJUSTMENT OF THE CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE OF EACH CHILLER. INITIALLY THE SETPOINT ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE SET TO 42. DEGREES F. TF5 ODC SYSTEM SHALL SEQUENCE, CH -1 AND CH -2 BY MONITORING EACH CHILLER'S AMPERA - IE DRAW: THE LEAD CHILLER SHALL OPERATE UNTIL IT REACHES 90% LOAD CAPACIT.', WHEN THE LAG CHILLER SHALL THEN BE STARTED. WHEN THE LOAD CAPACITY FOR BOTH MACHINES DROPS TO 50% THE LAG CHILLER SHALL BE SHUT OFF. EITHER CHILLER CAN BE ASSIGNED THE LEAD POSITION. WHEN CH -2 IS OPERATINC, OPERATE TWO COOLING TOWERS. THE CONDENSER WATER PUMPS, CWP -1 & CWP -2 OR CWP -3 SHALL BE STARTED PRIOR TO CHILLER CH -2 BEING STARTED.. FLOW MUST BE ESTABLISHED PRIOR TO THE CHILLER STARTING BY FLOW SWITCHES. SEQUENCE COOLING TOWERS CT -1 (WITH CWP -1 PUMP). CT -2 (WITH CWP -2 PUMP) AND CT -3 (WITH CWP -3 PUMP) TO PROVIDE EQUAL OPERATING TIME ON EACH UNIT. THE TWO POSITION ISOLATION VALVES SHALL BE OPENED IN CONJUNCTION WITH OPERATION OF THEIR ASSOCIATED COOLING TOWER. CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY SETPOINT SHAH BE INITIALLY SET AT 70 DEGREES F. PROVIDE MANUAL OVERRIDE TO ALLOW OPERATOR TO SELECT SEQUENCE TOWERS AND PUMPS. COOLING TOWER SHALL CAPACITY CONTROL OF FANS AND DAMPERS SHALL REMAIN THE SAME AS EXISTING SEQUENCE THE PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMPS, CHP -3 & I CHP -4 SHALL BE STARTED PRIOR TO THEIR' ASSOCIATED CHILLER BEING STARTED. FLOW MUST BE ESTABLISHED PRIOR TO THE CHILLER STARTING..., PLATE FRAME HEAT EXCHANGER: THE PLATE FRAME PUMPS HXP -1 AND FCP -1 SHALL BE STARTED WHEN THE SUMP TEMPERATURE IN THE EVAPORATIVE CHILLER CH -1. IS 45 F AND BELOW AND FOR A PERIOD OF 15 MINUTES. SEQUENCE COOLING TOWERS OPERATION AS DESCRIBED FOR CHILLER CH -2_ SHUT OFF PUMPS AND COOLING TOWER WHEN COOLING TOWER SUMP TEMPERATURE REACHES 46 F COMPUTER ROOM SYSTEM: THE SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMPS, CHP -1 & CHP -2 SHALL BE ENABLED TO OPERATE BY THE .EXISTING CONTROLS (AND CONTROL SEQUENCE). THE PUMPS ARE VARIABLE SPEED, VARIABLE FLOW. THE PUMPS SHALL BE CONTROLLED TO MAINTAIN D MINIMUM DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE OF 20 PSI (INITIAL SETTING) AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATION: COMPUTER AREA. THE LEAD PUMP SHALL BE OPERATED INDEPENDENTLY UNTIL THE PUMP SPEED REACHES. 60% WHEN THAT POINT IS REACHED THE LAG PUMP SHALL BE ENABLED_ BOTH SHALL OPERATE UNTIL THE PUMP SPEEDS DROP TO 20% AND THE LAG PUMP SHALL BE DISABLED. THE LEAD AND LAG PUMPS SHALL ROTATE ON SYSTEM START. THE SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP SHALL BE STARTED BY THE CONTROL SYSTEM THAT SERVES THE OFFICE BUILDING. ALL OTHER CONTROL SEQUENCES FOR THE COMPUTER ROOM SYSTEMS SHALL REMAIN THE SAME. OFFICE BUILDING SYSTEM: THE SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP SHALL BE STOPPED /STARTED BY ITS EXISTING CONTROLS. PROVIDE INTERFACE TO MONITOR OPERATION OF PUMP. ()A: L 1,39 mgq NO. PROJECT N0: DATE: CHECKED BY: PMD MECHANICAL • ENGINEERS �:zsis� � oiv<vN:i>�a e�ae 21$ SUBCONSULTANIS: 2124 Third Avenue — Suite 100 Seattle, Washington 98121 Ph (206) 443 -6212 Fx (206) 443 -4870 SPARLING REVISION DATE GROUP HEALTH ROC CHILLER PLANT UPGRADE PERMIT SET GHC PROJECT NO. 4862